U.S. patent application number 13/791835 was filed with the patent office on 2013-07-25 for new 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1h-pyrido [4,3-b] indole compounds and methods of use thereof.
This patent application is currently assigned to MEDIVATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.. The applicant listed for this patent is MEDIVATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.. Invention is credited to Sergey Olegovich BACHURIN, Sarvajit CHAKRAVARTY, David T. HUNG, Rajendra Parasmal JAIN, Alexander Vitalievich KURKIN, Andrew Asher PROTTER, Marina Abramovna YUROVSKAYA, Nikolay Serafimovich ZEFIROV.
Application Number | 20130190348 13/791835 |
Document ID | / |
Family ID | 40901464 |
Filed Date | 2013-07-25 |
United States Patent
Application |
20130190348 |
Kind Code |
A1 |
HUNG; David T. ; et
al. |
July 25, 2013 |
NEW 2,3,4,5-TETRAHYDRO-1H-PYRIDO [4,3-B] INDOLE COMPOUNDS AND
METHODS OF USE THEREOF
Abstract
This disclosure relates to new tricyclic compounds that may be
used to modulate a histamine receptor in an individual. Compounds
are described, including new
2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole compounds. Pharmaceutical
compositions comprising the compounds are also provided, as are
methods of using the compounds in a variety of therapeutic
applications, including the treatment of a cognitive disorder,
psychotic disorder, neurotransmitter-mediated disorder and/or a
neuronal disorder.
Inventors: |
HUNG; David T.; (Redwood
City, CA) ; PROTTER; Andrew Asher; (Palo Alto,
CA) ; CHAKRAVARTY; Sarvajit; (Mountain View, CA)
; JAIN; Rajendra Parasmal; (Pune, IN) ; BACHURIN;
Sergey Olegovich; (Chernogolovka, RU) ; KURKIN;
Alexander Vitalievich; (Moscow, RU) ; YUROVSKAYA;
Marina Abramovna; (Moscow, RU) ; ZEFIROV; Nikolay
Serafimovich; (Moscow, RU) |
|
Applicant: |
Name |
City |
State |
Country |
Type |
MEDIVATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.; |
San Francisco |
CA |
US |
|
|
Assignee: |
MEDIVATION TECHNOLOGIES,
INC.
San Francisco
CA
|
Family ID: |
40901464 |
Appl. No.: |
13/791835 |
Filed: |
March 8, 2013 |
Related U.S. Patent Documents
|
|
|
|
|
|
Application
Number |
Filing Date |
Patent Number |
|
|
12360061 |
Jan 26, 2009 |
|
|
|
13791835 |
|
|
|
|
61062394 |
Jan 25, 2008 |
|
|
|
61062430 |
Jan 25, 2008 |
|
|
|
Current U.S.
Class: |
514/293 ;
514/292; 546/82; 546/85; 546/87 |
Current CPC
Class: |
A61P 25/18 20180101;
A61P 25/02 20180101; A61P 9/10 20180101; A61P 25/16 20180101; C07D
471/04 20130101; A61P 21/00 20180101; A61P 31/22 20180101; A61P
21/04 20180101; C07D 487/04 20130101; A61P 25/28 20180101; A61P
37/08 20180101; A61P 43/00 20180101; A61P 17/14 20180101; A61P
25/00 20180101; A61P 3/10 20180101; A61P 25/22 20180101; A61P 25/24
20180101; C07D 487/14 20130101; A61P 21/02 20180101; A61P 25/14
20180101; C07D 471/14 20130101; A61P 27/02 20180101 |
Class at
Publication: |
514/293 ; 546/87;
514/292; 546/85; 546/82 |
International
Class: |
C07D 487/14 20060101
C07D487/14; C07D 487/04 20060101 C07D487/04 |
Foreign Application Data
Date |
Code |
Application Number |
Jan 25, 2008 |
RU |
2008102993 |
Claims
1-36. (canceled)
37. A compound of the Formula (E): ##STR00165## or a salt thereof,
wherein: R.sup.1 is H, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, halo, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.8 alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.8 alkynyl, perhaloalkyl, acyl, acyloxy,
carbonylalkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl,
substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.8
perhaloalkoxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, carboxyl, thiol, thioalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted amino, acylamino, aminoacyl,
aminocarbonylamino, aminocarbonyloxy, aminosulfonyl, sulfonylamino,
sulfonyl or carbonylalkylenealkoxy; each R.sup.2a and R.sup.2b is
independently H, substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.8
alkyl, halo, cyano, hydroxyl, alkoxy, nitro or R.sup.2a and
R.sup.2b are taken together with the carbon to which they are
attached to form a cycloalkyl moiety or a carbonyl moiety; each
R.sup.3a and R.sup.3b is independently H, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl, halo, cyano hydroxyl, alkoxy,
nitro or R.sup.3a and R.sup.3b are taken together with the carbon
to which they are attached to form a cycloalkyl moiety or a
carbonyl moiety; each X.sup.7, X.sup.8, X.sup.9 and X.sup.10 is
independently N or CR.sup.4, provided that at least one of X.sup.7,
X.sup.8, X.sup.9 and X.sup.10 is N; m and q are independently 0 or
1; n is 1; each R.sup.4 is independently H, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano,
halo, C.sub.1-C.sub.8 perhaloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-C.sub.8
alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-C.sub.8 alkynyl,
substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, C.sub.1-C.sub.8 perhaloalkoxy, C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkoxy,
aryloxy, carboxyl, thiol, substituted or unsubstituted
heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, thioalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted amino, acylamino, aminoacyl,
aminocarbonylamino, aminocarbonyloxy, aminosulfonyl, sulfonylamino,
sulfonyl, carbonylalkylenealkoxy, alkylsulfonylamino or acyl; each
R.sup.8a, R.sup.8b, R.sup.8c, R.sup.8d, R.sup.8e and R.sup.8f is
independently H, hydroxyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl or is
taken together with the carbon to which it is attached and a
geminal R.sup.8(a-f) to form a cycloalkyl moiety; each R.sup.10a
and R.sup.10b is independently H, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl, halo, hydroxyl, alkoxy or R.sup.10a and
R.sup.10b are taken together with the carbon to which they are
attached to form a cycloalkyl moiety or a carbonyl moiety; and Q is
acyclic or cyclic acylamino, carbonylalkoxy, acyloxy, aminoacyl, or
aminocarbonylalkoxy; provided that the compound is other than a
compound selected from the group consisting of compounds:
5H-Pyrrolo[2,3-c:4,5-c']dipyridine-5-acetamide,
1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-(1-methylethyl)-(Compound No. 107x);
5H-Pyrrolo[2,3-c:4,5-c']dipyridine-5-acetamide,
N-cyclohexyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-(1-methylethyl)--(Compound No.
108x); 5H-Pyrrolo[3,2-c:4,5-c']dipyridine-5-acetamide,
1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-(1-methylethyl)--(Compound No. 109x); and
5H-Pyrrolo[3,2-c:4,5-c']dipyridine-5-acetamide,
N-cyclohexyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-(1-methylethyl)--(Compound No.
110x); and salts thereof.
38. The compound of claim 37, or a salt thereof, wherein if each m
and q is 0, R.sup.8e and R.sup.8f are H, and each R.sup.2a,
R.sup.2b, R.sup.3a, R.sup.3b, R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b is H, then
R.sup.1 is other than isopropyl.
39. The compound of claim 37, or a salt thereof, wherein R.sup.1 is
other than isopropyl.
40. The compound of claim 37, or a salt thereof, wherein one of
X.sup.7, X.sup.8, X.sup.9 and X.sup.10 is N and three of X.sup.7,
X.sup.8, X.sup.9 and X.sup.10 are CR.sup.4.
41. The compound of claim 37, or a salt thereof, wherein two of
X.sup.7, X.sup.8, X.sup.9 and X.sup.10 is N and two of X.sup.7,
X.sup.8, X.sup.9 and X.sup.10 are CR.sup.4.
42. The compound of claim 37, or a salt thereof, wherein X.sup.9 is
N.
43. The compound of claim 42, or a salt thereof, wherein R.sup.1 is
substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl, or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.8
alkyl other than isopropyl.
44. The compound of claim 43, or a salt thereof, wherein R.sup.1 is
methyl.
45. The compound of claim 42, or a salt thereof, wherein each
X.sup.7, X.sup.8 and X.sup.10 is CH.
46. The compound of claim 42, or a salt thereof, wherein each
R.sup.2a, R.sup.2b, R.sup.3a, R.sup.3b, R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b is
H.
47. The compound of claim 42, or a salt thereof, wherein q is 0 and
m is 1.
48. The compound of claim 42, or a salt thereof, wherein Q is
acyclic acylamino, aminoacyl or carbonylalkoxy.
49. The compound of claim 37, or a salt thereof, wherein Q is
acyclic acylamino other than --C(O)NMe.sub.2 and
--C(O)NH.sub.2.
50. The compound of claim 37, or a salt thereof, wherein Q is
aminoacyl of the formula --NHC(O)R' where R' is alkyl, substituted
alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl,
heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, alkoxy or substituted
alkoxy.
51. The compound of claim 50, or a salt thereof, wherein R' is
substituted heteroaryl.
52. The compound of claim 37, or a salt thereof, wherein X.sup.7 is
N.
53. The compound of claim 52, or a salt thereof, wherein the
compound is of the formula (IIIg): ##STR00166##
54. The compound of claim 53, or a salt thereof, wherein each
R.sup.8a, R.sup.8b, R.sup.8c, R.sup.8d, R.sup.8e and R.sup.8f,
where present, is independently H, hydroxyl, unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl or is taken together with the carbon to which
it is attached and a geminal R.sup.8(a-f) to form a cycloalkyl
moiety.
55. The compound of claim 54, or a salt thereof, wherein q, m,
R.sup.8a, R.sup.8b, R.sup.8c, R.sup.8d, R.sup.8e and R.sup.8f are
taken together to form a moiety selected from the group consisting
of: --CH.sub.2--, --CH.sub.2CH.sub.2--,
--CH.sub.2CH.sub.2CH.sub.2--, --CH.sub.2--C(H)(OH)--,
--C(H)(OH)--CH.sub.2--, --CH.sub.2--C(OH)(CH.sub.3)--,
--C(OH)(CH.sub.3)--CH.sub.2--, --CH.sub.2--C(H)(CH.sub.3)--,
--C(H)(CH.sub.3)--CH.sub.2--, --CH.sub.2--C(CH.sub.3)(CH.sub.3)--,
--C(CH.sub.2CH.sub.2)--CH.sub.2-- and
--CH.sub.2--C(CH.sub.2CH.sub.2)--.
56. The compound of claim 53, or a salt thereof, wherein R.sup.4 is
H, halo, unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.4
perhaloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted aryl.
57. The compound of claim 53, or a salt thereof, wherein Q is
acyclic acylamino, carbonylalkoxy or aminoacyl.
58. The compound of claim 53, or a salt thereof, wherein Q is
aminoacyl.
59. The compound of claim 58, or a salt thereof, wherein Q is
aminoacyl of the formula --NR.sub.aC(O)R.sub.b where R.sub.a is H
or alkyl and R.sub.b is alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl,
substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl,
substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic
or substituted heterocyclic.
60. The compound of claim 59, or a salt thereof, wherein R.sub.a is
H.
61. The compound of claim 60, or a salt thereof, wherein R.sub.b is
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
62. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to
claim 37 or a salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable
carrier.
63. A method of treating a cognitive disorder, psychotic disorder,
neurotransmitter-mediated disorder or a neuronal disorder in an
individual comprising administering to an individual in need
thereof an effective amount of compound according to claim 37 or a
salt thereof.
64. A kit comprising a compound according to claim 37 or a salt
thereof, and instructions for use in the treatment of a cognitive
disorder, psychotic disorder, neurotransmitter-mediated disorder or
a neuronal disorder.
Description
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] This application claims priority to U.S. Provisional Patent
Application No. 61/062,430 filed Jan. 25, 2008, U.S. Provisional
Patent Application No. 61/062,394 filed Jan. 25, 2008 and Russian
Patent Application No. 2008102993 filed Jan. 25, 2008, the
disclosures of each of which are incorporated herein by reference
in their entireties.
STATEMENT OF RIGHTS TO INVENTIONS MADE UNDER FEDERALLY SPONSORED
RESEARCH
[0002] Not applicable.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
[0003] Neurotransmitters such as histamine, serotonin, dopamine and
norepinephrine mediate a large number of processes in the central
nervous system (CNS) as well as outside the CNS. Abnormal
neurotransmitter levels are associated with a wide variety of
diseases and conditions including, but not limited to, Alzheimer's
disease, Parkinson's Disease, autism, Guillain-Barre syndrome, mild
cognitive impairment, schizophrenia, anxiety, multiple sclerosis,
stroke, traumatic brain injury, spinal cord injury, diabetic
neuropathy, fibromyalgia, bipolar disorders, psychosis, depression
and a variety of allergic diseases. Compounds that modulate these
neurotransmitters may be useful therapeutics.
[0004] Histamine receptors belong to the superfamily of G
protein-coupled seven transmembrane proteins. G protein-coupled
receptors constitute one of the major signal transduction systems
in eukaryotic cells. Coding sequences for these receptors, in those
regions believed to contribute to the agonist-antagonist binding
site, are strongly conserved across mammalian species. Histamine
receptors are found in most peripheral tissue and within the
central nervous system. Compounds capable of modulating a histamine
receptor may find use in therapy, e.g., as antihistamines.
[0005] Dimebon is a known anti-histamine drug that has also been
characterized as a neuroprotective agent useful to treat, inter
alia, neurodegenerative diseases. Dimebon has been shown to inhibit
the death of brain cells (neurons) in preclinical models of
Alzheimer's disease and Huntington's disease, making it a novel
potential treatment for these and other neurodegenerative diseases.
In addition, dimebon has been shown to improve the mitochondrial
function of cells in the setting of cellular stress with very high
potency. For example, dimebon treatment improved mitochondrial
function and increased the number of surviving cells after
treatment with the cell toxin ionomycin in a dose dependent
fashion. Dimebon has also been shown to promote neurite outgrowth
and neurogenesis, processes important in the formation of new
and/or enhanced neuronal cell connections, and evidence of
dimebon's potential for use in additional diseases or conditions.
See, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,187,785 and 7,071,206 and PCT Patent
Application Nos. PCT/US2004/041081, PCT/US2007/020483,
PCT/US2006/039077, PCT/US2008/077090, PCT/US2007/020516,
PCT/US2007/022645, PCT/US2007/002117, PCT/US2008/006667,
PCT/US2007/024626, PCT/US2008/009357, PCT/US2007/024623 and
PCT/US2008/008121. All references disclosed herein and throughout,
such as publications, patents, patent applications and published
patent applications, are incorporated herein by reference in their
entireties.
[0006] Although dimebon holds great promise as a drug for the
treatment of neurodegenerative diseases and/or diseases in which
neurite outgrowth and/or neurogenesis may be implicated in therapy,
there remains a need for new and alternative therapies for the
treatment of such diseases or conditions. In addition, there
remains a need for new and alternative antihistamine drugs,
preferably ones in which side-effects such as drowsiness are
reduced or eliminated. Compounds that exhibit enhanced and/or more
desirable properties than dimebon (e.g., superior safety and
efficacy) may find particular use in the treatment of at least
those indications for which dimebon is believed to be advantageous.
Further, compounds that exhibit a different therapeutic profile
than dimebon as determined, e.g. by in vitro and/or in vivo assays,
may find use in additional diseases and conditions.
BRIEF SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0007] Compounds of the general formula (I) are described as new
histamine receptor modulators. Other compounds are also detailed
herein. Compositions comprising the compounds are provided, as are
kits comprising the compound as well as methods of using and making
the compounds. Other compounds are also provided. Compounds of the
invention may also find use in treating neurodegenerative diseases.
Compounds of the invention may also find use in treating diseases
and/or conditions in which modulation of aminergic G
protein-coupled receptors and/or neurite outgrowth may be
implicated in therapy. Compounds disclosed herein may find use in
the methods disclosed herein, including use in treating,
preventing, delaying the onset and/or delaying the development of a
cognitive disorder, psychotic disorder, neurotransmitter-mediated
disorder and/or a neuronal disorder in an individual in need
thereof, such as humans.
[0008] The invention embraces compounds of the formula (I):
##STR00001##
where:
[0009] R.sup.1 is H, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, halo, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.8 alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.8 alkynyl, perhaloalkyl, acyl, acyloxy,
carbonylalkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl,
substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.8
perhaloalkoxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, carboxyl, thiol, thioalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted amino, acylamino, aminoacyl,
aminocarbonylamino, aminocarbonyloxy, aminosulfonyl, sulfonylamino,
sulfonyl or carbonylalkylenealkoxy;
[0010] each R.sup.2a and R.sup.2b is independently H, substituted
or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl, halo, cyano, hydroxyl,
alkoxy, nitro or R.sup.2a and R.sup.2b are taken together to form a
carbonyl moiety;
[0011] each R.sup.3a and R.sup.3b is independently H, substituted
or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl, halo, cyano or nitro or
R.sup.3a and R.sup.3b are taken together to form a carbonyl
moiety;
[0012] each X.sup.7, X.sup.8, X.sup.9 and X.sup.10 is independently
N or CR.sup.4;
[0013] m and q are independently 0 or 1;
[0014] X.sup.1 is N or CH;
[0015] each R.sup.4 is independently H, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano,
halo, C.sub.1-C.sub.8 perhaloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-C.sub.8
alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-C.sub.8 alkynyl,
substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, C.sub.1-C.sub.8 perhaloalkoxy, C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkoxy,
aryloxy, carboxyl, thiol, substituted or unsubstituted
heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, thioalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted amino, acylamino, aminoacyl,
aminocarbonylamino, aminocarbonyloxy, aminosulfonyl, sulfonylamino,
sulfonyl, carbonylalkylenealkoxy, alkylsulfonylamino or acyl;
[0016] each R.sup.8a, R.sup.8b, R.sup.8c, R.sup.8d, R.sup.8e and
R.sup.8f is independently H, hydroxyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl or is
taken together with the carbon to which it is attached and a
geminal R.sup.8(e-f) to form a cycloalkyl moiety;
[0017] each R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b is independently H, halo, a
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl, hydroxyl,
alkoxyl or R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b are taken together to form a
carbonyl; and
[0018] Q is acylamino, carbonylalkoxy, acyloxy, aminoacyl or
aminocarbonylalkoxy; provided that: (1) when X is N, the compound
is other than a compound in Table 1, and (2) when X.sup.1 is CH,
the compound is other than any of 9H-Carbazole-9-acetamide,
5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-3-[[[5-[[(1-methylethyl)sulfonyl]amino]pentyl]amino]ca-
rbonyl]-; 9H-Carbazole-9-acetamide,
N-ethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-7-methoxy-2,2-dimethyl-N-2-thiazolyl-;
3,5-Pyridinedicarboxylic acid,
4-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-[[2-[[3-[3-[[(4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl]amino]-1,2,3,4-
-tetrahydro-9H-carbazol-9-yl]-1-oxopropyl]amino]ethoxy]methyl]-1,4-dihydro-
-6-methyl-, 3-methyl5-(1-methylethyl) ester;
9H-Carbazole-9-acetamide, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-N-(2-methoxyphenyl)-;
9H-Carbazole-9-acetamide,
1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-7-methoxy-2,2-dimethyl-N,N-bis(3-methylbutyl)-;
3,5-Pyridinedicarboxylic acid,
4-(2,3-dichlorophenyl)-1,4-dihydro-2,6-dimethyl-,
2-[[3-[3-[[(4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl]amino]-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-9H-carbazol-
-9-yl]-1-oxopropyl]amino]ethyl methyl ester;
9H-Carbazole-9-butanamide,
N-[4-[(4-aminophenyl)sulfonyl]phenyl]-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-; Carbamic
acid, [(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3-methyl-9H-carbazol-9-yl)acetyl]-,
ethyl ester; 9H-Carbazole-9-acetamide,
1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-7-methoxy-2,2-dimethyl-N-(2-methylpropyl)-N-propyl-;
9H-Carbazole-9-butanamide,
N-(9,10-dihydro-9,10-dioxo-1-anthracenyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-;
9H-Carbazole-9-acetamide,
1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-7-methoxy-2,2-dimethyl-N,N-dipropyl-;
3,5-Pyridinedicarboxylic acid,
1,4-dihydro-2,6-dimethyl-4-[2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-,
2-[[3-[3-[[(4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl]amino]-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-9H-carbazol-
-9-yl]-1-oxopropyl]amino]ethyl 1-methylethylester;
1H-Carbazole-8-carboxylic acid,
2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-9-[2-[(2-hydroxyethyl)amino]-2-oxoethyl]-;
9H-Carbazole-9-acetamide,
N-(cyclopropylmethyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-7-methoxy-2,2-dimethyl-N-propyl--
; 3,5-Pyridinedicarboxylic acid,
1,4-dihydro-2,6-dimethyl-4-(3-nitrophenyl)-,
2-[[3-[3-[[(4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl]amino]-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-9H-carbazol-
-9-yl]-1-oxopropyl]amino]ethyl 1-methylethyl ester;
1H-Carbazole-8-carboxylic acid,
9-[2-(diethylamino)-2-oxoethyl]-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-;
9H-Carbazole-9-acetamide,
N,N-dibutyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-7-methoxy-2,2-dimethyl-;
9H-Carbazole-9-acetamide,
5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-4-methoxy-N,N-dipropyl-;
9H-Carbazole-9-acetamide,
N-(3,3-dimethylbutyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2-methoxy-5-oxo-N-propyl-;
9H-Carbazole-9-acetamide,
N-(2,2-dimethylpropyl)-N-ethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2-methoxy-;
9H-Carbazole-9-propanamide,
3-[[(4-chlorophenyl)sulfonyl]amino]-6-fluoro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-N,N-dimet-
hyl-; 9H-Carbazole-9-acetamide,
N-(3,3-dimethylbutyl)-N-ethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2-methoxy-5-oxo-;
9H-Carbazole-9-acetamide,
N-(3,3-dimethylbutyl)-N-ethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2-methoxy-;
Benzamide,
N-[1-methyl-3-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-9H-carbazol-9-yl)propyl]-3,5-dinitro-;
9H-Carbazole-9-acetamide,
N-ethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2-methoxy-N-(3-methylbutyl)-5-oxo-;
9H-Carbazole-9-acetamide,
N-butyl-N-ethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2-methoxy-;
9H-Carbazole-9-acetamide, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-hydroxy-;
9H-Carbazole-9-acetamide,
N-ethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2-methoxy-N-(2-methylpropyl)-5-oxo-;
9H-Carbazole-9-acetamide,
N-(cyclopropylmethyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2-methoxy-N-propyl-;
Acetamide,
N-[3-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-oxo-9H-carbazol-9-yl)propyl]-;
9H-Carbazole-9-acetamide,
N-cyclohexyl-N-ethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2-methoxy-5-oxo-;
9H-Carbazole-9-acetamide,
N-ethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2-methoxy-N-(3-methylbutyl)-; Carbamic
acid,
[(1S)-2-(6-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-9H-carbazol-9-yl)-1-methylethyl]-,
1,1-dimethylethyl ester; 9H-Carbazole-9-acetamide,
5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2-methoxy-N,N-bis(2-methylpropyl)-5-oxo-;
3,5-Pyridinedicarboxylic acid,
4-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-[[2-[[3-[3-[[(4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl]amino]-1,2,3,4-
-tetrahydro-9H-carbazol-9-yl]-1-oxopropyl]amino]ethoxy]methyl]-1,4-dihydro-
-6-methyl-, 3-ethyl5-(1-methylethyl) ester;
9H-Carbazole-9-acetamide,
5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2-methoxy-N,N-dipropyl-; Benzamide,
3,5-dinitro-N-[3-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-9H-carbazol-9-yl)propyl]-;
Carbamic acid,
[(1S)-2-(7-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-9H-carbazol-9-yl)-1-methylethy-
l]-, 1,1-dimethylethyl ester; 9H-Carbazole-9-acetamide,
N-(3,3-dimethylbutyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-7-methoxy-2,2-dimethyl-N-propyl--
; 3,5-Pyridinedicarboxylic acid,
2-[[2-[[3-[3-[[(4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl]amino]-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-9H-carb-
azol-9-yl]-1-oxopropyl]amino]ethoxy]methyl]-1,4-dihydro-6-methyl-4-[2-(phe-
nylmethoxy)phenyl]-, 3-ethyl 5-methyl ester;
9H-Carbazole-9-acetamide, N-(4-ethoxyphenyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-;
9H-Carbazole-9-acetamide, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-6-methyl-1-oxo-;
9H-Carbazole-9-acetamide,
N-(3,3-dimethylbutyl)-N-ethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-7-methoxy-2,2-dimethyl-;
9H-Carbazole-9-propanamide,
3-[[(4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl]amino]-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-N-(2-hydroxyethyl)-
-, (R)--; Glycine,
N-[(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3-methyl-9H-carbazol-9-yl)acetyl]-, ethyl
ester; 9H-Carbazole-9-acetamide,
N-ethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-7-methoxy-2,2-dimethyl-N-(3-methylbutyl)-;
3,5-Pyridinedicarboxylic acid,
4-(2-chlorophenyl)-1,4-dihydro-2,6-dimethyl-,
2-[[3-[3-[[(4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl]amino]-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-9H-carbazol-
-9-yl]-1-oxopropyl]amino]ethyl methyl ester;
9H-Carbazole-9-butanamide,
N-(2-benzoyl-4-chlorophenyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-;
9H-Carbazole-9-acetamide,
N-ethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-7-methoxy-2,2-dimethyl-N-(2-methylpropyl)-;
3,5-Pyridinedicarboxylic acid,
1,4-dihydro-2,6-dimethyl-4-(3-nitrophenyl)-,
2-[[3-[3-[[(4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl]amino]-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-9H-carbazol-
-9-yl]-1-oxopropyl]amino]ethyl methyl ester;
9H-Carbazole-9-butanamide,
N-(9,10-dihydro-9,10-dioxo-2-anthracenyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-;
9H-Carbazole-9-acetamide,
N-cyclohexyl-N-ethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-7-methoxy-2,2-dimethyl-;
3,5-Pyridinedicarboxylic acid,
4-(3-chlorophenyl)-1,4-dihydro-2,6-dimethyl-,
2-[[3-[3-[[(4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl]amino]-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-9H-carbazol-
-9-yl]-1-oxopropyl]amino]ethyl 1-methylethyl ester;
1H-Carbazole-8-carboxylic acid,
9-(2-amino-2-oxoethyl)-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-;
9H-Carbazole-9-propanamide, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-6-methyl-1-oxo-;
9H-Carbazole-9-acetamide,
1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-7-methoxy-2,2-dimethyl-N,N-bis(2-methylpropyl)-;
9H-Carbazole-9-propanamide,
3-[[(4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl]amino]-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-;
1H-Carbazole-8-carboxylic acid,
9-[2-(dimethylamino)-2-oxoethyl]-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-;
9H-Carbazole-9-acetamide,
N-ethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-4-methoxy-N-(3-methylbutyl)-;
9H-Carbazole-9-propanamide,
3-[[(4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl]amino]-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-N-(methylsulfonyl)-
-, (R)--; 9H-Carbazole-9-acetamide,
N,N-dibutyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-4-methoxy-;
9H-Carbazole-9-propanamide,
3-[[(4-chlorophenyl)sulfonyl]amino]-6-fluoro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-;
9H-Carbazole-9-acetamide,
N-ethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2-methoxy-5-oxo-N-2-thiazolyl-;
9H-Carbazole-9-acetamide,
N-ethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2-methoxy-N-2-thiazolyl-;
9H-Carbazole-9-propanamide, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-oxo-;
9H-Carbazole-9-acetamide,
5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2-methoxy-N,N-bis(3-methylbutyl)-5-oxo-;
9H-Carbazole-9-acetamide,
N-butyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2-methoxy-N-propyl-;
9H-Carbazole-9-acetamide,
5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2-methoxy-N-(2-methylpropyl)-5-oxo-N-propyl-;
9H-Carbazole-9-acetamide,
N-cyclohexyl-N-ethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2-methoxy-;
9H-Carbazole-9-acetamide, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-oxo-;
9H-Carbazole-9-acetamide,
5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2-methoxy-5-oxo-N,N-dipropyl-;
9H-Carbazole-9-acetamide,
5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2-methoxy-N,N-bis(2-methylpropyl)-; Acetamide,
N-[2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-oxo-9H-carbazol-9-yl)ethyl]-;
9H-Carbazole-9-acetamide,
N-(cyclopropylmethyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2-methoxy-5-oxo-N-propyl-;
3,5-Pyridinedicarboxylic acid,
4-(2,1,3-benzoxadiazol-4-yl)-2-[[2-[[3-[3-[[(4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl]amin-
o]-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-9H-carbazol-9-yl]-1-oxopropyl]amino]ethoxy]methyl]-1-
,4-dihydro-6-methyl-, 3-ethyl5-(1-methylethyl) ester;
9H-Carbazole-9-acetamide,
5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2-methoxy-N,N-bis(3-methylbutyl)-; Carbamic
acid,
[(1S)-2-(7-bromo-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-9H-carbazol-9-yl)-1-methylethyl]-,
1,1-dimethylethyl ester; 9H-Carbazole-9-acetamide,
N,N-dibutyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2-methoxy-5-oxo-;
3,5-Pyridinedicarboxylic acid,
2-[[2-[[3-[3-[[(4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl]amino]-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-9-
H-carbazol-9-yl]-1-oxopropyl]amino]ethoxy]methyl]-1,4-dihydro-6-methyl-4-(-
3-nitrophenyl)-, 3-ethyl 5-methyl ester; 9H-Carbazole-9-acetamide,
N,N-dibutyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2-methoxy-; Carbazole-9-acetanilide,
1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-6-methyl-1-oxo-; and 3,5-Pyridinedicarboxylic
acid, 4-(3-chlorophenyl)-1,4-dihydro-2,6-dimethyl-,
2-[[3-[3-[[(4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl]amino]-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-9H-carbazol-
-9-yl]-1-oxopropyl]amino]ethyl methyl ester.
TABLE-US-00001 TABLE 1 Compound No. Compound Name 1x
2H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-2-carboxylic acid,
5-[2-(dimethylamino)-2-oxoethyl]-
1,3,4,5-tetrahydro-8-[(4-methyl-1-piperidinyl)carbonyl]-,
1,1-dimethylethyl ester 2x 5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetamide,
1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-N,N-dimethyl-8-[(4-
methyl-1-piperidinyl)carbonyl]- 3x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetamide,
2-cyclobutyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-N,N-
dimethyl-8-[(4-methyl-1-piperidinyl)carbonyl]- 4x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetamide,
2-cyclohexyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-N,N-
dimethyl-8-[(4-methyl-1-piperidinyl)carbonyl]- 5x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetamide,
2-cyclopentyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-N,N-
dimethyl-8-[(4-methyl-1-piperidinyl)carbonyl]- 6x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetamide,
8-formyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-(1- methylethyl)- 7x
1H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-2,5-dipropanoic acid, 3,4-dihydro-8-methyl-,
2,5- diethyl ester 8x 1H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-2-butanoic acid,
5-(2-ethoxy-2-oxoethyl)-8-fluoro- 3,4-dihydro-, ethyl ester 9x
1H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-2-propanoic acid,
5-(2-ethoxy-2-oxoethyl)-8-fluoro- 3,4-dihydro-, ethyl ester 10x
2H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-2-butanoic acid,
5-(3-ethoxy-3-oxopropyl)-1,3,4,5- tetrahydro-8-methyl-, ethyl ester
11x 5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetamide,
1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-(1-methylethyl)- 12x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetamide, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-bis(1-
methylethyl)- 13x 5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetamide,
1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-8-methyl-2-(1- methylethyl)- 14x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetamide,
N-cyclohexyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-(1- methylethyl)- 15x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetamide,
N-cyclopentyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-(1- methylethyl)- 16x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetic acid, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-, ethyl
ester 17x 5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetic acid,
1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-(1- naphthalenylcarbonyl)-, ethyl ester 18x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetic acid,
1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-(2-phenylethyl)-, ethyl ester 19x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetic acid, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-(4-
pyridinylmethyl)-, ethyl ester 20x 5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetic
acid, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethyl-, ethyl ester 21x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetic acid, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-
[(phenylamino)carbonyl]-, ethyl ester 22x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetic acid, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-
[(phenylmethoxy)carbonyl]-, ethyl ester 23x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetic acid, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-[2-(3-
pyridinyl)ethyl]-, ethyl ester 24x 5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetic
acid, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methyl-, ethyl ester 25x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetic acid,
1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methyl-6- (trifluoromethyl)-, ethyl ester 26x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetic acid,
1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methyl-8- (trifluoromethyl)-, ethyl ester 27x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetic acid,
1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-6-(trifluoromethyl)-, ethyl ester 28x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetic acid, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-7-methyl-,
ethyl ester 29x 5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetic acid,
1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-8-(trifluoromethyl)-, ethyl ester 30x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetic acid,
1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-8-[(4-methyl-1- piperidinyl)carbonyl]-, ethyl
ester 31x 5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetic acid,
1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-8-methyl-, ethyl ester 32x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetic acid,
1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-8-methyl-2-(4- pyridinylmethyl)-, ethyl ester
33x 5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetic acid,
1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-8-methyl-2-[2-(3- pyridinyl)ethyl]-, ethyl ester
34x 5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetic acid,
2-(2-cyclohexyl-2-phenylacetyl)- 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-, ethyl ester
35x 5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetic acid,
2-(ethoxycarbonyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-, methyl ester 36x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetic acid,
2-[(1,1-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]- 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-, ethyl ester
37x 5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetic acid,
2-[(1,1-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]- 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-, methyl ester
38x 5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetic acid,
2-[(1,1-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]-
1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-6-(trifluoromethyl)-, ethyl ester 39x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetic acid,
2-[(1,1-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]-
1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-8-(trifluoromethyl)-, ethyl ester 40x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetic acid,
2-[(1,1-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]-
1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-8-[(4-methyl-1-piperidinyl)carbonyl]-, ethyl
ester 41x 5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetic acid,
2-[(1,1-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]- 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-8-methyl-,
ethyl ester 42x 5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetic acid,
2-[(1,1-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]-6- fluoro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-,
ethyl ester 43x 5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetic acid,
2-[(1,1-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]-8- fluoro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-,
ethyl ester 44x 5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetic acid,
2-[(2-ethoxy-1-naphthalenyl)carbonyl]- 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-, ethyl
ester 45x 5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetic acid,
2-benzoyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-8- methoxy-, ethyl ester 46x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetic acid,
2-cyclobutyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-8-[(4-
methyl-1-piperidinyl)carbonyl]-, methyl ester 47x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetic acid,
2-cyclohexyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-8-[(4-
methyl-1-piperidinyl)carbonyl]-, methyl ester 48x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetic acid,
2-cyclopentyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-8-[(4-
methyl-1-piperidinyl)carbonyl]-, methyl ester 49x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetic acid, 6-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-,
ethyl ester 50x 5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetic acid,
6-fluoro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-, ethyl ester 51x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetic acid,
6-fluoro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methyl-, ethyl ester 52x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetic acid, 7-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-,
ethyl ester 53x 5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetic acid,
8-bromo-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-, ethyl ester 54x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetic acid, 8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-,
ethyl ester 55x 5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetic acid,
8-fluoro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-, ethyl ester 56x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetic acid,
8-fluoro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-(2- phenylethyl)-, ethyl ester 57x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetic acid,
8-fluoro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-(3- pyridinylmethyl)-, ethyl ester
58x 5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetic acid,
8-fluoro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-(4- pyridinylmethyl)-, ethyl ester
59x 5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetic acid,
8-fluoro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2- (phenylmethyl)-, ethyl ester 60x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetic acid,
8-fluoro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-[2-(3- pyridinyl)ethyl]-, ethyl ester
61x 5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetic acid,
8-fluoro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-[2-(4- pyridinyl)ethyl]-, ethyl ester
62x 5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-acetic acid,
8-fluoro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methyl-, ethyl ester 63x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-propanamide,1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methyl-
64x 5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-propanoic acid, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-,
ethyl ester 65x 5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-propanoic acid,
1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1,1,3,3- tetramethyl-, 2-(diethylamino)ethyl
ester 66x 5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-propanoic acid,
1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1,1,3,3- tetramethyl-, 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl
ester 67x 5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-propanoic acid,
1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1,1,3,3- tetramethyl-, ethyl ester 68x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-propanoic acid, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-(2-
phenylethyl)-6-(trifluoromethyl)-, ethyl ester 69x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-propanoic acid, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-(3-
pyridinylmethyl)-, ethyl ester 70x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-propanoic acid, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-(4-
pyridinylmethyl)-8-(trifluoromethyl)-, ethyl ester 71x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-propanoic acid, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-
(phenylmethyl)-6-(trifluoromethyl)-, ethyl ester 72x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-propanoic acid, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-
(phenylsulfonyl)-, ethyl ester 73x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-propanoic acid,
1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethyl-, ethyl ester 74x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-propanoic acid,
1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-[2-(3- pyridinyl)ethyl]-, ethyl ester 75x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-propanoic acid,
1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-[2-(3- pyridinyl)ethyl]-8-(trifluoromethyl)-,
ethyl ester 76x 5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-propanoic acid,
1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methyl-, ethyl ester 77x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-propanoic acid,
1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methyl-6- (trifluoromethyl)-, ethyl ester 78x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-propanoic acid,
1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methyl-8- (trifluoromethyl)-, ethyl ester 79x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-propanoic acid, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-6-
(trifluoromethyl)-, ethyl ester 80x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-propanoic acid, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-8-
(trifluoromethyl)-, ethyl ester 81x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-propanoic acid,
1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-8-methyl-, ethyl ester 82x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-propanoic acid,
1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-8-methyl-2- (phenylsulfonyl)-, ethyl ester 83x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-propanoic acid,
2-(ethoxycarbonyl)-1,2,3,4- tetrahydro-6-(trifluoromethyl)-, ethyl
ester 84x 5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-propanoic acid,
2-(ethoxycarbonyl)-1,2,3,4- tetrahydro-8-(trifluoromethyl)-, ethyl
ester 85x 5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-propanoic acid,
2-(ethoxycarbonyl)-6-fluoro- 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-, ethyl ester 86x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-propanoic acid,
2-[(1,1-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]- 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-, ethyl ester
87x 5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-propanoic acid,
2-[(1,1-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]- 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-8-methyl-,
ethyl ester 88x 5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-propanoic acid,
2-[(1,1-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]- 8-fluoro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-,
ethyl ester 89x 5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-propanoic acid,
2-[(3,4-dimethylphenyl)methyl]-8- fluoro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-, ethyl
ester 90x 5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-propanoic acid,
2-[(4-chlorophenyl)methyl]-8- fluoro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-, ethyl
ester 91x 5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-propanoic acid,
2-[(4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl]- 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-, ethyl ester 92x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-propanoic acid,
2-[(4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl]- 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-8-methyl-, ethyl
ester 93x 5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-propanoic acid,
6-fluoro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-, ethyl ester 94x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-propanoic acid,
6-fluoro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-[2-(4- pyridinyl)ethyl]-, ethyl ester
95x 5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-propanoic acid,
6-fluoro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2- methyl-, ethyl ester 96x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-propanoic acid,
8-(ethoxycarbonyl)-1,2,3,4- tetrahydro-1,1,3,3-tetramethyl-, ethyl
ester 97x 5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-propanoic acid,
8-fluoro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-, ethyl ester 98x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-propanoic acid,
8-fluoro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-(2- thienylmethyl)-, ethyl ester 99x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-propanoic acid,
8-fluoro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-(3- pyridinylmethyl)-, ethyl ester
100x 5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-propanoic acid,
8-fluoro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-(4- pyridinylmethyl)-, ethyl ester
101x 5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-propanoic acid,
8-fluoro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2- (phenylmethyl)-, ethyl ester 102x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-propanoic acid,
8-fluoro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2- (phenylsulfonyl)-, ethyl ester 103x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-propanoic acid,
8-fluoro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-[2-(3- pyridinyl)ethyl]-, ethyl ester
104x 5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-propanoic acid,
8-fluoro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2- methyl-, ethyl ester 105x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-propanoic acid,
8-fluoro-2-(2-furanylmethyl)- 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-, ethyl ester 106x
5H-Pyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-propanoic acid, 8-fluoro-2-[(4-
fluorophenyl)sulfonyl]-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-, ethyl ester 107x
5H-Pyrrolo[2,3-c:4,5-c']dipyridine-5-acetamide,
1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-(1- methylethyl)- 108x
5H-Pyrrolo[2,3-c:4,5-c']dipyridine-5-acetamide,
N-cyclohexyl-1,2,3,4- tetrahydro-2-(1-methylethyl)- 109x
5H-Pyrrolo[3,2-c:4,5-c']dipyridine-5-acetamide,
1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-(1- methylethyl)- 110x
5H-Pyrrolo[3,2-c:4,5-c']dipyridine-5-acetamide,
N-cyclohexyl-1,2,3,4- tetrahydro-2-(1-methylethyl)-
[0019] The listing under proviso (1) above is also referred to
herein as "proviso 1." The listing under proviso (2) above is also
referred to herein as "proviso 2."
[0020] In one variation, the compound is of the formula (I) wherein
the compound further is a type 1 compound. In another variation,
the compound is of the formula (I) wherein the compound further is
a type 2 compound. In yet another variation, the compound is of the
formula (I) wherein the compound further is a type 3 compound. In a
further variation, the compound is of the formula (I) wherein the
compound further is a type 4 compound.
[0021] Other compounds are also detailed herein, including but not
limited to compounds of the Formula (E):
##STR00002##
wherein:
[0022] R.sup.1 is H, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, halo, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.8 alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.8 alkynyl, perhaloalkyl, acyl, acyloxy,
carbonylalkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl,
substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.8
perhaloalkoxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, carboxyl, thiol, thioalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted amino, acylamino, aminoacyl,
aminocarbonylamino, aminocarbonyloxy, aminosulfonyl, sulfonylamino,
sulfonyl or carbonylalkylenealkoxy;
[0023] each R.sup.2a and R.sup.2b is independently H, substituted
or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl, halo, cyano, hydroxyl,
alkoxy, nitro or R.sup.2a and R.sup.2b are taken together with the
carbon to which they are attached to form a cycloalkyl moiety or a
carbonyl moiety;
[0024] each R.sup.3a and R.sup.3b is independently H, substituted
or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl, halo, cyano hydroxyl,
alkoxy, nitro or R.sup.3a and R.sup.3b are taken together with the
carbon to which they are attached to form a cycloalkyl moiety or a
carbonyl moiety;
[0025] each X.sup.7, X.sup.8, X.sup.9 and X.sup.10 is independently
N or CR.sup.4;
[0026] m and q are independently 0 or 1;
[0027] n is 0 or 1;
[0028] each R.sup.4 is independently H, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano,
halo, C.sub.1-C.sub.8 perhaloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-C.sub.8
alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-C.sub.8 alkynyl,
substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, C.sub.1-C.sub.8 perhaloalkoxy, C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkoxy,
aryloxy, carboxyl, thiol, substituted or unsubstituted
heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, thioalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted amino, acylamino, aminoacyl,
aminocarbonylamino, aminocarbonyloxy, aminosulfonyl, sulfonylamino,
sulfonyl, carbonylalkylenealkoxy, alkylsulfonylamino or acyl;
[0029] each R.sup.8a, R.sup.8b, R.sup.8c, R.sup.8d, R.sup.8e and
R.sup.8f is independently H, hydroxyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl or is taken together with the carbon to which it is attached
and a geminal R.sup.8(a-f) to form a cycloalkyl moiety;
[0030] each R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b is independently H, substituted
or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl, halo, hydroxyl, alkoxyl or
R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b are taken together with the carbon to which
they are attached to form a cycloalkyl moiety or a carbonyl moiety;
and
[0031] Q is acyclic or cyclic acylamino, carbonylalkoxy, acyloxy,
aminoacyl, aminocarbonylalkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted lactam
or substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl;
[0032] provided that: (ia) Q is substituted or unsubstituted
cycloalkyl or a lactam moiety when each of m, n and q is 0 and (ib)
m, n and q are 0 when Q is a substituted or unsubstituted
cycloalkyl or a lactam moiety, (ii) Q is cyclic acylamino only when
each of m, n and q is 1, (iii) when Q is carbonylalkoxy, each
R.sup.8a, R.sup.8b, R.sup.8c, R.sup.8d, R.sup.8e and R.sup.8f is
other than cycloalkyl and substituted alkyl; (iv) the compound is
other than a compound in Table 1, and (v) the compound is other
than
5-cyclohexyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2-methyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole and
5-cyclopentyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2-[(4-methyl-1H-imidazol-5-yl)methyl]-1H-
-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-1-one;.
[0033] or a salt thereof.
[0034] Compounds of the formula (Vc) are also detailed herein:
##STR00003##
wherein: R.sup.1 is methyl; m and q are independently 0 or 1; each
R.sup.8a, R.sup.8b, R.sup.8c, R.sup.8d, R.sup.8e and R.sup.8f is
independently H, hydroxyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl or is
taken together with the carbon to which it is attached and a
geminal R.sup.8(a-f) to form a cycloalkyl moiety; and Q is acyclic
or cyclic acylamino, carbonylalkoxy, acyloxy, aminoacyl or
aminocarbonylalkoxy, or a salt thereof.
[0035] Compounds of the formula (Vf) are also detailed herein:
##STR00004##
wherein: R.sup.1 is methyl; R.sup.4 is chloro or methyl; m and q
are independently 0 or 1; each R.sup.8a, R.sup.8b, R.sup.8c,
R.sup.8d, R.sup.8e and R.sup.8f is independently H, hydroxyl,
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl or is taken together with the
carbon to which it is attached and a geminal R.sup.8(a-f) to form a
cycloalkyl moiety; and Q is acyclic or cyclic acylamino,
carbonylalkoxy, acyloxy, aminoacyl or aminocarbonylalkoxy; provided
that when R.sup.4 is methyl, Q is acyclic or cyclic acylamino,
acyloxy, aminoacyl or aminocarbonylalkoxy, or a salt thereof.
[0036] The invention also includes all salts of compounds referred
to herein, such as pharmaceutically acceptable salts. The invention
also includes any or all of the stereochemical forms, including any
enantiomeric or diastereomeric forms, and any tautomers or other
forms of the compounds described. Unless stereochemistry is
explicitly indicated in a chemical structure or name, the structure
or name is intended to embrace all possible stereoisomers of a
compound depicted. In addition, where a specific stereochemical
form is depicted, it is understood that other stereochemical forms
are also embraced by the invention. All forms of the compounds are
also embraced by the invention, such as crystalline or
non-crystalline forms of the compounds. Compositions comprising a
compound of the invention are also intended, such as a composition
of substantially pure compound, including a specific stereochemical
form thereof. Compositions comprising a mixture of compounds of the
invention in any ratio are also embraced by the invention,
including mixtures of two or more stereochemical forms of a
compound of the invention in any ratio, such that racemic,
non-racemic, enantioenriched and scalemic mixtures of a compound
are embraced.
[0037] In one aspect, compounds of the invention are used to treat,
prevent, delay the onset and/or delay the development of any one or
more of the following: cognitive disorders, psychotic disorders,
neurotransmitter-mediated disorders and/or neuronal disorders in
individuals in need thereof, such as humans. In one variation,
compounds of the invention are used to treat, prevent, delay the
onset and/or delay the development of diseases or conditions for
which the modulation of an aminergic G protein-coupled receptor is
believed to be or is beneficial. In one variation, compounds of the
invention are used to treat, prevent, delay the onset and/or delay
the development of any one or more of diseases or conditions for
which neurite outgrowth and/or neurogenesis and/or neurotrophic
effects are believed to be or are beneficial. In another variation,
compounds of the invention are used to treat, prevent, delay the
onset and/or delay the development of diseases or conditions for
which the modulation of an aminergic G protein-coupled receptor and
neurite outgrowth and/or neurogenesis and/or neurotrophic effects
are believed to be or are beneficial. In one variation, the disease
or condition is a cognitive disorder, psychotic disorder,
neurotransmitter-mediated disorder and/or a neuronal disorder.
[0038] In another aspect, compounds of the invention are used to
improve cognitive function and/or reduce psychotic effects in an
individual, comprising administering to an individual in need
thereof an amount of a compound described herein or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof effective to improve
cognitive function and/or reduce psychotic effects.
[0039] In a further aspect, compounds of the invention are used to
stimulate neurite outgrowth and/or promote neurogenesis and/or
enhance neurotrophic effects in an individual comprising
administering to an individual in need thereof an amount of a
compound described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt
thereof effective to stimulate neurite outgrowth and/or to promote
neurogenesis and/or to enhance neurotrophic effects. Synapse loss
is associated with a variety of neurodegenerative diseases and
conditions including Alzheimer's disease, Huntington's disease,
stroke, head trauma and spinal cord injury. Compounds of the
invention that stimulate neurite outgrowth may have a benefit in
these settings.
[0040] In another aspect, compounds described herein are used to
modulate an aminergic G protein-coupled receptor comprising
administering to an individual in need thereof an amount of a
compound described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt
thereof effective to modulate an aminergic G protein-coupled
receptor. In one variation, a compound of the invention modulates
at least one of the following receptors: adrenergic receptor (e.g.,
.alpha.1D, .alpha.2A and/or .alpha.2B), serotonin receptor (e.g.,
5-HT2A, 5-HT2C, 5-HT6 and/or 5-HT7), dopamine receptor (e.g., D2L)
and histamine receptor (e.g., H1, H2 and/or H3). In another
variation, at least two of the following receptors are modulated:
adrenergic receptor (e.g., .alpha.1D, .alpha.2A and/or .alpha.2B),
serotonin receptor (e.g., 5-HT2A, 5-HT2C, 5-HT6 and/or 5-HT7),
dopamine receptor (e.g., D2L) and histamine receptor (e.g., H1, H2
and/or H3). In another variation, at least three of the following
receptors are modulated: adrenergic receptor (e.g., .alpha.1D,
.alpha.2A and/or .alpha.2B), serotonin receptor (e.g., 5-HT2A,
5-HT2C, 5-HT6 and/or 5-HT7), dopamine receptor (e.g., D2L) and
histamine receptor (e.g., H1, H2 and/or H3). In another variation,
each of the following receptors is modulated: adrenergic receptor
(e.g., .alpha.1D, .alpha.2A and/or .alpha.2B), serotonin receptor
(e.g., 5-HT2A, 5-HT2C, 5-HT6 and/or 5-HT7), dopamine receptor
(e.g., D2L) and histamine receptor (e.g., H1, H2 and/or H3). In
another variation, at least one of the following receptors is
modulated: .alpha.1D, .alpha.2A, .alpha.2B, 5-HT2A, 5-HT2C,
5-HT6,5-HT7, D2L, H1, H2 and H3. In another variation, at least two
or three or four or five or six or seven or eight or nine or ten or
eleven of the following receptors are modulated: .alpha.1D,
.alpha.2A, .alpha.2B, 5-HT2A, 5-HT2C, 5-HT6,5-HT7, D2L, H1, H2 and
H3. In a particular variation, at least dopamine receptor D2L is
modulated. In another particular variation, at least dopamine
receptor D2L and serotonin receptor 5-HT2A are modulated. In a
further particular variation, at least adrenergic receptors
.alpha.1D, .alpha.2A, .alpha.2B and serotonin receptor 5-HT6 are
modulated. In another particular variation, at least adrenergic
receptors .alpha.1D, .alpha.2A, .alpha.2B, serotonin receptor 5-HT6
and one or more of serotonin receptor 5-HT7,5-HT2A, 5-HT2C and
histamine receptor H1 and H2 are modulated. In a further particular
variation, histamine receptor H1 is modulated. In another
variation, compounds of the invention exhibit any receptor
modulation activity detailed herein and further stimulate neurite
outgrowth and/or neurogenesis and/or enhance neurotrophic
effects.
[0041] The invention is also directed to pharmaceutical
compositions comprising a compound of the invention and a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient. Kits comprising a
compound of the invention and instructions for use are also
embraced by this invention.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
Definitions
[0042] For use herein, unless clearly indicated otherwise, use of
the terms "a", "an" and the like refers to one or more.
[0043] The term "about" as used herein refers to the usual range of
variation for the respective value readily known to the skilled
person in this technical field. Reference to "about" a value or
parameter herein includes (and describes) embodiments that are
directed to that value or parameter per se.
[0044] As used herein, the term "aminergic G protein-coupled
receptors" refers to a family of transmembrane proteins involved in
cellular communication. Aminergic G protein coupled receptors are
activated by biogenic amines and represent a subclass of the
superfamily of G protein coupled receptors, which are structurally
characterized by seven transmembrane helices. Aminergic G
protein-coupled receptors include but are not limited to adrenergic
receptors, serotonin receptors, dopamine receptors, histamine
receptors and imidazoline receptors.
[0045] As used herein, the term "adrenergic receptor modulator"
intends and encompasses a compound that binds to or inhibits
binding of a ligand to an adrenergic receptor or reduces or
eliminates or increases or enhances or mimics an activity of an
adrenergic receptor. As such, an "adrenergic receptor modulator"
encompasses both an adrenergic receptor antagonist and an
adrenergic receptor agonist. In some aspects, the adrenergic
receptor modulator binds to or inhibits binding to a ligand to an
.alpha.1-adrenergic receptor (e.g., .alpha.1A, .alpha.1B and/or
.alpha.1D) and/or a .alpha.2-adrenergic receptor (e.g., .alpha.2A,
.alpha.2B and/or .alpha.2C) and/or reduces or eliminates or
increases or enhances or mimics an activity of a
.alpha.1-adrenergic receptor (e.g., .alpha.1A, .alpha.1B and/or
.alpha.1D) and/or a .alpha.2-adrenergic receptor (e.g., .alpha.2A,
.alpha.2B and/or .alpha.2C) in a reversible or irreversible manner.
In some aspects, the adrenergic receptor modulator inhibits binding
of a ligand by at least about or about any one of 10%, 20%, 30%,
40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95% or 100% as determined in the
assays described herein. In some aspects, the adrenergic receptor
modulator reduces an activity of an adrenergic receptor by at least
or about any of 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95% or
100% as compared to the corresponding activity in the same subject
prior to treatment with the adrenergic receptor modulator or
compared to the corresponding activity in other subjects not
receiving the adrenergic receptor modulator. In some aspects, the
adrenergic receptor modulator enhances an activity of an adrenergic
receptor by at least about or about any of 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%,
60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95% or 100 or 200% or 300% or 400% or 500% or
more as compared to the corresponding activity in the same subject
prior to treatment with the adrenergic receptor modulator or
compared to the corresponding activity in other subjects not
receiving the adrenergic receptor modulator. In some aspects, the
adrenergic receptor modulator is capable of binding to the active
site of an adrenergic receptor (e.g., a binding site for a ligand).
In some embodiments, the adrenergic receptor modulator is capable
of binding to an allosteric site of an adrenergic receptor.
[0046] As used herein, the term "dopamine receptor modulator"
intends and encompasses a compound that binds to or inhibits
binding of a ligand to a dopamine receptor or reduces or eliminates
or increases or enhances or mimics an activity of a dopamine
receptor. As such, a "dopamine receptor modulator" encompasses both
a dopamine receptor antagonist and a dopamine receptor agonist. In
some aspects, the dopamine receptor modulator binds to or inhibits
binding of a ligand to a dopamine-1 (D1) and/or a dopamine-2 (D2)
receptor or reduces or eliminates or increases or enhances or
mimics an activity of a dopamine-1 (D1) and/or a dopamine-2 (D2)
receptor in a reversible or irreversible manner. Dopamine D2
receptors are divided into two categories, D2L and D2S, which are
formed from a single gene by differential splicing. D2L receptors
have a longer intracellular domain than D2S. In some embodiments,
the dopamine receptor modulator inhibits binding of a ligand by at
least about or about any one of 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%,
80%, 90%, 95% or 100% as determined in the assays described herein.
In some embodiments, the dopamine receptor modulator reduces an
activity of a dopamine receptor by at least about or about any of
10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95% or 100% as
compared to the corresponding activity in the same subject prior to
treatment with the dopamine receptor modulator or compared to the
corresponding activity in other subjects not receiving the dopamine
receptor modulator. In some embodiments, the dopamine receptor
modulator enhances an activity of a dopamine receptor by at least
about or about any of 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%,
95% or 100 or 200% or 300% or 400% or 500% or more as compared to
the corresponding activity in the same subject prior to treatment
with the dopamine receptor modulator or compared to the
corresponding activity in other subjects not receiving the dopamine
receptor modulator. In some embodiments, the dopamine receptor
modulator is capable of binding to the active site of a dopamine
receptor (e.g., a binding site for a ligand). In some embodiments,
the dopamine receptor modulator is capable of binding to an
allosteric site of a dopamine receptor.
[0047] As used herein, the term "serotonin receptor modulator"
intends and encompasses a compound that binds to or inhibits
binding of a ligand to a serotonin receptor or reduces or
eliminates or increases or enhances or mimics an activity of a
serotonin receptor. As such, a "serotonin receptor modulator"
encompasses both a serotonin receptor antagonist and a serotonin
receptor agonist. In some embodiments, the serotonin receptor
modulator binds to or inhibits binding of a ligand to a 5-HT1A
and/or a 5-HT1B and/or a 5-HT2A and/or a 5-HT2B and/or a 5-HT2C
and/or a 5-HT3 and/or a 5-HT4 and/or a 5-HT6 and/or a 5-HT7
receptor or reduces or eliminates or increases or enhances or
mimics an activity of a 5-HT1A and/or a 5-HT1B and/or a 5-HT2A
and/or a 5-HT2B and/or a 5-HT2C and/or a 5-HT3 and/or a 5-HT4
and/or a 5-HT6 and/or a 5-HT7 receptor in a reversible or
irreversible manner. In some embodiments, the serotonin receptor
modulator inhibits binding of a ligand by at least about or about
any one of 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95% or 100%
as determined in the assays described herein. In some embodiments,
the serotonin receptor modulator reduces an activity of a serotonin
receptor by at least about or about any of 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%,
60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95% or 100% as compared to the corresponding
activity in the same subject prior to treatment with the serotonin
receptor modulator or compared to the corresponding activity in
other subjects not receiving the serotonin receptor modulator. In
some embodiments, the serotonin receptor modulator enhances an
activity of a serotonin receptor by at least about or about any of
10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95% or 100 or 200% or
300% or 400% or 500% or more as compared to the corresponding
activity in the same subject prior to treatment with the serotonin
receptor modulator or compared to the corresponding activity in
other subjects not receiving the serotonin receptor modulator. In
some embodiments, the serotonin receptor modulator is capable of
binding to the active site of a serotonin receptor (e.g., a binding
site for a ligand). In some embodiments, the serotonin receptor
modulator is capable of binding to an allosteric site of a
serotonin receptor.
[0048] As used herein, the term "histamine receptor modulator"
intends and encompasses a compound that binds to or inhibits
binding of a ligand to a histamine receptor or reduces or
eliminates or increases or enhances or mimics an activity of a
histamine receptor. As such, a "histamine receptor modulator"
encompasses both a histamine receptor antagonist and a histamine
receptor agonist. In some embodiments, the histamine receptor
modulator binds to or inhibits binding of a ligand to a histamine
H1 and/or H2 and/or H3 receptor or reduces or eliminates or
increases or enhances or mimics an activity of a histamine H1
and/or H2 and/or H3 receptor in a reversible or irreversible
manner. In some embodiments, the histamine receptor modulator
inhibits binding of a ligand by at least about or about any one of
10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95% or 100% as
determined in the assays described herein. In some embodiments, the
histamine receptor modulator reduces an activity of a histamine
receptor by at least about or about any of 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%,
60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95% or 100% as compared to the corresponding
activity in the same subject prior to treatment with the histamine
receptor modulator or compared to the corresponding activity in
other subjects not receiving the histamine receptor modulator. In
some embodiments, the histamine receptor modulator enhances an
activity of a histamine receptor by at least about or about any of
10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95% or 100 or 200% or
300% or 400% or 500% or more as compared to the corresponding
activity in the same subject prior to treatment with the histamine
receptor modulator or compared to the corresponding activity in
other subjects not receiving the histamine receptor modulator. In
some embodiments, the histamine receptor modulator is capable of
binding to the active site of a histamine receptor (e.g., a binding
site for a ligand). In some embodiments, the histamine receptor
modulator is capable of binding to an allosteric site of a
histamine receptor.
[0049] Unless clearly indicated otherwise, "an individual" as used
herein intends a mammal, including but not limited to human,
bovine, primate, equine, canine, feline, porcine, and ovine
animals. Thus, the invention finds use in both human medicine and
in the veterinary context, including use in agricultural animals
and domestic pets. The individual may be a human who has been
diagnosed with or is suspected of having a cognitive disorder, a
psychotic disorder, a neurotransmitter-mediated disorder and/or a
neuronal disorder. The individual may be a human who exhibits one
or more symptoms associated with a cognitive disorder, a psychotic
disorder, a neurotransmitter-mediated disorder and/or a neuronal
disorder. The individual may be a human who has a mutated or
abnormal gene associated with a cognitive disorder, a psychotic
disorder, a neurotransmitter-mediated disorder and/or a neuronal
disorder. The individual may be a human who is genetically or
otherwise predisposed to developing a cognitive disorder, a
psychotic disorder, a neurotransmitter-mediated disorder and/or a
neuronal disorder.
[0050] As used herein, "treatment" or "treating" is an approach for
obtaining beneficial or desired results, including clinical
results. For purposes of this invention, beneficial or desired
clinical results include, but are not limited to, alleviation of a
symptom and/or diminishment of the extent of a symptom and/or
preventing a worsening of a symptom associated with a disease or
condition. In one variation, beneficial or desired clinical results
include, but are not limited to, alleviation of a symptom and/or
diminishment of the extent of a symptom and/or preventing a
worsening of a symptom associated with a cognitive disorder, a
psychotic disorder, a neurotransmitter-mediated disorder and/or a
neuronal disorder. Preferably, treatment of a disease or condition
with a compound of the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable
salt thereof is accompanied by no or fewer side effects than are
associated with currently available therapies for the disease or
condition and/or improves the quality of life of the
individual.
[0051] As used herein, "delaying" development of a disease or
condition means to defer, hinder, slow, retard, stabilize and/or
postpone development of the disease or condition. This delay can be
of varying lengths of time, depending on the history of the disease
and/or individual being treated. As is evident to one skilled in
the art, a sufficient or significant delay can, in effect,
encompass prevention, in that the individual does not develop the
disease or condition. For example, a method that "delays"
development of Alzheimer's disease is a method that reduces
probability of disease development in a given time frame and/or
reduces extent of the disease in a given time frame, when compared
to not using the method. Such comparisons are typically based on
clinical studies, using a statistically significant number of
subjects. For example, Alzheimer's disease development can be
detected using standard clinical techniques, such as routine
neurological examination, patient interview, neuroimaging,
detecting alterations of levels of specific proteins in the serum
or cerebrospinal fluid (e.g., amyloid peptides and Tau),
computerized tomography (CT) or magnetic resonance imaging (MRI).
Similar techniques are known in the art for other diseases and
conditions. Development may also refer to disease progression that
may be initially undetectable and includes occurrence, recurrence
and onset.
[0052] As used herein, an "at risk" individual is an individual who
is at risk of developing a cognitive disorder, a psychotic
disorder, a neurotransmitter-mediated disorder and/or a neuronal
disorder that can be treated with a compound of the invention. An
individual "at risk" may or may not have a detectable disease or
condition, and may or may not have displayed detectable disease
prior to the treatment methods described herein. "At risk" denotes
that an individual has one or more so-called risk factors, which
are measurable parameters that correlate with development of a
disease or condition and are known in the art. An individual having
one or more of these risk factors has a higher probability of
developing the disease or condition than an individual without
these risk factor(s). These risk factors include, but are not
limited to, age, sex, race, diet, history of previous disease,
presence of precursor disease, genetic (i.e., hereditary)
considerations, and environmental exposure. For example,
individuals at risk for Alzheimer's disease include, e.g., those
having relatives who have experienced this disease and those whose
risk is determined by analysis of genetic or biochemical markers.
Genetic markers of risk for Alzheimer's disease include mutations
in the APP gene, particularly mutations at position 717 and
positions 670 and 671 referred to as the Hardy and Swedish
mutations, respectively (Hardy, Trends Neurosci., 20:154-9, 1997).
Other markers of risk are mutations in the presenilin genes (e.g.,
PS1 or PS2), ApoE4 alleles, family history of Alzheimer's disease,
hypercholesterolemia and/or atherosclerosis. Other such factors are
known in the art for other diseases and conditions.
[0053] As used herein, the term "pro-cognitive" includes but is not
limited to an improvement of one or more mental processes such as
memory, attention, perception and/or thinking, which may be
assessed by methods known in the art.
[0054] As used herein, the term "neurotrophic" effects includes but
is not limited to effects that enhance neuron function such as
growth, survival and/or neurotransmitter synthesis.
[0055] As used herein, the term "cognitive disorders" refers to and
intends diseases and conditions that are believed to involve or be
associated with or do involve or are associated with progressive
loss of structure and/or function of neurons, including death of
neurons, and where a central feature of the disorder may be the
impairment of cognition (e.g., memory, attention, perception and/or
thinking). These disorders include pathogen-induced cognitive
dysfunction, e.g. HIV associated cognitive dysfunction and Lyme
disease associated cognitive dysfunction. Examples of cognitive
disorders include Alzheimer's Disease, Huntington's Disease,
Parkinson's Disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), autism,
mild cognitive impairment (MCI), stroke, traumatic brain injury
(TBI) and age-associated memory impairment (AAMI).
[0056] As used herein, the term "psychotic disorders" refers to and
intends mental diseases or conditions that are believed to cause or
do cause abnormal thinking and perceptions. Psychotic disorders are
characterized by a loss of reality which may be accompanied by
delusions, hallucinations (perceptions in a conscious and awake
state in the absence of external stimuli which have qualities of
real perception, in that they are vivid, substantial, and located
in external objective space), personality changes and/or
disorganized thinking. Other common symptoms include unusual or
bizarre behavior, as well as difficulty with social interaction and
impairment in carrying out the activities of daily living.
Exemplary psychotic disorders are schizophrenia, bipolar disorders,
psychosis, anxiety and depression.
[0057] As used herein, the term "neurotransmitter-mediated
disorders" refers to and intends diseases or conditions that are
believed to involve or be associated with or do involve or are
associated with abnormal levels of neurotransmitters such as
histamine, serotonin, dopamine, norepinephrine or impaired function
of aminergic G protein-coupled receptors. Exemplary
neurotransmitter-mediated disorders include spinal cord injury,
diabetic neuropathy, allergic diseases and diseases involving
geroprotective activity such as age-associated hair loss
(alopecia), age-associated weight loss and age-associated vision
disturbances (cataracts). Abnormal neurotransmitter levels are
associated with a wide variety of diseases and conditions
including, but not limited, to Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's
Disease, autism, Guillain-Barre syndrome, mild cognitive
impairment, schizophrenia, anxiety, multiple sclerosis, stroke,
traumatic brain injury, spinal cord injury, diabetic neuropathy,
fibromyalgia, bipolar disorders, psychosis, depression and a
variety of allergic diseases.
[0058] As used herein, the term "neuronal disorders" refers to and
intends diseases or conditions that are believed to involve, or be
associated with, or do involve or are associated with neuronal cell
death and/or impaired neuronal function or decreased neuronal
function. Exemplary neuronal indications include neurodegenerative
diseases and disorders such as Alzheimer's disease, Huntington's
disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), Parkinson's disease,
canine cognitive dysfunction syndrome (CCDS), Lewy body disease,
Menkes disease, Wilson disease, Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease, Fahr
disease, an acute or chronic disorder involving cerebral
circulation, such as ischemic or hemorrhagic stroke or other
cerebral hemorrhagic insult, age-associated memory impairment
(AAMI), mild cognitive impairment (MCI), injury-related mild
cognitive impairment (MCI), post-concussion syndrome,
post-traumatic stress disorder, adjuvant chemotherapy, traumatic
brain injury (TBI), neuronal death mediated ocular disorder,
macular degeneration, age-related macular degeneration, autism,
including autism spectrum disorder, Asperger syndrome, and Rett
syndrome, an avulsion injury, a spinal cord injury, myasthenia
gravis, Guillain-Barre syndrome, multiple sclerosis, diabetic
neuropathy, fibromyalgia, neuropathy associated with spinal cord
injury, schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, psychosis, anxiety or
depression.
[0059] As used herein, the term "neuron" represents a cell of
ectodermal embryonic origin derived from any part of the nervous
system of an animal. Neurons express well-characterized
neuron-specific markers, including neurofilament proteins, NeuN
(Neuronal Nuclei marker), MAP2, and class III tubulin. Included as
neurons are, for example, hippocampal, cortical, midbrain
dopaminergic, spinal motor, sensory, sympathetic, septal
cholinergic, and cerebellar neurons.
[0060] As used herein, the term "neurite outgrowth" or "neurite
activation" refers to the extension of existing neuronal processes
(e.g., axons and dendrites) and the growth or sprouting of new
neuronal processes (e.g., axons and dendrites). Neurite outgrowth
or neurite activation may alter neural connectivity, resulting in
the establishment of new synapses or the remodeling of existing
synapses.
[0061] As used herein, the term "neurogenesis" refers to the
generation of new nerve cells from undifferentiated neuronal
progenitor cells, also known as multipotential neuronal stem cells.
Neurogenesis actively produces new neurons, astrocytes, glia,
Schwann cells, oligodendrocytes and/or other neural lineages. Much
neurogenesis occurs early in human development, though it continues
later in life, particularly in certain localized regions of the
adult brain.
[0062] As used herein, the term "neural connectivity" refers to the
number, type, and quality of connections ("synapses") between
neurons in an organism. Synapses form between neurons, between
neurons and muscles (a "neuromuscular junction"), and between
neurons and other biological structures, including internal organs,
endocrine glands, and the like. Synapses are specialized structures
by which neurons transmit chemical or electrical signals to each
other and to non-neuronal cells, muscles, tissues, and organs.
Compounds that affect neural connectivity may do so by establishing
new synapses (e.g., by neurite outgrowth or neurite activation) or
by altering or remodeling existing synapses. Synaptic remodeling
refers to changes in the quality, intensity or type of signal
transmitted at particular synapses.
[0063] As used herein, the term "neuropathy" refers to a disorder
characterized by altered function and/or structure of motor,
sensory, and autonomic neurons of the nervous system, initiated or
caused by a primary lesion or other dysfunction of the nervous
system. Patterns of peripheral neuropathy include polyneuropathy,
mononeuropathy, mononeuritis multiplex and autonomic neuropathy.
The most common form is (symmetrical) peripheral polyneuropathy,
which mainly affects the feet and legs. A radiculopathy involves
spinal nerve roots, but if peripheral nerves are also involved the
term radiculoneuropathy is used. The form of neuropathy may be
further broken down by cause, or the size of predominant fiber
involvement, e.g. large fiber or small fiber peripheral neuropathy.
Central neuropathic pain can occur in spinal cord injury, multiple
sclerosis, and some strokes, as well as fibromyalgia. Neuropathy
may be associated with varying combinations of weakness, autonomic
changes and sensory changes. Loss of muscle bulk or fasciculations,
a particular fine twitching of muscle may also be seen. Sensory
symptoms encompass loss of sensation and "positive" phenomena
including pain. Neuropathies are associated with a variety of
disorders, including diabetes (e.g., diabetic neuropathy),
fibromyalgia, multiple sclerosis, and herpes zoster infection, as
well as with spinal cord injury and other types of nerve
damage.
[0064] As used herein, the term "Alzheimer's disease" refers to a
degenerative brain disorder characterized clinically by progressive
memory deficits, confusion, behavioral problems, inability to care
for oneself, gradual physical deterioration and, ultimately, death.
Histologically, the disease is characterized by neuritic plaques,
found primarily in the association cortex, limbic system and basal
ganglia. The major constituent of these plaques is amyloid beta
peptide (A.beta.), which is the cleavage product of beta amyloid
precursor protein (.beta.APP or APP). APP is a type I transmembrane
glycoprotein that contains a large ectopic N-terminal domain, a
transmembrane domain and a small cytoplasmic C-terminal tail.
Alternative splicing of the transcript of the single APP gene on
chromosome 21 results in several isoforms that differ in the number
of amino acids. A.beta. appears to have a central role in the
neuropathology of Alzheimer's disease. Familial forms of the
disease have been linked to mutations in APP and the presenilin
genes (Tanzi et al., 1996, Neurobiol. Dis., 3:159-168; Hardy, 1996,
Ann. Med., 28:255-258). Diseased-linked mutations in these genes
result in increased production of the 42-amino acid form of
A.beta., the predominant form found in amyloid plaques.
Mitochondrial dysfunction has also been reported to be an important
component of Alzheimer's disease (Bubber et al., Mitochondrial
abnormalities in Alzheimer brain: Mechanistic Implications, Ann
Neurol., 2005, 57(5), 695-703; Wang et al., Insights into
amyloid-.beta.-induced mitochondrial dysfunction in Alzheimer
disease, Free Radical Biology & Medicine, 2007, 43, 1569-1573;
Swerdlow et al., Mitochondria in Alzheimer's disease, Int. Rev.
Neurobiol., 2002, 53, 341-385; and Reddy et al., Are mitochondria
critical in the pathogenesis of Alzheimer's disease?, Brain Res
Rev. 2005, 49(3), 618-32). It has been proposed that mitochondrial
dysfunction has a causal relationship with neuronal function
(including neurotransmitter synthesis and secretion) and viability.
Compounds which stabilize mitochondria may therefore have a
beneficial impact on Alzheimer's patients.
[0065] As used herein, the term "Huntington's disease" refers to a
fatal neurological disorder characterized clinically by symptoms
such as involuntary movements, cognition impairment or loss of
cognitive function and a wide spectrum of behavioral disorders.
Common motor symptoms associated with Huntington's disease include
chorea (involuntary writhing and spasming), clumsiness, and
progressive loss of the abilities to walk, speak (e.g., exhibiting
slurred speech) and swallow. Other symptoms of Huntington's disease
can include cognitive symptoms such as loss of intellectual speed,
attention and short-term memory and/or behavioral symptoms that can
span the range of changes in personality, depression, irritability,
emotional outbursts and apathy. Clinical symptoms typically appear
in the fourth or fifth decade of life. Huntington's disease is a
devastating and often protracted illness, with death usually
occurring approximately 10-20 years after the onset of symptoms.
Huntington's disease is inherited through a mutated or abnormal
gene encoding an abnormal protein called the mutant huntingtin
protein; the mutated huntingtin protein produces neuronal
degeneration in many different regions of the brain. The
degeneration focuses on neurons located in the basal ganglia,
structures deep within the brain that control many important
functions including coordinating movement, and on neurons on the
outer surface of the brain or cortex, which controls thought,
perception and memory.
[0066] "Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis" or "ALS" are used herein to
denote a progressive neurodegenerative disease that affects upper
motor neurons (motor neurons in the brain) and/or lower motor
neurons (motor neurons in the spinal cord) and results in motor
neuron death. As used herein, the term "ALS" includes all of the
classifications of ALS known in the art, including, but not limited
to classical ALS (typically affecting both lower and upper motor
neurons), Primary Lateral Sclerosis (PLS, typically affecting only
the upper motor neurons), Progressive Bulbar Palsy (PBP or Bulbar
Onset, a version of ALS that typically begins with difficulties
swallowing, chewing and speaking), Progressive Muscular Atrophy
(PMA, typically affecting only the lower motor neurons) and
familial ALS (a genetic version of ALS).
[0067] The term "Parkinson's disease" as used herein refers to any
medical condition wherein an individual experiences one or more
symptoms associated with Parkinson's disease, such as without
limitation one or more of the following symptoms: rest tremor,
cogwheel rigidity, bradykinesia, postural reflex impairment,
symptoms having good response to 1-dopa treatment, the absence of
prominent oculomotor palsy, cerebellar or pyramidal signs,
amyotrophy, dyspraxia and/or dysphasia. In a specific embodiment,
the present invention is utilized for the treatment of a
dopaminergic dysfunction-related disorder. In a specific
embodiment, the individual with Parkinson's disease has a mutation
or polymorphism in a synuclein, parkin or NURR1 nucleic acid that
is associated with Parkinson's disease. In one embodiment, the
individual with Parkinson's disease has defective or decreased
expression of a nucleic acid or a mutation in a nucleic acid that
regulates the development and/or survival of dopaminergic
neurons.
[0068] As used herein, the term "canine cognitive dysfunction
syndrome," or "CCDS" refers to an age-related deterioration of
mental function typified by multiple cognitive impairments that
affect an afflicted canine's ability to function normally. The
decline in cognitive ability that is associated with CCDS cannot be
completely attributed to a general medical condition such as
neoplasia, infection, sensory impairment, or organ failure.
Diagnosis of CCDS in canines, such as dogs, is generally a
diagnosis of exclusion, based on thorough behavior and medical
histories and the presence of clinical symptoms of CCDS that are
unrelated to other disease processes. Owner observation of
age-related changes in behavior is a practical means used to detect
the possible onset of CCDS in aging domestic dogs. A number of
laboratory cognitive tasks may be used to help diagnose CCDS, while
blood counts, chemistry panels and urinalysis can be used to rule
out other underlying diseases that could mimic the clinical
symptoms of CCDS. Symptoms of CCDS include memory loss, which in
domestic dogs may be manifested by disorientation and/or confusion,
decreased or altered interaction with family members and/or
greeting behavior, changes in sleep-wake cycle, decreased activity
level, and loss of house training or frequent, inappropriate
elimination. A canine suffering from CCDS may exhibit one or more
of the following clinical or behavioral symptoms: decreased
appetite, decreased awareness of surroundings, decreased ability to
recognize familiar places, people or other animals, decreased
hearing, decreased ability to climb up and down stairs, decreased
tolerance to being alone, development of compulsive behavior or
repetitive behaviors or habits, circling, tremors or shaking,
disorientation, decreased activity level, abnormal sleep wake
cycles, loss of house training, decreased or altered responsiveness
to family members, and decreased or altered greeting behavior. CCDS
can dramatically affect the health and well-being of an afflicted
canine. Moreover, the companionship offered by a pet with CCDS can
become less rewarding as the severity of the disease increases and
its symptoms become more severe.
[0069] As used herein, the term "age-associated memory impairment"
or "AAMI" refers to a condition that may be identified as GDS stage
2 on the global deterioration scale (GDS) (Reisberg, et al. (1982)
Am. J. Psychiatry 139: 1136-1139) which differentiates the aging
process and progressive degenerative dementia in seven major
stages. The first stage of the GDS is one in which individuals at
any age have neither subjective complaints of cognitive impairment
nor objective evidence of impairment. These GDS stage 1 individuals
are considered normal. The second stage of the GDS applies to those
generally elderly persons who complain of memory and cognitive
functioning difficulties such as not recalling names as well as
they could five or ten years previously or not recalling where they
have placed things as well as they could five or ten years
previously. These subjective complaints appear to be very common in
otherwise normal elderly individuals. AAMI refers to persons in GDS
stage 2, who may differ neurophysiologically from elderly persons
who are normal and free of subjective complaints, i.e., GDS stage
1. For example, AAMI subjects have been found to have more
electrophysiologic slowing on a computer analyzed EEG than GDS
stage 1 elderly persons (Prichep, John, Ferris, Reisberg, et al.,
(1994) Neurobiol. Aging 15: 85-90).
[0070] As used herein, the term "mild cognitive impairment" or
"MCI" refers to a type of cognitive disorder characterized by a
more pronounced deterioration in cognitive functions than is
typical for normal age-related decline. As a result, elderly or
aged patients with MCI have greater than normal difficulty
performing complex daily tasks and learning, but without the
inability to perform normal social, everyday, and/or professional
functions typical of patients with Alzheimer's disease, or other
similar neurodegenerative disorders eventually resulting in
dementia. MCI is characterized by subtle, clinically manifest
deficits in cognition, memory, and functioning, amongst other
impairments, which are not of sufficient magnitude to fulfill
criteria for diagnosis of Alzheimer's disease or other dementia.
MCI also encompasses injury-related MCI, defined herein as
cognitive impairment resulting from certain types of injury, such
as nerve injury (i.e., battlefield injuries, including
post-concussion syndrome, and the like), neurotoxic treatment
(i.e., adjuvant chemotherapy resulting in "chemo brain" and the
like), and tissue damage resulting from physical injury or other
neurodegeneration, which is separate and distinct from mild
cognitive impairment resulting from stroke, ischemia, hemorrhagic
insult, blunt force trauma, and the like.
[0071] As used herein, the term "traumatic brain injury" or "TBI"
refers to a brain injury caused by a sudden trauma, such as a blow
or jolt or a penetrating head injury, which disrupts the function
or damages the brain. Symptoms of TBI can range from mild, moderate
to severe and can significantly affect many cognitive (deficits of
language and communication, information processing, memory, and
perceptual skills), physical (ambulation, balance, coordination,
fine motor skills, strength, and endurance), and psychological
skills.
[0072] "Neuronal death mediated ocular disease" intends an ocular
disease in which death of the neuron is implicated in whole or in
part. The disease may involve death of photoreceptors. The disease
may involve retinal cell death. The disease may involve ocular
nerve death by apoptosis. Particular neuronal death mediated ocular
diseases include but are not limited to macular degeneration,
glaucoma, retinitis pigmentosa, congenital stationary night
blindness (Oguchi disease), childhood onset severe retinal
dystrophy, Leber congenital amaurosis, Bardet-Biedle syndrome,
Usher syndrome, blindness from an optic neuropathy, Leber's
hereditary optic neuropathy, color blindness and Hansen-Larson-Berg
syndrome.
[0073] As used herein, the term "macular degeneration" includes all
forms and classifications of macular degeneration known in the art,
including, but not limited to diseases that are characterized by a
progressive loss of central vision associated with abnormalities of
Bruch's membrane, the choroid, the neural retina and/or the retinal
pigment epithelium. The term thus encompasses disorders such as
age-related macular degeneration (ARMD) as well as rarer,
earlier-onset dystrophies that in some cases can be detected in the
first decade of life. Other maculopathies include North Carolina
macular dystrophy, Sorsby's fundus dystrophy, Stargardt's disease,
pattern dystrophy, Best disease, and Malattia Leventinese.
[0074] As used herein, the term "autism" refers to a brain
development disorder that impairs social interaction and
communication and causes restricted and repetitive behavior,
typically appearing during infancy or early childhood. The
cognitive and behavioral defects are thought to result in part from
altered neural connectivity. Autism encompasses related disorders
sometimes referred to as "autism spectrum disorder," as well as
Asperger syndrome and Rett syndrome.
[0075] As used herein, the term "nerve injury" or "nerve damage"
refers to physical damage to nerves, such as avulsion injury (i.e.,
where a nerve or nerves have been torn or ripped) or spinal cord
injury (i.e., damage to white matter or myelinated fiber tracts
that carry sensation and motor signals to and from the brain).
Spinal cord injury can occur from many causes, including physical
trauma (i.e., car accidents, sports injuries, and the like), tumors
impinging on the spinal column, developmental disorders, such as
spina bifida, and the like.
[0076] As used herein, the term "myasthenia gravis" or "MG" refers
to a non-cognitive neuromuscular disorder caused by immune-mediated
loss of acetylcholine receptors at neuromuscular junctions of
skeletal muscle. Clinically, MG typically appears first as
occasional muscle weakness in approximately two-thirds of patients,
most commonly in the extraocular muscles. These initial symptoms
eventually worsen, producing drooping eyelids (ptosis) and/or
double vision (diplopia), often causing the patient to seek medical
attention. Eventually, many patients develop general muscular
weakness that may fluctuate weekly, daily, or even more frequently.
Generalized MG often affects muscles that control facial
expression, chewing, talking, swallowing, and breathing; before
recent advances in treatment, respiratory failure was the most
common cause of death.
[0077] As used herein, the term "Guillain-Barre syndrome" refers to
a non-cognitive disorder in which the body's immune system attacks
part of the peripheral nervous system. The first symptoms of this
disorder include varying degrees of weakness or tingling sensations
in the legs. In many instances the weakness and abnormal sensations
spread to the arms and upper body. These symptoms can increase in
intensity until certain muscles cannot be used at all and, when
severe, the patient is almost totally paralyzed. In these cases the
disorder is life threatening--potentially interfering with
breathing and, at times, with blood pressure or heart rate--and is
considered a medical emergency. Most patients, however, recover
from even the most severe cases of Guillain-Barre syndrome,
although some continue to have a certain degree of weakness.
[0078] As used herein, the term "multiple sclerosis" or "MS" refers
to an autoimmune condition in which the immune system attacks the
central nervous system (CNS), leading to demyelination of neurons.
It may cause numerous symptoms, many of which are non-cognitive,
and often progresses to physical disability. MS affects the areas
of the brain and spinal cord known as the white matter. White
matter cells carry signals between the grey matter areas, where the
processing is done, and the rest of the body. More specifically, MS
destroys oligodendrocytes which are the cells responsible for
creating and maintaining a fatty layer, known as the myelin sheath,
which helps the neurons carry electrical signals. MS results in a
thinning or complete loss of myelin and, less frequently, the
cutting (transection) of the neuron's extensions or axons. When the
myelin is lost, the neurons can no longer effectively conduct their
electrical signals. Almost any neurological symptom can accompany
the disease. MS takes several forms, with new symptoms occurring
either in discrete attacks (relapsing forms) or slowly accumulating
over time (progressive forms). Most people are first diagnosed with
relapsing-remitting MS but develop secondary-progressive MS (SPMS)
after a number of years. Between attacks, symptoms may go away
completely, but permanent neurological problems often persist,
especially as the disease advances.
[0079] As used herein, the term "schizophrenia" refers to a
chronic, mental disorder characterized by one or more positive
symptoms (e.g., delusions and hallucinations) and/or negative
symptoms (e.g., blunted emotions and lack of interest) and/or
disorganized symptoms (e.g., disorganized thinking and speech or
disorganized perception and behavior). Schizophrenia as used herein
includes all forms and classifications of schizophrenia known in
the art, including, but not limited to catatonic type, hebephrenic
type, disorganized type, paranoid type, residual type or
undifferentiated type schizophrenia and deficit syndrome and/or
those described in American Psychiatric Association: Diagnostic and
Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fourth Edition, Washington
D.C., 2000 or in International Statistical Classification of
Diseases and Related Health Problems, or otherwise known to those
of skill in the art.
[0080] As used herein "geroprotective activity" or "geroprotector"
means a biological activity that slows down ageing and/or prolongs
life and/or increases or improves the quality of life via a
decrease in the amount and/or the level of intensity of pathologies
or conditions that are not life-threatening but are associated with
the aging process and which are typical for elderly people.
Pathologies or conditions that are not life-threatening but are
associated with the aging process include such pathologies or
conditions as loss of sight (cataract), deterioration of the
dermatohairy integument (alopecia), and an age-associated decrease
in weight due to the death of muscular and/or fatty cells.
[0081] As used herein "allergic disease" refers to a disorder of
the immune system which is characterized by excessive activation of
mast cells and basophils and production of IgE immunoglobulins,
resulting in an extreme inflammatory response. It represents a form
of hypersensitivity to an environmental substance known as allergen
and is an acquired disease. Common allergic reactions include
eczema, hives, hay fever, asthma, food allergies, and reactions to
the venom of stinging insects such as wasps and bees. Allergic
reactions are accompanied by an excessive release of histamines,
and can thus be treated with antihistaminic agents.
[0082] As used herein, by "combination therapy" is meant a therapy
that includes two or more different compounds. Thus, in one aspect,
a combination therapy comprising a compound detailed herein and
anther compound is provided. In some variations, the combination
therapy optionally includes one or more pharmaceutically acceptable
carriers or excipients, non-pharmaceutically active compounds,
and/or inert substances. In various embodiments, treatment with a
combination therapy may result in an additive or even synergistic
(e.g., greater than additive) result compared to administration of
a single compound of the invention alone. In some embodiments, a
lower amount of each compound is used as part of a combination
therapy compared to the amount generally used for individual
therapy. Preferably, the same or greater therapeutic benefit is
achieved using a combination therapy than by using any of the
individual compounds alone. In some embodiments, the same or
greater therapeutic benefit is achieved using a smaller amount
(e.g., a lower dose or a less frequent dosing schedule) of a
compound in a combination therapy than the amount generally used
for individual compound or therapy. Preferably, the use of a small
amount of compound results in a reduction in the number, severity,
frequency, and/or duration of one or more side-effects associated
with the compound.
[0083] As used herein, the term "effective amount" intends such
amount of a compound of the invention which in combination with its
parameters of efficacy and toxicity, as well as based on the
knowledge of the practicing specialist should be effective in a
given therapeutic form. As is understood in the art, an effective
amount may be in one or more doses, i.e., a single dose or multiple
doses may be required to achieve the desired treatment endpoint. An
effective amount may be considered in the context of administering
one or more therapeutic agents, and a single agent may be
considered to be given in an effective amount if, in conjunction
with one or more other agents, a desirable or beneficial result may
be or is achieved. Suitable doses of any of the co-administered
compounds may optionally be lowered due to the combined action
(e.g., additive or synergistic effects) of the compounds.
[0084] As used herein, "unit dosage form" refers to physically
discrete units, suitable as unit dosages, each unit containing a
predetermined quantity of active ingredient calculated to produce
the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required
pharmaceutical carrier. Unit dosage forms may contain a single or a
combination therapy.
[0085] As used herein, the term "controlled release" refers to a
drug-containing formulation or fraction thereof in which release of
the drug is not immediate, i.e., with a "controlled release"
formulation, administration does not result in immediate release of
the drug into an absorption pool. The term encompasses depot
formulations designed to gradually release the drug compound over
an extended period of time. Controlled release formulations can
include a wide variety of drug delivery systems, generally
involving mixing the drug compound with carriers, polymers or other
compounds having the desired release characteristics (e.g.,
pH-dependent or non-pH-dependent solubility, different degrees of
water solubility, and the like) and formulating the mixture
according to the desired route of delivery (e.g., coated capsules,
implantable reservoirs, injectable solutions containing
biodegradable capsules, and the like).
[0086] As used herein, by "pharmaceutically acceptable" or
"pharmacologically acceptable" is meant a material that is not
biologically or otherwise undesirable, e.g., the material may be
incorporated into a pharmaceutical composition administered to a
patient without causing any significant undesirable biological
effects or interacting in a deleterious manner with any of the
other components of the composition in which it is contained.
Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients have preferably
met the required standards of toxicological and manufacturing
testing and/or are included on the Inactive Ingredient Guide
prepared by the U.S. Food and Drug administration.
[0087] "Pharmaceutically acceptable salts" are those salts which
retain at least some of the biological activity of the free
(non-salt) compound and which can be administered as drugs or
pharmaceuticals to an individual. A pharmaceutically acceptable
salt intends ionic interactions and not a covalent bond. As such,
an N-oxide is not considered a salt. Such salts, for example,
include: (1) acid addition salts, formed with inorganic acids such
as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid,
phosphoric acid, and the like; or formed with organic acids such as
acetic acid, oxalic acid, propionic acid, succinic acid, maleic
acid, tartaric acid and the like; (2) salts formed when an acidic
proton present in the parent compound either is replaced by a metal
ion, e.g., an alkali metal ion, an alkaline earth ion, or an
aluminum ion; or coordinates with an organic base. Acceptable
organic bases include ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine
and the like. Acceptable inorganic bases include aluminum
hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium
carbonate, sodium hydroxide, and the like. Further examples of
pharmaceutically acceptable salts include those listed in Berge et
al., Pharmaceutical Salts, J. Pharm. Sci. 1977 January; 66(1):1-19.
Pharmaceutically acceptable salts can be prepared in situ in the
manufacturing process, or by separately reacting a purified
compound of the invention in its free acid or base form with a
suitable organic or inorganic base or acid, respectively, and
isolating the salt thus formed during subsequent purification. It
should be understood that a reference to a pharmaceutically
acceptable salt includes the solvent addition forms or crystal
forms thereof, particularly solvates or polymorphs. Solvates
contain either stoichiometric or non-stoichiometric amounts of a
solvent, and are often formed during the process of
crystallization. Hydrates are formed when the solvent is water, or
alcoholates are formed when the solvent is alcohol. Polymorphs
include the different crystal packing arrangements of the same
elemental composition of a compound. Polymorphs usually have
different X-ray diffraction patterns, infrared spectra, melting
points, density, hardness, crystal shape, optical and electrical
properties, stability, and solubility. Various factors such as the
recrystallization solvent, rate of crystallization, and storage
temperature may cause a single crystal form to dominate.
[0088] The term "excipient" as used herein means an inert or
inactive substance that may be used in the production of a drug or
pharmaceutical, such as a tablet containing a compound of the
invention as an active ingredient. Various substances may be
embraced by the term excipient, including without limitation any
substance used as a binder, disintegrant, coating,
compression/encapsulation aid, cream or lotion, lubricant,
solutions for parenteral administration, materials for chewable
tablets, sweetener or flavoring, suspending/gelling agent, or wet
granulation agent. Binders include, e.g., carbomers, povidone,
xanthan gum, etc.; coatings include, e.g., cellulose acetate
phthalate, ethylcellulose, gellan gum, maltodextrin, enteric
coatings, etc.; compression/encapsulation aids include, e.g.,
calcium carbonate, dextrose, fructose dc (dc="directly
compressible"), honey dc, lactose (anhydrate or monohydrate;
optionally in combination with aspartame, cellulose, or
microcrystalline cellulose), starch dc, sucrose, etc.;
disintegrants include, e.g., croscarmellose sodium, gellan gum,
sodium starch glycolate, etc.; creams or lotions include, e.g.,
maltodextrin, carrageenans, etc.; lubricants include, e.g.,
magnesium stearate, stearic acid, sodium stearyl fumarate, etc.;
materials for chewable tablets include, e.g., dextrose, fructose
dc, lactose (monohydrate, optionally in combination with aspartame
or cellulose), etc.; suspending/gelling agents include, e.g.,
carrageenan, sodium starch glycolate, xanthan gum, etc.; sweeteners
include, e.g., aspartame, dextrose, fructose dc, sorbitol, sucrose
dc, etc.; and wet granulation agents include, e.g., calcium
carbonate, maltodextrin, microcrystalline cellulose, etc.
[0089] "Alkyl" refers to and includes saturated linear, branched,
or cyclic univalent hydrocarbon structures and combinations
thereof. Particular alkyl groups are those having 1 to 20 carbon
atoms (a "C.sub.1-C.sub.20 alkyl"). More particular alkyl groups
are those having 1 to 8 carbon atoms (a "C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl").
When an alkyl residue having a specific number of carbons is named,
all geometric isomers having that number of carbons are intended to
be encompassed and described; thus, for example, "butyl" is meant
to include n-butyl, sec-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl and
cyclobutyl; "propyl" includes n-propyl, iso-propyl and cyclopropyl.
This term is exemplified by groups such as methyl, t-butyl,
n-heptyl, octyl, cyclohexylmethyl, cyclopropyl and the like.
Cycloalkyl is a subset of alkyl and can consist of one ring, such
as cyclohexyl, or multiple rings, such as adamantyl. A cycloalkyl
comprising more than one ring may be fused, spiro or bridged, or
combinations thereof. In fused ring systems, one or more of the
rings can be aryl or heteroaryl. A cycloalkyl having more than one
ring where at least one ring is aromatic may be connected to the
parent structure at either a non-aromatic ring position or at an
aromatic ring position. In one variation, a cycloalkyl having more
than one ring where at least one ring is aromatic is connected to
the parent structure at a non-aromatic ring position. A preferred
cycloalkyl is a saturated cyclic hydrocarbon having from 3 to 13
annular carbon atoms. A more preferred cycloalkyl is a saturated
cyclic hydrocarbon having from 3 to 7 annular carbon atoms (a
"C.sub.3-C.sub.7 cycloalkyl"). Examples of cycloalkyl groups
include adamantyl, decahydronaphthalenyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl,
cyclopentyl and the like.
[0090] "Alkylene" refers to the same residues as alkyl, but having
bivalency. Examples of alkylene include ethylene
(--CH.sub.2CH.sub.2--) and propylene
(--CH.sub.2CH.sub.2CH.sub.2--).
[0091] "Alkenyl" refers to an unsaturated hydrocarbon group having
at least one site of olefinic unsaturation (i.e., having at least
one moiety of the formula C.dbd.C) and preferably having from 2 to
10 carbon atoms and more preferably 2 to 8 carbon atoms. Examples
of alkenyl include but are not limited to
--CH.sub.2--CH.dbd.CH--CH.sub.3 and
--CH.sub.2--CH.sub.2-cyclohexenyl, where the ethyl group of the
later example can be attached to the cyclohexenyl moiety at any
available position on the ring.
[0092] "Alkynyl" refers to an unsaturated hydrocarbon group having
at least one site of acetylenic unsaturation (i.e., having at least
one moiety of the formula CC) and preferably having from 2 to 10
carbon atoms and more preferably 3 to 8 carbon atoms.
[0093] "Substituted alkyl" refers to an alkyl group having from 1
to 5 substituents including, but not limited to, substituents such
as alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, acyl, acyloxy, carbonylalkoxy,
acylamino, substituted or unsubstituted amino, aminoacyl,
aminocarbonylamino, aminocarbonyloxy, aryl, substituted aryl,
heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, aryloxy, substituted aryloxy,
cyano, halo, hydroxyl, nitro, carboxyl, thiol, thioalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aralkyl, aminosulfonyl, sulfonylamino, sulfonyl, oxo,
carbonylalkylenealkoxy and the like.
[0094] "Substituted alkenyl" refers to alkenyl group having from 1
to 5 substituents s including, but not limited to, substituents
such as alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, acyl, acyloxy, carbonylalkoxy,
acylamino, substituted or unsubstituted amino, aminoacyl,
aminocarbonylamino, aminocarbonyloxy, aryl, substituted aryl,
heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, aryloxy, substituted aryloxy,
cyano, halo, hydroxyl, nitro, carboxyl, thiol, thioalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aralkyl, aminosulfonyl, sulfonylamino, sulfonyl, oxo,
carbonylalkylenealkoxy and the like.
[0095] "Substituted alkynyl" refers to alkynyl groups having from 1
to 5 substituents including, but not limited to, groups such as
alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, acyl, acyloxy, carbonylalkoxy,
acylamino, substituted or unsubstituted amino, aminoacyl,
aminocarbonylamino, aminocarbonyloxy, aryl, substituted aryl,
heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, aryloxy, substituted aryloxy,
cyano, halo, hydroxyl, nitro, carboxyl, thiol, thioalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aralkyl, aminosulfonyl, sulfonylamino, sulfonyl, oxo,
carbonylalkylenealkoxy and the like.
[0096] "Acyl" refers to the groups H--C(O)--, alkyl-C(O)--,
substituted alkyl-C(O)--, alkenyl-C(O)--, substituted
alkenyl-C(O)--, alkynyl-C(O)--, substituted alkynyl-C(O)--,
aryl-C(O)--, substituted aryl-C(O)--, heteroaryl-C(O)--,
substituted heteroaryl-C(O)--, heterocyclic-C(O)--, and substituted
heterocyclic-C(O)--, wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl,
substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl,
substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl,
substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic and substituted heterocyclic
are as defined herein.
[0097] "Acyloxy" refers to the groups H--C(O)O--, alkyl-C(O)O--,
substituted alkyl-C(O)O--, alkenyl-C(O)O--, substituted
alkenyl-C(O)O--, alkynyl-C(O)O--, substituted alkynyl-C(O)O--,
aryl-C(O)O--, substituted aryl-C(O)O--, heteroaryl-C(O)O--,
substituted heteroaryl-C(O)O--, heterocyclic-C(O)O--, and
substituted heterocyclic-C(O)O--, wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl,
alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl,
cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl,
heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic and substituted
heterocyclic are as defined herein.
[0098] "Heterocycle", "heterocyclic", or "heterocyclyl" refers to a
saturated or an unsaturated non-aromatic group having a single ring
or multiple condensed rings, and having from 1 to 10 annular carbon
atoms and from 1 to 4 annular heteroatoms, such as nitrogen, sulfur
or oxygen. A heterocycle comprising more than one ring may be
fused, spiro or bridged, or any combination thereof. In fused ring
systems, one or more of the rings can be aryl or heteroaryl. A
heterocycle having more than one ring where at least one ring is
aromatic may be connected to the parent structure at either a
non-aromatic ring position or at an aromatic ring position. In one
variation, a heterocycle having more than one ring where at least
one ring is aromatic is connected to the parent structure at a
non-aromatic ring position.
[0099] "Substituted heterocyclic" or "substituted heterocyclyl"
refers to a heterocycle group which is substituted with from 1 to 3
substituents including, but not limited to, substituents such as
alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, acyl, acyloxy, carbonylalkoxy,
acylamino, substituted or unsubstituted amino, aminoacyl,
aminocarbonylamino, aminocarbonyloxy, aryl, substituted aryl,
heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, aryloxy, substituted aryloxy,
cyano, halo, hydroxyl, nitro, carboxyl, thiol, thioalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aralkyl, aminosulfonyl, sulfonylamino, sulfonyl, oxo,
carbonylalkylenealkoxy and the like. In one variation, a
substituted heterocycle is a heterocycle substituted with an
additional ring, wherein the additional ring may be aromatic or
non-aromatic.
[0100] "Aryl" or "Ar" refers to an unsaturated aromatic carbocyclic
group having a single ring (e.g., phenyl) or multiple condensed
rings (e.g., naphthyl or anthryl) which condensed rings may or may
not be aromatic. In one variation, the aryl group contains from 6
to 14 annular carbon atoms. An aryl group having more than one ring
where at least one ring is non-aromatic may be connected to the
parent structure at either an aromatic ring position or at a
non-aromatic ring position. In one variation, an aryl group having
more than one ring where at least one ring is non-aromatic is
connected to the parent structure at an aromatic ring position.
[0101] "Heteroaryl" or "HetAr" refers to an unsaturated aromatic
carbocyclic group having from 2 to 10 annular carbon atoms and at
least one annular heteroatom, including but not limited to
heteroatoms such as nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. A heteroaryl group
may have a single ring (e.g., pyridyl, furyl) or multiple condensed
rings (e.g., indolizinyl, benzothienyl) which condensed rings may
or may not be aromatic. A heteroaryl group having more than one
ring where at least one ring is non-aromatic may be connected to
the parent structure at either an aromatic ring position or at a
non-aromatic ring position. In one variation, a heteroaryl group
having more than one ring where at least one ring is non-aromatic
is connected to the parent structure at an aromatic ring
position.
[0102] "Substituted aryl" refers to an aryl group having 1 to 5
substituents including, but not limited to, groups such as alkoxy,
substituted alkoxy, acyl, acyloxy, carbonylalkoxy, acylamino,
substituted or unsubstituted amino, aminoacyl, aminocarbonylamino,
aminocarbonyloxy, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, aryloxy,
substituted aryloxy, cyano, halo, hydroxyl, nitro, carboxyl, thiol,
thioalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl,
substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aralkyl, aminosulfonyl, sulfonylamino, sulfonyl, oxo,
carbonylalkylenealkoxy and the like.
[0103] "Substituted heteroaryl" refers to a heteroaryl group having
1 to 5 substituents including, but not limited to, groups such as
alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, acyl, acyloxy, carbonylalkoxy,
acylamino, substituted or unsubstituted amino, aminoacyl,
aminocarbonylamino, aminocarbonyloxy, aryl, substituted aryl,
aryloxy, substituted aryloxy, cyano, halo, hydroxyl, nitro,
carboxyl, thiol, thioalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aralkyl, aminosulfonyl, sulfonylamino, sulfonyl, oxo,
carbonylalkylenealkoxy and the like.
[0104] "Aralkyl" refers to a residue in which an aryl moiety is
attached to an alkyl residue and wherein the aralkyl group may be
attached to the parent structure at either the aryl or the alkyl
residue. Preferably, an aralkyl is connected to the parent
structure via the alkyl moiety. A "substituted aralkyl" refers to a
residue in which an aryl moiety is attached to a substituted alkyl
residue and wherein the aralkyl group may be attached to the parent
structure at either the aryl or the alkyl residue. When an aralkyl
is connected to the parent structure via the alkyl moiety, it may
also be referred to as an "alkaryl". More particular alkaryl groups
are those having 1 to 3 carbon atoms in the alkyl moiety (a
"C.sub.1-C.sub.3 alkaryl").
[0105] "Alkoxy" refers to the group alkyl-O--, which includes, by
way of example, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, iso-propoxy, n-butoxy,
tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1,2-dimethylbutoxy,
and the like. Similarly, alkenyloxy refers to the group
"alkenyl-O--" and alkynyloxy refers to the group "alkynyl-O--".
"Substituted alkoxy" refers to the group substituted alkyl-O.
[0106] "Unsubstituted amino" refers to the group --NH.sub.2.
[0107] "Substituted amino" refers to the group --NR.sub.aR.sub.b,
where either (a) each R.sub.a and R.sub.b group is independently
selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, substituted alkyl,
alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl,
substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic,
substituted heterocyclic, provided that both R.sub.a and R.sub.b
groups are not H; or (b) R.sub.a and R.sub.b are joined together
with the nitrogen atom to form a heterocyclic or substituted
heterocyclic ring.
[0108] "Acylamino" refers to the group --C(O)NR.sub.aR.sub.b where
R.sub.a and R.sub.b are independently selected from the group
consisting of H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted
alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl,
heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic and substituted
heterocyclic, or R.sub.a and R.sub.b groups can be joined together
with the nitrogen atom to form a heterocyclic or substituted
heterocyclic ring.
[0109] "Acyclic acylamino" refers to the group
--C(O)NR.sub.aR.sub.b where R.sub.a and R.sub.b are independently
selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, substituted alkyl,
alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl,
substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic,
substituted heterocyclic.
[0110] "Cyclic acylamino" refers to the group --C(O)NR.sub.aR.sub.b
where R.sub.a and R.sub.b groups are joined together with the
nitrogen atom to form a heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic
ring. Examples of cyclic acylamino group include but are not
limited to --C(O)(1-piperidinyl), --C(O)(1-piperazinyl),
--C(O)(4-methyl-1-piperazinyl) and --C(O)(1-pyrrolidinyl).
[0111] "Aminocarbonylalkoxy" refers to the group
--NR.sub.aC(O)OR.sub.b where each R.sub.a and R.sub.b group is
independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl,
substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl,
substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl,
substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic and substituted
heterocyclyl.
[0112] "Aminoacyl" refers to the group --NR.sub.aC(O)R.sub.b where
each R.sub.a and R.sub.b group is independently selected from the
group consisting of H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl,
substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl,
substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic
and substituted heterocyclic. Preferably, R.sub.a is H or
alkyl.
[0113] "Aminosulfonyl" refers to the groups --NRSO.sub.2-alkyl,
--NRSO.sub.2 substituted alkyl, --NRSO.sub.2-alkenyl,
--NRSO.sub.2-substituted alkenyl, --NRSO.sub.2-alkynyl,
--NRSO.sub.2-substituted alkynyl, --NRSO.sub.2-aryl,
--NRSO.sub.2-substituted aryl, --NRSO.sub.2-heteroaryl,
--NRSO.sub.2-substituted heteroaryl, --NRSO.sub.2-heterocyclic, and
--NRSO.sub.2-substituted heterocyclic, where R is H or alkyl and
wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl,
alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl,
aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl,
heterocyclic and substituted heterocyclic are as defined
herein.
[0114] "Sulfonylamino" refers to the groups --SO.sub.2NH.sub.2,
--SO.sub.2NR-alkyl, --SO.sub.2NR-substituted alkyl,
--SO.sub.2NR-alkenyl, --SO.sub.2NR-substituted alkenyl,
--SO.sub.2NR-alkynyl, --SO.sub.2NR-substituted alkynyl,
--SO.sub.2NR-aryl, --SO.sub.2NR-substituted aryl,
--SO.sub.2NR-heteroaryl, --SO.sub.2NR-substituted heteroaryl,
--SO.sub.2NR-heterocyclic, and --SO.sub.2NR-substituted
heterocyclic, where R is H or alkyl, or --SO.sub.2NR.sub.2, where
the two R groups are taken together and with the nitrogen atom to
which they are attached to form a heterocyclic or substituted
heterocyclic ring.
[0115] "Sulfonyl" refers to the groups --SO.sub.2-alkyl,
--SO.sub.2-substituted alkyl, --SO.sub.2-alkenyl,
--SO.sub.2-substituted alkenyl, --SO.sub.2-alkynyl,
--SO.sub.2-substituted alkynyl, --SO.sub.2-aryl,
--SO.sub.2-substituted aryl, --SO.sub.2-heteroaryl,
--SO.sub.2-substituted heteroaryl, --SO.sub.2-heterocyclic, and
--SO.sub.2-substituted heterocyclic.
[0116] "Carbonylalkylenealkoxy" refers to the group
--C(.dbd.O)--(CH.sub.2).sub.n--OR where R is a substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl and n is an integer from 1 to 100, more
preferably n is an integer from 1 to 10 or 1 to 5.
[0117] "Halo" or "halogen" refers to elements of the Group 17
series having atomic number 9 to 85. Preferred halo groups include
the radicals of fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine. Where a
residue is substituted with more than one halogen, it may be
referred to by using a prefix corresponding to the number of
halogen moieties attached, e.g., dihaloaryl, dihaloalkyl,
trihaloaryl etc. refer to aryl and alkyl substituted with two
("di") or three ("tri") halo groups, which may be but are not
necessarily the same halogen; thus 4-chloro-3-fluorophenyl is
within the scope of dihaloaryl. An alkyl group in which each H is
replaced with a halo group is referred to as a "perhaloalkyl." A
preferred perhaloalkyl group is trifluoroalkyl (--CF.sub.3).
Similarly, "perhaloalkoxy" refers to an alkoxy group in which a
halogen takes the place of each H in the hydrocarbon making up the
alkyl moiety of the alkoxy group. An example of a perhaloalkoxy
group is trifluoromethoxy (--OCF.sub.3).
[0118] "Carbonyl" refers to the group C.dbd.O.
[0119] "Cyano" refers to the group --CN.
[0120] "Oxo" refers to the moiety .dbd.O.
[0121] "Nitro" refers to the group --NO.sub.2.
[0122] "Thioalkyl" refers to the groups --S-alkyl.
[0123] "Alkylsulfonylamino" refers to the groups
--R.sup.1SO.sub.2NR.sub.aR.sub.b where R.sub.a and R.sub.b are
independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl,
substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl,
substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl,
substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, or
the R.sub.a and R.sub.b groups can be joined together with the
nitrogen atom to form a heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic
ring and R.sup.1 is an alkyl group.
[0124] "Carbonylalkoxy" refers to as used herein refers to the
groups --C(O)O-alkyl, --C(O)O-- substituted alkyl, --C(O)O-aryl,
--C(O)O-substituted aryl, --C(O)O-alkenyl, --C(O)O-substituted
alkenyl, --C(O)O-alkynyl, --C(O)O-substituted alkynyl,
--C(O)O-heteroaryl, --C(O)O-substituted heteroaryl,
--C(O)O-heterocyclic or --C(O)O-substituted heterocyclic.
[0125] "Geminal" refers to the relationship between two moieties
that are attached to the same atom. For example, in the residue
--CH.sub.2--CHR.sup.1R.sup.2, R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are geminal and
R.sup.1 may be referred to as a geminal R group to R.sup.2.
[0126] "Vicinal" refers to the relationship between two moieties
that are attached to adjacent atoms. For example, in the residue
--CHR.sup.1--CH.sub.2R.sup.2, R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 are vicinal and
R.sup.1 may be referred to as a vicinal R group to R.sup.2.
[0127] A composition of "substantially pure" compound means that
the composition contains no more than 15% or preferably no more
than 10% or more preferably no more than 5% or even more preferably
no more than 3% and most preferably no more than 1% impurity, which
impurity may be the compound in a different stereochemical form.
For instance, a composition of substantially pure S compound means
that the composition contains no more than 15% or no more than 10%
or no more than 5% or no more than 3% or no more than 1% of the R
form of the compound.
Compounds of the Invention
[0128] Compounds according to the invention are detailed herein,
including in the Brief Summary of the Invention and the appended
claims. Thus, compounds of the invention include any compounds
detailed herein. The invention includes the use of all of the
compounds described herein, including any and all stereoisomers,
salts and solvates of the compounds described as histamine receptor
modulators. Further methods of using the compounds of the invention
are detailed throughout.
[0129] The invention embraces compounds of the formula (I):
##STR00005##
where:
[0130] R.sup.1 is H, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, halo, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.8 alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.8 alkynyl, perhaloalkyl, acyl, acyloxy,
carbonylalkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl,
substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.8
perhaloalkoxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, carboxyl, thiol, thioalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted amino, acylamino, aminoacyl,
aminocarbonylamino, aminocarbonyloxy, aminosulfonyl, sulfonylamino,
sulfonyl or carbonylalkylenealkoxy;
[0131] each R.sup.2a and R.sup.2b is independently H, substituted
or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl, halo, hydroxyl, alkoxy,
cyano, nitro or R.sup.2a and R.sup.2b are taken together to form a
carbonyl moiety;
[0132] each R.sup.3a and R.sup.3b is independently H, substituted
or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl, halo, cyano or nitro or
R.sup.3a and R.sup.3b are taken together to form a carbonyl
moiety;
[0133] each X.sup.7, X.sup.8, X.sup.9 and X.sup.10 is independently
N or CR.sup.4;
[0134] m and q are independently 0 or 1;
[0135] X.sup.1 is N or CH;
[0136] each R.sup.4 is independently H, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano,
halo, C.sub.1-C.sub.8 perhaloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-C.sub.8
alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-C.sub.8 alkynyl,
substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, C.sub.1-C.sub.8 perhaloalkoxy, C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkoxy,
aryloxy, carboxyl, thiol, substituted or unsubstituted
heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, thioalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted amino, acylamino, aminoacyl,
aminocarbonylamino, aminocarbonyloxy, aminosulfonyl, sulfonylamino,
sulfonyl, carbonylalkylenealkoxy, alkylsulfonylamino or acyl;
[0137] each R.sup.8a, R.sup.8b, R.sup.8c, R.sup.8d, R.sup.8e and
R.sup.8f is independently H, hydroxyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl or is
taken together with the carbon to which it is attached and a
geminal R.sup.8(e-f) to form a cycloalkyl moiety;
[0138] each R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b is independently H, halo, a
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl, hydroxyl,
alkoxyl or R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b are taken together to form a
carbonyl;
[0139] Q is acylamino, carbonylalkoxy, acyloxy, aminoacyl or
aminocarbonylalkoxy; provided that the compound is other than a
compound according to proviso 1 and proviso 2. In one variation,
the compound is of the formula (I) provided that the compound is
other than any of compounds 1x-6x and a compound of proviso 2. In
another variation, the compounds of the invention, and methods of
using the compounds detailed herein, encompass any of the compounds
of Formula (I), including those listed in proviso 1 or proviso 2 or
a salt thereof. In one variation, the compound is of the formula
(I) provided that the compound is other than a compound of the
formula (X):
##STR00006##
[0140] wherein: [0141] R.sub.5c is selected from alkyl, substituted
alkyl, and aralkyl; [0142] R.sub.5b is selected from alkyl, aryl,
and substituted aryl; [0143] R.sub.5a is alkyl; and [0144] R.sub.5d
is alkyl. In another variation, the compound is of the formula (I)
and includes compounds of the formula (X).
[0145] In another variation, the invention embraces compounds of
the formula (A):
##STR00007##
wherein X.sup.7, X.sup.8, X.sup.9 and X.sup.10; R.sup.1; R.sup.2a,
R.sup.2b, R.sup.3a, R.sup.3b; R.sup.4, R.sup.8a, R.sup.8b,
R.sup.8c, R.sup.8d, R.sup.8e, R.sup.8f, R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b;
and m and q are as defined in formula (I), provided that the
compound is other than a compound in Table 1, or a salt thereof. In
another variation, the compounds of the invention, and methods of
using the compounds detailed herein, encompass any of the compounds
of formula (A), including those listed in Table 1 or a salt
thereof. In another variation, the invention embraces compounds of
the formula (A) provided that at least one of X.sup.7, X.sup.8,
X.sup.9 and X.sup.10 is other than CH. In another variation, the
invention embraces compounds of the formula (A) where X.sup.9 is
other than CR.sup.4 where R.sup.4 is H,
4-methyl-1-piperidinylcarbonyl or formyl group.
[0146] The invention also embraces compounds of the formula
(B):
##STR00008##
wherein X.sup.7, X.sup.8, X.sup.9 and X.sup.10; R.sup.1; R.sup.2a,
R.sup.2b, R.sup.3a, R.sup.3b, R.sup.4, R.sup.8c, R.sup.8d,
R.sup.8e, R.sup.8f, R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b are as defined in
formula (I), provided that the compound is other than any of
compounds 7x, 10x, 63x, 64x, 65x, 66x, 67x, 68x, 69x, 70x, 71x,
72x, 73x, 74x, 75x, 76x, 77x, 78x, 79x, 80x, 81x, 82x, 83x, 84x,
85x, 86x, 87x, 88x, 89x, 90x, 91x, 92x, 93x, 94x, 95x, 96x, 97x,
98x, 99x, 100x, 101x, 102x, 103x, 104x, 105x and 106x, or a salt
thereof. In another variation, the compounds of the invention, and
methods of using the compounds detailed herein, encompass any of
the compounds of formula (B), including compounds 7x, 10x, 63x,
64x, 65x, 66x, 67x, 68x, 69x, 70x, 71x, 72x, 73x, 74x, 75x, 76x,
77x, 78x, 79x, 80x, 81x, 82x, 83x, 84x, 85x, 86x, 87x, 88x, 89x,
90x, 91x, 92x, 93x, 94x, 95x, 96x, 97x, 98x, 99x, 100x, 101x, 102x,
103x, 104x, 105x or 106x or a salt thereof.
[0147] The invention also embraces compounds of the formula
(C):
##STR00009##
wherein X.sup.7, X.sup.8, X.sup.9 and X.sup.10, R.sup.1, R.sup.2a,
R.sup.2b, R.sup.3a, R.sup.3b, R.sup.4, R.sup.8a, R.sup.8b,
R.sup.8c, R.sup.8d, R.sup.8e, R.sup.8f, R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b are
as defined in formula (I) or a salt thereof.
[0148] In one variation, the compound is of the formula (C) where
one of X.sup.7, X.sup.8, X.sup.9 and X.sup.10 is N. In one such
variation, X.sup.9 is N and X.sup.7, X.sup.8 and X.sup.10 are CH.
In one variation, the compound is of the formula (C) where X.sup.9
is N, X.sup.7, X.sup.8 and X.sup.10 are CH and R.sup.1 is alkyl
e.g. methyl. In another variation, the compound is of the formula
(C) where X.sup.9 is N, R.sup.1 is alkyl and Q is carbonylalkoxy,
acylamino or aminoacyl. In yet another variation, the compound is
of the formula (C) where X.sup.7, X.sup.8 and X.sup.10 are CH,
X.sup.9 is N, R.sup.1 is alkyl, each R.sup.2a, R.sup.2b, R.sup.3a,
R.sup.3b, R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b is H and Q is carbonylalkoxy,
acylamino or aminoacyl. In one specific variation, the compound is
of the formula (C) where X.sup.7, X.sup.8 and X.sup.10 are CH,
X.sup.9 is N, R.sup.1 is methyl, each R.sup.2a, R.sup.2b, R.sup.3a,
R.sup.3b, R.sup.10a, R.sup.10b, R.sup.8a, R.sup.8b, R.sup.8c,
R.sup.8d, R.sup.8e and R.sup.8f is H and Q is carbonylalkoxy,
acylamino or aminoacyl. In one such specific variation, Q is
acylamino, e.g. --C(O)NHR' where R' is substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl or cycloalkyl.
[0149] In one variation, the compound is of the formula (C) where
each of X.sup.7, X.sup.8, X.sup.9 and X.sup.10 is CR.sup.4 where
R.sup.4 is as defined in formula (I) or any variation thereof. In
one such variation, X.sup.7, X.sup.8 and X.sup.10 are CH and
X.sup.9 is CR.sup.4 where R.sup.4 is alkyl. In another variation,
the compound is of the formula (C) where X.sup.7, X.sup.8 and
X.sup.10 are CH, X.sup.9 is CR.sup.4 where R.sup.4 is alkyl and
R.sup.1 is alkyl. In yet another variation, the compound is of the
formula (C) where X.sup.7, X.sup.8 and X.sup.10 are CH, X.sup.9 is
CR.sup.4 where R.sup.4 is alkyl, R.sup.1 is alkyl, each R.sup.2a,
R.sup.2b, R.sup.3a, R.sup.3b, R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b is H and Q is
acylamino or carbonylalkoxy.
[0150] In one specific variation, the compound is of the formula
(C) where X.sup.7, X.sup.8 and X.sup.10 are CH and X.sup.9 is
CR.sup.4 where R.sup.4 is methyl, R.sup.1 is methyl, each R.sup.2a,
R.sup.2b, R.sup.3b, R.sup.10a, R.sup.10b, R.sup.8a, R.sup.8b,
R.sup.8c, R.sup.8d, R.sup.8e and R.sup.8f is H and Q is acylamino
or carbonylalkoxy. In one such specific variation, Q is acylamino,
e.g. --C(O)NHR' where R' is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl.
[0151] The invention also embraces compounds of the formula
(D):
##STR00010##
wherein X.sup.7, X.sup.8, X.sup.9 and X.sup.10; R.sup.1, R.sup.2a,
R.sup.2b, R.sup.3a, R.sup.3b, R.sup.4, R.sup.8e, R.sup.8f,
R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b are as defined in formula (I), provided
that the compound is other than any of compounds 1x, 2x, 3x, 4x,
5x, 6x, 8x, 9x, 11x, 12x, 13x, 14x, 15x, 16x, 17x, 18x, 19x, 20x,
21x, 22x, 23x, 24x, 25x, 26x, 27x, 28x, 29x, 30x, 31x, 32x, 33x,
34x, 35x, 36x, 37x, 38x, 39x, 40x, 41x, 42x, 43x, 44x, 45x, 46x,
47x, 48x, 49x, 50x, 51x, 52x, 53x, 54x, 55x, 56x, 57x, 58x, 59x,
60x, 61x, 62x, 107x, 108x, 109x and 110x, or a salt thereof. In
another variation, the compounds of the invention, and methods of
using the compounds detailed herein, encompass any of the compounds
of formula (D), including compounds 1x, 2x, 3x, 4x, 5x, 6x, 8x, 9x,
11x, 12x, 13x, 14x, 15x, 16x, 17x, 18x, 19x, 20x, 21x, 22x, 23x,
24x, 25x, 26x, 27x, 28x, 29x, 30x, 31x, 32x, 33x, 34x, 35x, 36x,
37x, 38x, 39x, 40x, 41x, 42x, 43x, 44x, 45x, 46x, 47x, 48x, 49x,
50x, 51x, 52x, 53x, 54x, 55x, 56x, 57x, 58x, 59x, 60x, 61x, 62x,
107x, 108x, 109x or 110x or a salt thereof.
[0152] In one variation, a compound of the invention is of the
formula (I) where: R.sup.1 is a substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl, acyl, acyloxy, carbonylalkoxy, substituted
or unsubstituted heterocyclyl or substituted or unsubstituted aryl;
each R.sup.2a and R.sup.2b is independently H, methyl, fluoro or
R.sup.2a and R.sup.2b are taken together to form a carbonyl moiety;
each R.sup.3a and R.sup.3b is independently H or fluoro; and each
R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b is independently H, halo, hydroxyl or
methyl or R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b are taken together to form a
carbonyl. This variation of formula (I) is referred to herein as
formula "(Ia)". All variations referring to formula (I), where
applicable, may apply equally to any of formula (A)-(D) the same as
if each and every variation were specifically and individually
listed.
[0153] In a particular embodiment, the compound is of the formula
(I) or (Ia) where X.sup.7, X.sup.8, X.sup.9 and X.sup.10 are
CR.sup.4. In another embodiment, the compound is of the formula (I)
or (Ia) where at least one of X.sup.7, X.sup.8, X.sup.9 and
X.sup.10 is N. Another variation provides a compound of the formula
(I) or (Ia) where at least two of X.sup.7, X.sup.8, X.sup.9 and
X.sup.10 are N. A further variation provides a compound of the
formula (I) or (Ia) where 2 of X.sup.7, X.sup.8, X.sup.9 and
X.sup.10 are N and 2 of X.sup.7, X.sup.8, X.sup.9 and X.sup.10 are
CR.sup.4. A compound of the formula (I) or (Ia) where 1 of X.sup.7,
X.sup.8, X.sup.9 and X.sup.10 is N and 3 of X.sup.7, X.sup.8,
X.sup.9 and X.sup.10 are CR.sup.4 is also embraced by this
invention.
[0154] The invention further embraces compounds of the formula
(E):
##STR00011##
where:
[0155] R.sup.1 is H, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, halo, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.8 alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.8 alkynyl, perhaloalkyl, acyl, acyloxy,
carbonylalkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl,
substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.8
perhaloalkoxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, carboxyl, thiol, thioalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted amino, acylamino, aminoacyl,
aminocarbonylamino, aminocarbonyloxy, aminosulfonyl, sulfonylamino,
sulfonyl or carbonylalkylenealkoxy;
[0156] each R.sup.2a and R.sup.2b is independently H, substituted
or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl, halo, cyano, hydroxyl,
alkoxy, nitro or R.sup.2a and R.sup.2b are taken together with the
carbon to which they are attached to form a cycloalkyl moiety or a
carbonyl moiety;
[0157] each R.sup.3a and R.sup.3b is independently H, substituted
or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl, halo, cyano hydroxyl,
alkoxy, nitro or R.sup.3a and R.sup.3b are taken together with the
carbon to which they are attached to form a cycloalkyl moiety or a
carbonyl moiety;
[0158] each X.sup.7, X.sup.8, X.sup.9 and X.sup.10 is independently
N or CR.sup.4;
[0159] m and q are independently 0 or 1;
[0160] n is 0 or 1;
[0161] each R.sup.4 is independently H, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano,
halo, C.sub.1-C.sub.8 perhaloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-C.sub.8
alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-C.sub.8 alkynyl,
substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, C.sub.1-C.sub.8 perhaloalkoxy, C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkoxy,
aryloxy, carboxyl, thiol, substituted or unsubstituted
heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, thioalkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted amino, acylamino, aminoacyl,
aminocarbonylamino, aminocarbonyloxy, aminosulfonyl, sulfonylamino,
sulfonyl, carbonylalkylenealkoxy, alkylsulfonylamino or acyl;
[0162] each R.sup.8a, R.sup.8b, R.sup.8c, R.sup.8d, R.sup.8e and
R.sup.8f is independently H, hydroxyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl or is taken together with the carbon to which it is attached
and a geminal R.sup.8(a-f) to form a cycloalkyl moiety;
[0163] each R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b is independently H, substituted
or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl, halo, hydroxyl, alkoxyl or
R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b are taken together with the carbon to which
they are attached to form a cycloalkyl moiety or a carbonyl moiety;
and
[0164] Q is acyclic or cyclic acylamino, carbonylalkoxy, acyloxy,
aminoacyl, aminocarbonylalkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted lactam
or substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl;
[0165] provided that: (ia) Q is substituted or unsubstituted
cycloalkyl or a lactam moiety when each of m, n and q is 0 and (ib)
m, n and q are 0 when Q is a substituted or unsubstituted
cycloalkyl or a lactam moiety, (ii) Q is cyclic acylamino only when
each of m, n and q is 1, (iii) when Q is carbonylalkoxy, each
R.sup.8a, R.sup.8b, R.sup.8c, R.sup.8d, R.sup.8e and R.sup.8f is
other than cycloalkyl and substituted alkyl; (iv) the compound is
other than a compound in Table 1, and (v) the compound is other
than
5-cyclohexyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2-methyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole and
5-cyclopentyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2-[(4-methyl-1H-imidazol-5-yl)methyl]-1H-
-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-1-one;
[0166] or a salt thereof. In another variation, the compounds of
the invention, and methods of using the compounds detailed herein,
encompass any of the compounds of formula (E), including those
listed in Table
1,5-cyclohexyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2-methyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole
or
5-cyclopentyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2-[(4-methyl-1H-imidazol-5-yl)methyl]-1H-
-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-1-one or a salt thereof.
[0167] In one variation, the compound is of the formula (E) where
X.sup.9 is N provided that the compound is other than compounds
109x and 110x. In another variation, the compound is of the formula
(E) where X.sup.9 is N and R.sup.1 is a substituted alkyl or
unsubstituted alkyl other than isopropyl. In another variation, the
compound is of the formula (E) where X.sup.9 is N and R.sup.1 is
methyl. In one variation, the compound is of the formula (E) where
X.sup.9 is N, n is 1 and at least one of m and q are 1. In another
variation, the compound is of the formula (E) where X.sup.9 is N
and Q is other than acylamino. In yet another variation, the
compound is of the formula (E) where X.sup.9 is N and Q is
aminoacyl, carbonylalkoxy or acyloxy. In one variation, the
compound is of the formula (E) where each X.sup.7, X.sup.8 and
X.sup.10 is CH, X.sup.9 is N and R.sup.1 is methyl. In another
variation, the compound is of the formula (E) where each X.sup.7,
X.sup.8 and X.sup.10 is CH, X.sup.9 is N, R.sup.1 is methyl and
each R.sup.2a, R.sup.2b, R.sup.3a, R.sup.3b, R.sup.10a and
R.sup.10b is H. In another variation, the compound is of the
formula (E) where each X.sup.7, X.sup.8 and X.sup.10 is CH, X.sup.9
is N, R.sup.1 is methyl, each R.sup.2a, R.sup.2b, R.sup.3a,
R.sup.3b, R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b is H and each R.sup.8a, R.sup.8b,
R.sup.8c, R.sup.8d, R.sup.8e and R.sup.8f is H when present. In
another variation, the compound is of the formula (E) where each
X.sup.7, X.sup.8 and X.sup.10 is CH, X.sup.9 is N, R.sup.1 is
methyl, each R.sup.2a, R.sup.2b, R.sup.3a, R.sup.3b, R.sup.10a and
R.sup.10b is H, each m, n and q is 1 and each R.sup.8a, R.sup.8b,
R.sup.8c, R.sup.8d, R.sup.8e and R.sup.8f is H. In yet another
variation, the compound is of the formula (E) where each X.sup.7,
X.sup.8 and X.sup.10 is CH, X.sup.9 is N, R.sup.1 is methyl, each
R.sup.2a, R.sup.2b, R.sup.3a, R.sup.3b, R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b is
H, q is 0, m and n are 1 and each R.sup.8c, R.sup.8d, R.sup.8e and
R.sup.8f is H. In one particular variation, the compound is of the
formula (E) where each X.sup.7, X.sup.8 and X.sup.10 is CH, X.sup.9
is N, R.sup.1 is methyl, each R.sup.2a, R.sup.2b, R.sup.3a,
R.sup.3b, R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b is H, each R.sup.8a, R.sup.8b,
R.sup.8c, R.sup.8d, R.sup.8e and R.sup.8f is H when present and Q
is acyclic acylamino, aminoacyl or carbonylalkoxy.
[0168] In one variation, the compound is of the formula (E) where
X.sup.9 is CR.sup.4 where R.sup.4 is chloro.
[0169] In another variation, the compound is of the formula (E)
where X.sup.9 is CR.sup.4 where R.sup.4 is chloro and n is 1. In
another variation, the compound is of the formula (E) where X.sup.9
is CR.sup.4 where R.sup.4 is chloro, n is 1 and one of m and q is 1
and the other is 0. In yet another variation, the compound is of
the formula (E) where X.sup.9 is CR.sup.4 where R.sup.4 is chloro,
n is 1 and m and q are 0. In one variation, the compound is of the
formula (E) where X.sup.9 is CR.sup.4 where R.sup.4 is chloro and
R.sup.1 is alkyl, e.g. methyl. In another variation, the compound
is of the formula (E) where X.sup.9 is CR.sup.4 where R.sup.4 is
chloro and Q is acylamino or carbonylalkoxy. In one variation, the
compound is of the formula (E) where each X.sup.7, X.sup.8 and
X.sup.10 is CH, X.sup.9 is CR.sup.4 where R.sup.4 is halo, R.sup.1
is methyl and Q is other than ethoxycarbonyl. In another variation,
the compound is of the formula (E) where each X.sup.7, X.sup.8 and
X.sup.10 is CH, X.sup.9 is CR.sup.4 where R.sup.4 is halo, R.sup.1
is methyl, each R.sup.2a, R.sup.2b, R.sup.3a, R.sup.3b, R.sup.10a
and R.sup.10b is H and Q is other than ethoxycarbonyl. In another
variation, the compound is of the formula (E) where each X.sup.7,
X.sup.8 and X.sup.10 is CH, X.sup.9 is CR.sup.4 where R.sup.4 is
halo, R.sup.1 is methyl, each R.sup.2a, R.sup.2b, R.sup.3a,
R.sup.3b, R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b is H, each R.sup.8a, R.sup.8b,
R.sup.8c, R.sup.8d, R.sup.8e and R.sup.8f is H when present and Q
is other than ethoxycarbonyl. In another variation, the compound is
of the formula (E) where each X.sup.7, X.sup.8 and X.sup.10 is CH,
X.sup.9 is CR.sup.4 where R.sup.4 is halo, R.sup.1 is methyl, each
R.sup.2a, R.sup.2b, R.sup.3a, R.sup.3b, R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b is
H, q is 0, m and n are 1, each R.sup.8c, R.sup.8d, R.sup.8e and
R.sup.8f is H and Q is other than ethoxycarbonyl. In yet another
variation, the compound is of the formula (E) where each X.sup.7,
X.sup.8 and X.sup.10 is CH, X.sup.9 is CR.sup.4 where R.sup.4 is
halo, R.sup.1 is methyl, each R.sup.2a, R.sup.2b, R.sup.3a,
R.sup.3b, R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b is H, each R.sup.8a, R.sup.8b,
R.sup.8c, R.sup.8d, R.sup.8e and R.sup.8f is H when present and Q
is acyclic acylamino or aminoacyl. In one variation, the compound
is of the formula (E) where each X.sup.7, X.sup.8 and X.sup.10 is
CH, X.sup.9 is CR.sup.4 where R.sup.4 is chloro and R.sup.1 is
alkyl. In another variation, the compound is of the formula (E)
where each X.sup.7, X.sup.8 and X.sup.10 is CH, X.sup.9 is CR.sup.4
where R.sup.4 is chloro, R.sup.1 is alkyl and each R.sup.2a,
R.sup.2b, R.sup.3a, R.sup.3b, R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b is H. In
another variation, the compound is of the formula (E) where each
X.sup.7, X.sup.8 and X.sup.10 is CH, X.sup.9 is CR.sup.4 where
R.sup.4 is chloro, R.sup.1 is alkyl, each R.sup.2a, R.sup.2b,
R.sup.3a, R.sup.3b, R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b is H and each R.sup.8a,
R.sup.8b, R.sup.8c, R.sup.8d, R.sup.8e and R.sup.8f is H when
present. In another variation, the compound is of the formula (E)
where each X.sup.7, X.sup.8 and X.sup.10 is CH, X.sup.9 is CR.sup.4
where R.sup.4 is chloro, R.sup.1 is alkyl, each R.sup.2a, R.sup.2b,
R.sup.3a, R.sup.3b, R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b is H, each m, n and q
is 1 and each R.sup.8a, R.sup.8b, R.sup.8c, R.sup.8d, R.sup.8e and
R.sup.8f is H. In yet another variation, the compound is of the
formula (E) where each X.sup.7, X.sup.8 and X.sup.10 is CH, X.sup.9
is CR.sup.4 where R.sup.4 is chloro, R.sup.1 is alkyl, each
R.sup.2a, R.sup.2b, R.sup.3a, R.sup.3b, R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b is
H, q is 0, m and n are 1 and each R.sup.8c, R.sup.8d, R.sup.8e and
R.sup.8f is H. In one particular variation, the compound is of the
formula (E) where each X.sup.7, X.sup.8 and X.sup.10 is CH, X.sup.9
is CR.sup.4 where R.sup.4 is chloro, R.sup.1 is methyl, each
R.sup.2a, R.sup.2b, R.sup.3a, R.sup.3b, R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b is
H, each R.sup.8a, R.sup.8b, R.sup.8c, R.sup.8d, R.sup.8e and
R.sup.8f is H when present and Q is acyclic acylamino, aminoacyl or
carbonylalkoxy.
[0170] In one variation, the compound is of the formula (E) where
X.sup.9 is CR.sup.4 where R.sup.4 is alkyl and each n, m and q is
1. In another variation, the compound is of the formula (E) where
X.sup.9 is CR.sup.4 where R.sup.4 is alkyl and R.sup.1 is alkyl
provided that the compound is other than any of compounds 13x, 20x
and 73x. In another variation, the compound is of the formula (E)
where X.sup.9 is CR.sup.4 where R.sup.4 is alkyl, R.sup.1 is methyl
and Q is other than --C(O)OCH.sub.2CH.sub.3. In one variation, the
compound is of the formula (E) where X.sup.9 is CR.sup.4 where
R.sup.4 is alkyl and Q is substituted acylamino. In another
variation, the compound is of the formula (E) where X.sup.9 is
CR.sup.4 where R.sup.4 is alkyl, Q is acyclic acylamino and R.sup.1
is a substituted alkyl or unsubstituted alkyl other than isopropyl.
In yet another variation, the compound is of the formula (E) where
X.sup.9 is CR.sup.4 where R.sup.4 is alkyl, R.sup.1 is methyl and Q
is acyclic acylamino, aminoacyl or aminocarbonylalkoxy. In one
variation, the compound is of the formula (E) where each X.sup.7,
X.sup.8 and X.sup.10 is CH, X.sup.9 is CR.sup.4 where R.sup.4 is
alkyl, R.sup.1 is methyl and Q is other than ethoxycarbonyl. In
another variation, the compound is of the formula (E) where each
X.sup.7, X.sup.8 and X.sup.10 is CH, X.sup.9 is CR.sup.4 where
R.sup.4 is alkyl, R.sup.1 is methyl, each R.sup.2a, R.sup.2b,
R.sup.3a, R.sup.3b, R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b is H and Q is other
than ethoxycarbonyl. In another variation, the compound is of the
formula (E) where each X.sup.7, X.sup.8 and X.sup.10 is CH, X.sup.9
is CR.sup.4 where R.sup.4 is alkyl, R.sup.1 is methyl, each
R.sup.2a, R.sup.2b, R.sup.3a, R.sup.3b, R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b is
H, each R.sup.8a, R.sup.8b, R.sup.8c, R.sup.8d, R.sup.8e and
R.sup.8f is H when present and Q is other than ethoxycarbonyl. In
another variation, the compound is of the formula (E) where each
X.sup.7, X.sup.8 and X.sup.10 is CH, X.sup.9 is CR.sup.4 where
R.sup.4 is alkyl, R.sup.1 is methyl, each R.sup.2a, R.sup.2b,
R.sup.3a, R.sup.3b, R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b is H, q is 0, m and n
are 1, each R.sup.8c, R.sup.8d, R.sup.8e and R.sup.8f is H and Q is
other than ethoxycarbonyl. In yet another variation, the compound
is of the formula (E) where each X.sup.7, X.sup.8 and X.sup.10 is
CH, X.sup.9 is CR.sup.4 where R.sup.4 is alkyl, R.sup.1 is methyl,
each R.sup.2a, R.sup.2b, R.sup.3a, R.sup.3b, R.sup.10a and
R.sup.10b is H, each R.sup.8a, R.sup.8b, R.sup.8c, R.sup.8d,
R.sup.8e and R.sup.8f is H when present and Q is acyclic acylamino
or aminoacyl. In one particular variation, the compound is of the
formula (E) where each X.sup.7, X.sup.8 and X.sup.10 is CH, X.sup.9
is CR.sup.4 where R.sup.4 is methyl, R.sup.1 is methyl, each
R.sup.2a, R.sup.2b, R.sup.3a, R.sup.3b, R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b is
H, each R.sup.8a, R.sup.8b, R.sup.8c, R.sup.8d, R.sup.8e and
R.sup.8f is H when present and Q is acyclic acylamino or
aminoacyl.
[0171] In one variation, the compound is of the formula (E) where
R.sup.1 is a substituted alkyl or unsubstituted alkyl other than
isopropyl and Q is acyclic acylamino other than --C(O)NMe.sub.2 and
--C(O)NH.sub.2. In another variation, the compound is of the
formula (E) where R.sup.1 is a substituted alkyl or unsubstituted
alkyl other than isopropyl and Q is acylamino of the formula
--C(O)NHR' where R' is other than H. In yet another variation, the
compound is of the formula (E) where R.sup.1 is methyl and Q is
acylamino of the formula --C(O)NHR' where R' is unsubstituted or
substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl,
unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted
heteroaryl or unsubstituted or substituted heterocyclyl. In one
variation, the compound is of the formula (E) where each X.sup.7,
X.sup.8 and X.sup.10 is CH, X.sup.9 is N or CR.sup.4 where R.sup.4
is chloro or methyl, R.sup.1 is methyl and Q is acyclic acylamino.
In another variation, the compound is of the formula (E) where each
X.sup.7, X.sup.8 and X.sup.10 is CH, X.sup.9 is N or CR.sup.4 where
R.sup.4 is chloro or methyl, R.sup.1 is methyl, each R.sup.2a,
R.sup.2b. R.sup.3a, R.sup.3b, R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b is H and Q is
acyclic acylamino. In another variation, the compound is of the
formula (E) where each X.sup.7, X.sup.8 and X.sup.10 is CH, X.sup.9
is N or CR.sup.4 where R.sup.4 is chloro or methyl, R.sup.1 is
methyl, each R.sup.2a, R.sup.2b, R.sup.3a, R.sup.3b, R.sup.10a and
R.sup.10b is H, each R.sup.8a, R.sup.8b, R.sup.8c, R.sup.8d,
R.sup.8e and R.sup.8f is H when present and Q is acyclic acylamino.
In one particular variation, the compound is of the formula (E)
where each X.sup.7, X.sup.8 and X.sup.10 is CH, X.sup.9 is N or
CR.sup.4 where R.sup.4 is chloro or methyl, R.sup.1 is methyl, each
R.sup.2a, R.sup.2b, R.sup.3a, R.sup.3b, R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b is
H, each R.sup.8a, R.sup.8b, R.sup.8c, R.sup.8d, R.sup.8e and
R.sup.8f is H when present and Q is acylamino of the formula
--C(O)NHR' where R' is unsubstituted or substituted alkyl,
unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or
substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl or
unsubstituted or substituted heterocyclyl.
[0172] In one variation, the compound is of the formula (E) where Q
is aminoacyl. In another variation, the compound is of the formula
(E) where Q is aminocarbonylalkoxy. In one variation, the compound
is of the formula (E) where Q is acylamino of the formula
--C(O)NHR' where R' is unsubstituted or substituted alkyl,
substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl,
unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl or unsubstituted or
substituted heterocyclyl. In another variation, the compound is of
the formula (E) where Q is carbonylalkoxy other than
--C(O)OCH.sub.2CH.sub.3. In yet another variation, the compound is
of the formula (E) where Q is carbonylalkoxy of the formula
--C(O)OR' where R' is unsubstituted C.sub.3-C.sub.8 alkyl,
substituted alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted
or substituted heteroaryl or unsubstituted or substituted
heterocyclyl. In one variation, the compound is of the formula (E)
where Q is --C(O)NH.sub.2, R.sup.1 is methyl and at least one of
X.sup.7, X.sup.8, X.sup.9 and X.sup.10 is other than CH. In another
variation, the compound is of the formula (E) where Q is
--C(O)NMe.sub.2 and R.sup.1 is methyl. In another variation, the
compound is of the formula (E) where Q is --C(O)NMe.sub.2 and at
least one of X.sup.7, X.sup.8, X.sup.9 and X.sup.10 is CR.sup.4
where R.sup.4 is halo or alkyl. In one variation, the compound is
of the formula (E) where each X.sup.7, X.sup.8 and X.sup.10 is CH,
X.sup.9 is N or CR.sup.4 where R.sup.4 is chloro or methyl, R.sup.1
is methyl and Q is aminoacyl or aminocarbonylalkoxy. In another
variation, the compound is of the formula (E) where each X.sup.7,
X.sup.8 and X.sup.10 is CH, X.sup.9 is N or CR.sup.4 where R.sup.4
is chloro or methyl, R.sup.1 is methyl, each R.sup.2a, R.sup.2b,
R.sup.3a, R.sup.3b, R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b is H and Q is aminoacyl
or aminocarbonylalkoxy. In another variation, the compound is of
the formula (E) where each X.sup.7, X.sup.8 and X.sup.10 is CH,
X.sup.9 is N or CR.sup.4 where R.sup.4 is chloro or methyl, R.sup.1
is methyl, each R.sup.2a, R.sup.2b, R.sup.3a, R.sup.3b, R.sup.10a
and R.sup.10b is H, each R.sup.8a, R.sup.8b, R.sup.8c, R.sup.8d,
R.sup.8e and R.sup.8f is H when present and Q is aminoacyl or
aminocarbonylalkoxy. In another variation, the compound is of the
formula (E) where each X.sup.7, X.sup.8 and X.sup.10 is CH, X.sup.9
is N or CR.sup.4 where R.sup.4 is methyl, R.sup.1 is methyl, each
R.sup.2a, R.sup.2b, R.sup.3a, R.sup.3b, R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b is
H, each R.sup.8a, R.sup.8b, R.sup.8c, R.sup.8d, R.sup.8e and
R.sup.8f is H when present and Q is aminoacyl or
aminocarbonylalkoxy. In yet another variation, the compound is of
the formula (E) where each X.sup.7, X.sup.8 and X.sup.10 is CH,
X.sup.9 is N or CR.sup.4 where R.sup.4 is methyl, R.sup.1 is
methyl, each R.sup.2a, R.sup.2b, R.sup.3a, R.sup.3b, R.sup.10a and
R.sup.10b is H, each R.sup.8a, R.sup.8b, R.sup.8c, R.sup.8d,
R.sup.8e and R.sup.8f is H when present and Q is aminoacyl of the
formula --NHC(O)R' where R' is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl,
alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl,
substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclyl
or substituted heterocyclyl. In a particular variation, the
compound is of the formula (E) where each X.sup.7, X.sup.8 and
X.sup.10 is CH, X.sup.9 is N or CR.sup.4 where R.sup.4 is methyl,
R.sup.1 is methyl, each R.sup.2a, R.sup.2b, R.sup.3a, R.sup.3b,
R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b is H, each R.sup.8a, R.sup.8b, R.sup.8c,
R.sup.8d, R.sup.8e and R.sup.8f is H when present and Q is of the
formula --NHC(O)R' where R' is alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl,
substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclyl,
substituted heterocyclyl, alkoxy or substituted alkoxy.
[0173] In one variation, the invention embraces the compound of
formula (F):
##STR00012##
or a salt thereof, where R.sup.1, X.sup.7, X.sup.8, X.sup.9,
X.sup.10, R.sup.2a, R.sup.2b, R.sup.3a, R.sup.3b, R.sup.10a and
R.sup.10b and R.sup.4 are as defined in formula (E) or any
applicable variation thereof and Q is substituted or unsubstituted
cycloalkyl or a lactam moiety, provided that the compound is other
than any of
5-cyclohexyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2-methyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole and
5-cyclopentyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2-[(4-methyl-1H-imidazol-5-yl)methyl]-1H-
-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-1-one. In another variation, the compounds of
the invention, and methods of using the compounds detailed herein,
encompass any of the compounds of formula (F), including
5-cyclohexyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2-methyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole and
5-cyclopentyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2-[(4-methyl-1H-imidazol-5-yl)methyl]-1H-
-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-1-one or a salt thereof.
[0174] In one variation, the compound is of the formula (F) where Q
is substituted cycloalkyl or a lactam moiety. The lactam moiety may
be a substituted or unsubstituted lastam moiety. When the lactam is
substituted, in one variation, the substituent is attached to the
nitrogen of the lactam ring (e.g. N-methyl lactam). In another
variation, the compound is of the formula (F) where at least one of
X.sup.7, X.sup.8, X.sup.9 and X.sup.10 is other than CH. In another
variation, the compound is of the formula (F) where Q is a moiety
selected from the structures:
##STR00013##
[0175] In another variation, a compound of the invention is of the
formula (I) or (Ia) where X.sup.7, X.sup.8, X.sup.9 and X.sup.10
are taken together to provide an aromatic moiety selected from the
following structures:
##STR00014##
where each R.sup.4 is as defined for formula (I) or (Ia); or in a
particular variation, where each R.sup.4 is independently hydroxyl,
halo, C.sub.1-C.sub.8 perhaloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-C.sub.8
alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-C.sub.8 alkynyl,
substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, C.sub.1-C.sub.8 perhaloalkoxy, C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkoxy,
substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aralkyl, thioalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
amino, alkylsulfonylamino or acyl; or in still a further variation,
where R.sup.4 is independently halo, unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4
alkyl or C.sub.1-C.sub.4 perhaloalkyl.
[0176] In another variation, a compound of the invention is of the
formula (I) or (Ia) where X.sup.7, X.sup.8, X.sup.9 and X.sup.10
are taken together to provide an aromatic moiety of the
structure:
##STR00015##
where each R.sup.4 is as defined for formula (I) or (Ia); or in a
particular variation, where each R.sup.4 is independently alkyl or
halo or in an even more particular variation, where each R.sup.4 is
independently methyl or chloro.
[0177] In still a further variation, a compound of the invention is
of the formula (I) or (Ia) where X.sup.7, X.sup.8, X.sup.9 and
X.sup.10 are taken together provide an aromatic moiety selected
from the following structures:
##STR00016##
wherein R.sup.4 is as defined in formula (I); or in a particular
variation, where R.sup.4 is hydroxyl, halo, C.sub.1-C.sub.8
perhaloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-C.sub.8 alkenyl, substituted
or unsubstituted C.sub.2-C.sub.8 alkynyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8 perhaloalkoxy, C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkoxy, substituted
or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted
aralkyl, thioalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted amino,
alkylsulfonylamino or acyl; or in still a further variation, where
each R.sup.4 is independently halo, unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4
alkyl or C.sub.1-C.sub.4 perhaloalkyl.
[0178] In still a further variation, a compound of the invention is
of the formula (I) or (Ia) where X.sup.7, X.sup.8, X.sup.9 and
X.sup.10 are taken together provide an aromatic moiety of the
structure:
##STR00017##
wherein R.sup.4 is as defined in formula (I) or in any particular
variation herein, such as when each R.sup.4 is independently alkyl
or halo or in an even more particular variation, where each R.sup.4
is independently methyl or chloro. In yet another variation, a
compound of the invention is of the formula (I) or (Ia) where
X.sup.7, X.sup.8, X.sup.9 and X.sup.10 are taken together provide
an aromatic moiety of the structure:
##STR00018##
[0179] In another embodiment, a compound of the invention is of the
formula (I), wherein X.sup.7-X.sup.10 are as defined in formula (I)
or as detailed in any variation herein, where R.sup.1 is H,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl, acyl, acyloxy,
carbonylalkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl,
substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl. In a further
embodiment, a compound of the invention is of the formula (I),
wherein X.sup.7-X.sup.10 are as defined in formula (I) or as
detailed in any variation herein, where R.sup.1 is a substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl, acyl, acyloxy, carbonylalkoxy,
substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl or substituted or
unsubstituted aryl. In a particular variation, a compound of the
invention is of the formula (I), wherein X.sup.7-X.sup.10 are as
defined in formula (I) or as detailed in any variation herein,
where R.sup.1 is methyl, ethyl, cyclopropyl, propylate,
trifluoromethyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, sec-butyl, 2-methylbutyl,
propanal, 1-methyl-2-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethanal,
2-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxypropyl, 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl,
cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, substituted phenyl,
piperidin-4-yl, hydroxycyclopent-3-yl, hydroxycyclopent-2-yl,
hydroxycycloprop-2-yl, 1-hydroxy-1-methylcycloprop-2-yl, or
1-hydroxy-1,2,2-trimethyl-cycloprop-3-yl. In another particular
variation, a compound of the invention is of the formula (I),
wherein X.sup.7-X.sup.10 are as defined in formula (I) or as
detailed in any variation herein, where R.sup.1 is methyl, ethyl,
cyclopropyl, propyl, trifluoromethyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl,
sec-butyl, 2-methylbutyl, propanoyl, 1-methyl-2-hydroxyethyl,
2-hydroxyethanoyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxypropyl,
2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl,
substituted phenyl, piperidin-4-yl, hydroxycyclopent-3-yl,
hydroxycyclopent-2-yl, hydroxycycloprop-2-yl,
1-hydroxy-1-methylcycloprop-2-yl, or
1-hydroxy-1,2,2-trimethyl-cycloprop-3-yl.
[0180] In another variation, the compound of the invention is of
the formula (I), where X.sup.7-X.sup.10 and R.sup.1 are as defined
in formula (I) or as detailed in any variation herein, where
R.sup.2a and R.sup.2b are independently H, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl, halo, cyano, nitro or R.sup.2a
and R.sup.2b are taken together to form a carbonyl moiety and each
R.sup.3a and R.sup.3b is independently H, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl, halo, cyano or nitro. In
another variation, the compound of the invention is of the formula
(I), where X.sup.7-X.sup.10 and R.sup.1 are as defined in formula
(I) or as detailed in any variation herein, where each R.sup.2a and
R.sup.2b is independently H, unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl,
halo or R.sup.2a and R.sup.2b are taken together to form a carbonyl
moiety and each R.sup.3a and R.sup.3b is independently H,
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl, halo or R.sup.3a and R.sup.3b
are taken together to form a carbonyl moiety. In still a further
variation, the compound of the invention is of the formula (I),
where X.sup.7-X.sup.10 and R.sup.1 are as defined in formula (I) or
as detailed in any variation herein, where each R.sup.2a and
R.sup.2b is independently H, unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl,
halo or R.sup.2a and R.sup.2b are taken together to form a carbonyl
moiety; and each R.sup.3a and R.sup.3b is independently H,
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl, halo or R.sup.3a and R.sup.3b
are taken together to form a carbonyl moiety. The invention also
embraces compounds of the invention according to formula (I), where
X.sup.7-X.sup.10 and R.sup.1 are as defined in formula (I) or as
detailed in any variation herein, where each R.sup.2a and R.sup.2b
is independently H, methyl, halo or R.sup.2a and R.sup.2b are taken
together to form a carbonyl moiety and each R.sup.3a and R.sup.3b
is independently H, methyl, halo or R.sup.3a and R.sup.3b are taken
together to form a carbonyl moiety. The invention further embraces
compounds of the invention according to formula (I), where
X.sup.7-X.sup.10 and R.sup.1 are as defined in formula (I) or as
detailed in any variation herein, where each of R.sup.2a, R.sup.2b,
R.sup.3a and R.sup.3b is H. In one variation, a compound of the
invention is of the formula (I) where X.sup.7-X.sup.10 and R.sup.1
are as defined in formula (I) or as detailed in any variation
herein, where at least one of R.sup.2a, R.sup.2b, R.sup.3a and
R.sup.3b is a substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl,
halo, cyano, nitro or is taken together with a geminal R.sup.2 or
R.sup.3 to form a carbonyl moiety. In another variation, a compound
of the invention is of the formula (I) where X.sup.7-X.sup.10 and
R.sup.1 are as defined in formula (I) or as detailed in any
variation herein, where at least two of R.sup.2a, R.sup.2b,
R.sup.3a and R.sup.3b is a substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl, halo, cyano, nitro or is taken together with
a geminal R.sup.2 or R.sup.3 to form a carbonyl moiety. In yet
another variation, a compound of the invention is of the formula
(I) where X.sup.7-X.sup.10 and R.sup.1 are as defined in formula
(I) or as detailed in any variation herein, where at least one of
R.sup.2a, R.sup.2b, R.sup.3a and R.sup.3b is fluoro or methyl or is
taken together with a geminal R.sup.2 or R.sup.3 to form a carbonyl
moiety. In still another variation, a compound of the invention is
of the formula (I) where X.sup.7-X.sup.10 and R.sup.1 are as
defined in formula (I) or as detailed in any variation herein,
where either R.sup.2a and R.sup.2b or R.sup.3a and R.sup.3b are
each methyl or fluoro (e.g., both R.sup.2a and R.sup.2b are methyl
or one is fluoro and one is methyl) or are taken together to form a
carbonyl moiety. In one variation, R.sup.2a and R.sup.2b are taken
together to form a carbonyl moiety. In another variation, at least
one of R.sup.2a and R.sup.2b is hydroxyl or alkoxy. In a particular
variation, each R.sup.2a and R.sup.2b is independently H,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl, halo, cyano,
nitro or R.sup.2a and R.sup.2b are taken together to form a
carbonyl. In another variation, when X.sup.1 is N, each R.sup.2a
and R.sup.2b is independently H, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl, halo, cyano, nitro or R.sup.2a and R.sup.2b
are taken together to form a carbonyl.)
[0181] The invention also embraces compounds according to formula
(I), where X.sup.7-X.sup.10, R.sup.1, R.sup.2a, R.sup.2b, R.sup.3a
and R.sup.3b are as defined in formula (I) or as detailed in any
variation herein, where each R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b is
independently H, halo, an unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl,
hydroxyl or R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b are taken together to form a
carbonyl. Also embraced are compounds according to formula (I),
where X.sup.7-X.sup.10, R.sup.1, R.sup.2a, R.sup.2b, R.sup.3a and
R.sup.3b are as defined in formula (I) or as detailed in any
variation herein, where each R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b is
independently H, halo, an unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl,
hydroxyl or R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b are taken together to form a
carbonyl. In another variation, a compound of the invention is of
the formula (I), where X.sup.7-X.sup.10, R.sup.1, R.sup.2a,
R.sup.2b, R.sup.3a and R.sup.3b are as defined in formula (I) or as
detailed in any variation herein, where each R.sup.10a and
R.sup.10b is independently H, bromo, methyl, hydroxyl or R.sup.10a
and R.sup.10b are taken together to form a carbonyl. In yet another
variation, a compound of the invention is of the formula (I), where
X.sup.7-X.sup.10, R.sup.1, R.sup.2a, R.sup.2b, R.sup.3a and
R.sup.3b are as defined in formula (I) or as detailed in any
variation herein, where at least one of R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b is
an unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl, hydroxyl, halo or R.sup.10a
and R.sup.10b are taken together to form a carbonyl. In still a
further variation, a compound of the invention is of the formula
(I), where X.sup.7-X.sup.10, R.sup.1, R.sup.2a, R.sup.2b, R.sup.3a
and R.sup.3b are as defined in formula (I) or as detailed in any
variation herein, where at least one of R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b is
methyl, bromo, hydroxyl or R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b are taken
together to form a carbonyl. In another variation, a compound of
the invention is of the formula (I), where X.sup.7-X.sup.10,
R.sup.1, R.sup.2a, R.sup.2b, R.sup.3a and R.sup.3b are as defined
in formula (I) or as detailed in any variation herein, where both
R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b are methyl. In another variation, a
compound of the invention is of the formula (I), where
X.sup.7-X.sup.10, R.sup.1, R.sup.2a, R.sup.2b, R.sup.3a and
R.sup.3b are as defined in formula (I) or as detailed in any
variation herein, where R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b are taken together
to form a carbonyl. In another variation, a compound of the
invention is of the formula (I), where X.sup.7-X.sup.10, R.sup.1,
R.sup.2a, R.sup.2b, R.sup.3a and R.sup.3b are as defined in formula
(I) or as detailed in any variation herein, where R.sup.10a is H
and R.sup.10b is methyl. In another variation, a compound of the
invention is of the formula (I), where X.sup.7-X.sup.10, R.sup.1,
R.sup.2a, R.sup.2b, R.sup.3a and R.sup.3b are as defined in formula
(I) or as detailed in any variation herein, where R.sup.10a is H
and R.sup.10b is bromo. When the carbon of formula (I) bearing
R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b is optically active, it may be in the S or
R configuration and compositions comprising substantially pure R or
S compound or mixtures thereof in any amount are embraced by this
invention.
[0182] In a particular variation, a compound of the invention is of
the formula (I) where R.sup.2a, R.sup.2b, X.sup.1, R.sup.10a,
R.sup.10b, R.sup.3a and R.sup.3b are taken together to form a ring
selected from the structures:
##STR00019##
where R.sup.1 in the structures above is as defined for formula (I)
or any particular variation detailed herein.
[0183] In another variation, a compound of the invention is of the
formula (I) where R.sup.2a, R.sup.2b, X.sup.1, R.sup.10a,
R.sup.10b, R.sup.3a and R.sup.3b are taken together to form a ring
of the formula:
##STR00020##
[0184] where R.sup.1 is as defined in formula (I) or any variation
detailed herein. In yet another variation, a compound of the
invention is of the formula (I) where R.sup.2a, R.sup.2b, X.sup.1,
R.sup.10a, R.sup.10b, R.sup.3a and R.sup.3b are taken together to
form a ring of the formula:
##STR00021##
and where X.sup.7, X.sup.8, X.sup.9 and X.sup.10 are taken together
provide an aromatic moiety of the structure:
##STR00022##
where R.sup.1 is as defined in formula (I) or any variation
detailed herein, such as when R.sup.1 is an alkyl group or in a
more particular variation when R.sup.1 is methyl, and R.sup.4 is as
defined in formula (I) or in any particular variation herein, such
as when each R.sup.4 is independently alkyl or halo or in an even
more particular variation, where each R.sup.4 is independently
methyl or chloro.
[0185] Compounds of the formulae (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), (IIe),
(III), (IIg) and (IIh) are also embraced by this invention:
##STR00023## ##STR00024##
where in each of (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), (IIe), (IIf), (IIg)
and (IIh), R.sup.1, R.sup.2a, R.sup.2b, R.sup.3a, R.sup.3b,
R.sup.10a, R.sup.10b, R.sup.8a-R.sup.8f, m, q and Q are as
described for formula (I) or any applicable variation thereof. In
one variation the invention relates to a compound of the formula
(IIa). In another variation the invention relates to a compound of
the formula (IIc). Where applicable, in each of (IIa), (IIb),
(IIc), (IId), (IIe), (IIf), (IIg) and (IIh), R.sup.1, R.sup.2a,
R.sup.2b, R.sup.3a, R.sup.3b, R.sup.10a, R.sup.10b,
R.sup.8a-R.sup.8f, m, q and Q may also be as described for any
formulae or any applicable variation thereof detailed herein,
including but not limited to formulae (A)-(G).
[0186] In one variation, the compound is of the formula (IIa),
provided that when X.sup.1 is N, the compound is other than any of
compounds 11x, 14x, 15x, 16x, 17x, 18x, 19x, 21x, 22x, 23x, 24x,
34x, 35x, 36x, 37x, 44x, 63x, 64x, 65x, 66x, 67x, 69x, 72x, 74x,
76x, 86x and 91x, or a salt thereof. In one variation, the compound
is of formula (IIa) wherein X.sup.1 is N, R.sup.1 is methyl and Q
is cyclic acylamino, acyloxy, aminoacyl or aminocarbonylalkoxy. In
another variation, the compounds of the invention, and methods of
using the compounds detailed herein, encompass any of the compounds
of formula (IIa), including those listed in Table 1, such as 11x,
14x, 15x, 16x, 17x, 18x, 19x, 21x, 22x, 23x, 24x, 34x, 35x, 36x,
37x, 44x, 63x, 64x, 65x, 66x, 67x, 69x, 72x, 74x, 76x, 86x or 91x
or a salt thereof.
[0187] In one variation, the compound is of the formula (IIc),
provided that when X.sup.1 is N, the compound is other than any of
compounds 109x and 110x, or a salt thereof. In one variation, the
compound is of the formula (IIc) wherein X.sup.1 is N and R.sub.1
is methyl. In another variation, the compound is of the formula
(IIc) wherein X.sup.1 is N and Q is carbonylalkoxy, acyloxy,
aminoacyl or aminocarbonylalkoxy. In one such variation, the
compound is of the formula (IIc) where X.sup.1 is N, R.sup.1 is
C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl (e.g., methyl) and Q is carbonylalkoxy,
acyloxy, aminoacyl or aminocarbonylalkoxy. In another variation,
the compounds of the invention, and methods of using the compounds
detailed herein, encompass any of the compounds of formula (IIc),
including those listed in Table 1, such as 109x or 110x or a salt
thereof.
[0188] In one variation, the compound is of the formula (IId),
provided that when X.sup.1 is N, the compound is other than any of
compounds 107x and 108x, or a salt thereof. In another variation,
the compound is of the formula (IId) wherein X.sup.1 is N and
R.sup.1 is methyl. In a further variation, the compound is of the
formula (IId) wherein X.sup.1 is N and Q is carbonylalkoxy,
acyloxy, aminoacyl or aminocarbonylalkoxy. In another variation,
the compounds of the invention, and methods of using the compounds
detailed herein, encompass any of the compounds of formula (IId),
including those listed in Table 1, such as 107x or 108x or a salt
thereof.
[0189] Compounds of the formulae (IIIa), (IIIb), (IIIc), (IIId),
(IIIe), (IIIf), (IIIg), (IIIh), (IIIi), (IIIj), (IIIk), (IIIl) and
(IIIm) are further embraced by this invention:
##STR00025## ##STR00026## ##STR00027## ##STR00028##
where in each of (IIIa), (IIIb), (IIIc), (IIId), (IIIe), (IIIf),
(IIIg), (IIIh), (IIIi), (IIIj), (IIIk), (IIIl) and (IIIm), R.sup.1,
R.sup.4, R.sup.2a, R.sup.2b, R.sup.3a, R.sup.3b, R.sup.10a,
R.sup.10b, R.sup.8aR.sup.8f, m, q and Q are as described for
formula (I) or any applicable variation thereof. Where applicable,
in each of (IIIa), (IIIb), (IIIc), (IIId), (IIIe), (IIIf), (IIIg),
(IIIh), (IIIi), (IIIj), (IIIk), (IIIl) and (IIIm), R.sup.1,
R.sup.4, R.sup.2a, R.sup.2b, R.sup.3a, R.sup.3b, R.sup.10a,
R.sup.10b, R.sup.8a-R.sup.8f, m, q and Q may also be as described
for any formulae or any applicable variation thereof detailed
herein, including but not limited to formulae (A)-(G).
[0190] In one variation, the compound is of the formula (IIIa),
provided that when X.sup.1 is N, the compound is other than any of
compounds 1x, 2x, 3x, 4x, 5x, 6x, 7x, 8x, 9x, 10x, 11x, 12x, 13x,
14x, 15x, 16x, 17x, 18x, 19x, 20x, 21x, 22x, 23x, 24x, 26x, 29x,
30x, 31x, 32x, 33x, 34x, 35x, 36x, 37x, 39x, 40x, 41x, 43x, 44x,
45x, 46x, 47x, 48x, 53x, 54x, 55x, 56x, 57x, 58x, 59x, 60x, 61x,
62x, 63x, 64x, 65x, 66x, 67x, 69x, 70x, 72x, 73x, 74x, 75x, 76x,
78x, 80x, 81x, 82x, 84x, 86x, 87x, 88x, 89x, 90x, 91x, 92x, 96x,
97x, 98x, 99x, 100x, 101x, 102x, 103x, 104x, 105x and 106x, or a
salt thereof. In another variation, the compound is of the formula
(IIIa), wherein X.sup.1 is N, R.sup.4 is other than H and Q is
acyclic or cyclic acylamino, acyloxy, aminoacyl or
aminocarbonylalkoxy. In one such variation, the compound contains
one or more of the following structural features: R.sup.4 is a
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl (e.g., methyl)
or halo (e.g., chloro) and R.sup.2a, R.sup.2b, R.sup.3a, R.sup.3b,
R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b are each H. In another variation, the
compounds of the invention, and methods of using the compounds
detailed herein, encompass any of the compounds of formula (IIIa),
including those listed in Table 1, such as 1x, 2x, 3x, 4x, 5x, 6x,
7x, 8x, 9x, 10x, 11x, 12x, 13x, 14x, 15x, 16x, 17x, 18x, 19x, 20x,
21x, 22x, 23x, 24x, 26x, 29x, 30x, 31x, 32x, 33x, 34x, 35x, 36x,
37x, 39x, 40x, 41x, 43x, 44x, 45x, 46x, 47x, 48x, 53x, 54x, 55x,
56x, 57x, 58x, 59x, 60x, 61x, 62x, 63x, 64x, 65x, 66x, 67x, 69x,
70x, 72x, 73x, 74x, 75x, 76x, 78x, 80x, 81x, 82x, 84x, 86x, 87x,
88x, 89x, 90x, 91x, 92x, 96x, 97x, 98x, 99x, 100x, 101x, 102x,
103x, 104x, 105x or 106x or a salt thereof.
[0191] In one variation, the compound is of the formula (IIIb),
provided that when X.sup.1 is N, the compound is other than any of
compounds 11x, 14x, 15x, 16x, 17x, 18x, 19x, 21x, 22x, 23x, 24x,
34x, 35x, 36x, 37x, 44x, 63x, 64x, 65x, 66x, 67x, 69x, 72x, 74x,
76x, 86x and 91x, or a salt thereof. In one variation, the compound
is of the formula (IIIb) wherein X.sup.1 is N and R.sup.4 is
chloro. In another variation, the compound is of the formula (IIIb)
wherein X.sup.1 is N, R.sup.4 is chloro and R.sup.1 is methyl. In
still another variation, the compound is of the formula (IIIb)
wherein X.sup.1 is N, R.sup.4 is chloro, R.sup.1 is methyl and q is
0. In another variation, the compound is of the formula (IIIb)
wherein X.sup.1 is N, R.sup.4 and R.sup.1 are each methyl and Q is
acyclic or cyclic acylamino, acyloxy, aminoacyl or
aminocarbonylalkoxy. In yet another variation, the compound is of
the formula (IIIb) wherein X.sup.1 is N, R.sup.4 and R.sup.1 are
each methyl and Q is acyclic or cyclic acylamino, aminoacyl or
aminocarbonylalkoxy. In another variation, the compounds of the
invention, and methods of using the compounds detailed herein,
encompass any of the compounds of formula (IIIb), including those
listed in Table 1, such as 11x, 14x, 15x, 16x, 17x, 18x, 19x, 21x,
22x, 23x, 24x, 34x, 35x, 36x, 37x, 44x, 63x, 64x, 65x, 66x, 67x,
69x, 72x, 74x, 76x, 86x or 91x or a salt thereof.
[0192] In one variation, the compound is of the formula (IIIc),
provided that when X.sup.1 is N, the compound is other than any of
compounds 11x, 14x, 15x, 16x, 17x, 18x, 19x, 21x, 22x, 23x, 24x,
28x, 34x, 35x, 36x, 37x, 44x, 52x, 63x, 64x, 65x, 66x, 67x, 69x,
72x, 74x, 76x, 86x and 91x, or a salt thereof. In another
variation, the compound is of the formula (IIIc) wherein X.sup.1 is
N, R.sup.4 is other than H and R.sup.1 is methyl. In another
variation, the compounds of the invention, and methods of using the
compounds detailed herein, encompass any of the compounds of
formula (IIIc), including those listed in Table 1, such as 11x,
14x, 15x, 16x, 17x, 18x, 19x, 21x, 22x, 23x, 24x, 28x, 34x, 35x,
36x, 37x, 44x, 52x, 63x, 64x, 65x, 66x, 67x, 69x, 72x, 74x, 76x,
86x or 91x or a salt thereof.
[0193] In one variation, the compound is of the formula (IIId),
provided that when X.sup.1 is N, the compound is other than any of
compounds 11x, 14x, 15x, 16x, 17x, 18x, 19x, 21x, 22x, 23x, 24x,
25x, 27x, 34x, 35x, 36x, 37x, 38x, 42x, 44x, 49x, 50x, 51x, 63x,
64x, 65x, 66x, 67x, 68x, 69x, 71x, 72x, 74x, 76x, 77x, 79x, 83x,
85x, 86x, 91x, 93x, 94x and 95x, or a salt thereof. In anther
variation, the compound is of the formula (IIId) wherein X.sup.1 is
N, R.sup.4 is other than hydrogen and Q is acyclic or cyclic
acylamino, acyloxy, aminoacyl or aminocarbonylalkoxy. In another
variation, the compounds of the invention, and methods of using the
compounds detailed herein, encompass any of the compounds of
formula (IIId), including those listed in Table 1, such as 11x,
14x, 15x, 16x, 17x, 18x, 19x, 21x, 22x, 23x, 24x, 25x, 27x, 34x,
35x, 36x, 37x, 38x, 42x, 44x, 49x, 50x, 51x, 63x, 64x, 65x, 66x,
67x, 68x, 69x, 71x, 72x, 74x, 76x, 77x, 79x, 83x, 85x, 86x, 91x,
93x, 94x or 95x or a salt thereof.
[0194] In one variation, the compound is of the formula (IIIe),
provided that when X.sup.1 is N, the compound is other than any of
compounds 1x, 2x, 3x, 4x, 5x, 6x, 7x, 8x, 9x, 10x, 11x, 12x, 13x,
14x, 15x, 16x, 17x, 18x, 19x, 20x, 21x, 22x, 23x, 24x, 26x, 28x,
29x, 30x, 31x, 32x, 33x, 34x, 35x, 36x, 37x, 39x, 40x, 41x, 43x,
44x, 45x, 46x, 47x, 48x, 52x, 53x, 54x, 55x, 56x, 57x, 58x, 59x,
60x, 61x, 62x, 63x, 64x, 65x, 66x, 67x, 69x, 70x, 72x, 73x, 74x,
75x, 76x, 78x, 80x, 81x, 82x, 84x, 86x, 87x, 88x, 89x, 90x, 91x,
92x, 96x, 97x, 98x, 99x, 100x, 101x, 102x, 103x, 104x, 105x and
106x, or a salt thereof. In another variation, the compound is of
the formula (IIIe) wherein X.sup.1 is N, R.sup.1 is methyl and at
least one of R.sup.4 is chloro. In another variation, the compound
is of the formula (IIIe) wherein X.sup.1 is N, R.sup.1 is methyl
and Q is cyclic acylamino, acyloxy, aminoacyl or
aminocarbonylalkoxy. In yet another variation, the compound is of
the formula (IIIe) wherein X.sup.1 is N, R.sup.1 is methyl, at
least one of R.sup.4 is methyl and Q is acyclic or cyclic
acylamino, acyloxy, aminoacyl or aminocarbonylalkoxy. In yet
another variation, the compound is of the formula (IIIe) wherein
X.sup.1 is N, R.sup.1 is methyl, at least one of R.sup.4 is methyl
and Q is acyclic or cyclic acylamino, aminocarbonylalkoxy, or
acylamino. In another variation, the compounds of the invention,
and methods of using the compounds detailed herein, encompass any
of the compounds of formula (IIe), including those listed in Table
1, such as 1x, 2x, 3x, 4x, 5x, 6x, 7x, 8x, 9x, 10x, 11x, 12x, 13x,
14x, 15x, 16x, 17x, 18x, 19x, 20x, 21x, 22x, 23x, 24x, 26x, 28x,
29x, 30x, 31x, 32x, 33x, 34x, 35x, 36x, 37x, 39x, 40x, 41x, 43x,
44x, 45x, 46x, 47x, 48x, 52x, 53x, 54x, 55x, 56x, 57x, 58x, 59x,
60x, 61x, 62x, 63x, 64x, 65x, 66x, 67x, 69x, 70x, 72x, 73x, 74x,
75x, 76x, 78x, 80x, 81x, 82x, 84x, 86x, 87x, 88x, 89x, 90x, 91x,
92x, 96x, 97x, 98x, 99x, 100x, 101x, 102x, 103x, 104x, 105x or 106x
or a salt thereof.
[0195] In one variation, the compound is of the formula (IIIf),
provided that when X.sup.1 is N, the compound is other than any of
compounds 107x and 108x, or a salt thereof. In yet another
variation, the compound is of the formula (IIIf) wherein X.sup.1 is
N and R.sup.1 is methyl. In yet another variation, the compound is
of the formula (IIIf) wherein X.sup.1 is N and at least one of m
and q is 1. In another variation, the compounds of the invention,
and methods of using the compounds detailed herein, encompass any
of the compounds of formula (IIIf), including those listed in Table
1, such as 107x or 108x or a salt thereof.
[0196] In one variation, the compound is of the formula (IIIk),
provided that when X.sup.1 is N, the compound is other than any of
compounds 1x, 2x, 3x, 4x, 5x, 6x, 7x, 8x, 9x, 10x, 11x, 12x, 13x,
14x, 15x, 16x, 17x, 18x, 19x, 20x, 21x, 22x, 23x, 24x, 25x, 26x,
27x, 29x, 30x, 31x, 32x, 33x, 34x, 35x, 36x, 37x, 38x, 39x, 40x,
41x, 42x, 43x, 44x, 45x, 46x, 47x, 48x, 49x, 50x, 51x, 53x, 54x,
55x, 56x, 57x, 58x, 59x, 60x, 61x, 62x, 63x, 64x, 65x, 66x, 67x,
68x, 69x, 70x, 71x, 72x, 73x, 74x, 75x, 76x, 77x, 78x, 79x, 80x,
81x, 82x, 83x, 84x, 85x, 86x, 87x, 88x, 89x, 90x, 91x, 92x, 93x,
94x, 95x, 96x, 97x, 98x, 99x, 100x, 101x, 102x, 103x, 104x, 105x
and 106x, or a salt thereof. In another variation, the compound is
of the formula (IIIk) wherein X.sup.1 is N, R.sup.1 is methyl, at
least one R.sup.4 is methyl or chloro and Q is acyclic or cyclic
acylamino, acyloxy, aminoacyl or aminocarbonylalkoxy. In yet
another variation, the compound is of the formula (IIIk) wherein
X.sup.1 is N, R.sup.1 is methyl, at least one R.sup.4 is methyl or
chloro and Q is acyclic or cyclic acylamino, aminoacyl or
aminocarbonylalkoxy. In another variation, the compounds of the
invention, and methods of using the compounds detailed herein,
encompass any of the compounds of formula (IIIk), including those
listed in Table 1, such as 1x, 2x, 3x, 4x, 5x, 6x, 7x, 8x, 9x, 10x,
11x, 12x, 13x, 14x, 15x, 16x, 17x, 18x, 19x, 20x, 21x, 22x, 23x,
24x, 25x, 26x, 27x, 29x, 30x, 31x, 32x, 33x, 34x, 35x, 36x, 37x,
38x, 39x, 40x, 41x, 42x, 43x, 44x, 45x, 46x, 47x, 48x, 49x, 50x,
51x, 53x, 54x, 55x, 56x, 57x, 58x, 59x, 60x, 61x, 62x, 63x, 64x,
65x, 66x, 67x, 68x, 69x, 70x, 71x, 72x, 73x, 74x, 75x, 76x, 77x,
78x, 79x, 80x, 81x, 82x, 83x, 84x, 85x, 86x, 87x, 88x, 89x, 90x,
91x, 92x, 93x, 94x, 95x, 96x, 97x, 98x, 99x, 100x, 101x, 102x,
103x, 104x, 105x or 106x or a salt thereof.
[0197] In one variation, the compound is of the formula (IIIl),
provided that when X.sup.1 is N, the compound is other than any of
compounds 11x, 14x, 15x, 16x, 17x, 18x, 19x, 21x, 22x, 23x, 24x,
28x, 34x, 35x, 36x, 37x, 44x, 52x, 63x, 64x, 65x, 66x, 67x, 69x,
72x, 74x, 76x, 86x and 91x, or a salt thereof. In another
variation, the compound is of the formula (IIIl) wherein X.sup.1 is
N, R.sup.1 is methyl and at least one of R.sup.4 is other than H.
In another variation, the compounds of the invention, and methods
of using the compounds detailed herein, encompass any of the
compounds of formula (IIIl), including those listed in Table 1,
such as 11x, 14x, 15x, 16x, 17x, 18x, 19x, 21x, 22x, 23x, 24x, 28x,
34x, 35x, 36x, 37x, 44x, 52x, 63x, 64x, 65x, 66x, 67x, 69x, 72x,
74x, 76x, 86x or 91x or a salt thereof.
[0198] In one variation, the compound is of the formula (IIIm),
provided that when X.sup.1 is N, the compound is other than any of
compounds 11x, 14x, 15x, 16x, 17x, 18x, 19x, 21x, 22x, 23x, 24x,
25x, 27x, 34x, 35x, 36x, 37x, 38x, 42x, 44x, 49x, 50x, 51x, 63x,
64x, 65x, 66x, 67x, 68x, 69x, 71x, 72x, 74x, 76x, 77x, 79x, 83x,
85x, 86x, 91x, 93x, 94x and 95x, or a salt thereof. In another
variation, the compound is of the formula (IIIm) wherein X.sup.1 is
N and each R.sup.4 is other than H. In another variation, the
compound is of the formula (IIIm) wherein X.sup.1 is N, R.sup.1 is
methyl and Q is cyclic acylamino, acyloxy, aminoacyl or
aminocarbonylalkoxy. In another variation, the compounds of the
invention, and methods of using the compounds detailed herein,
encompass any of the compounds of formula (IIIm), including those
listed in Table 1, such as 11x, 14x, 15x, 16x, 17x, 18x, 19x, 21x,
22x, 23x, 24x, 25x, 27x, 34x, 35x, 36x, 37x, 38x, 42x, 44x, 49x,
50x, 51x, 63x, 64x, 65x, 66x, 67x, 68x, 69x, 71x, 72x, 74x, 76x,
77x, 79x, 83x, 85x, 86x, 91x, 93x, 94x or 95x or a salt
thereof.
[0199] Compounds of the formulae (IVa), (IVb), (IVc), (IVd), (IVe),
(IVf), (IVg), (IVh), (IVi), (IVj) and (IVk) are further embraced by
this invention:
##STR00029## ##STR00030## ##STR00031##
where in each of (IVa), (IVb), (IVc), (IVd), (IVe), (IVf), (IVg),
(IVh), (IVi), (IVj) and (IVk), R.sup.1, X.sup.7, X.sup.8, X.sup.9,
X.sup.10, R.sup.8a-R.sup.8f, m, q and Q are as described for
formula (I) or any applicable variation thereof. Where applicable,
in each of (IVa), (IVb), (IVc), (IVd), (IVe), (IVf), (IVg), (IVh),
(IVi), (IVj) and (IVk), R.sup.1, X.sup.7, X.sup.8, X.sup.9,
X.sup.10, R.sup.8a-R.sup.8f, m, q and Q may also be as described
for any formulae or any applicable variation thereof detailed
herein, including but not limited to formulae (A)-(G).
[0200] In one variation, the compound is of the formula (IVa),
provided that the compound is other than any of compounds 1x, 2x,
3x, 4x, 5x, 6x, 7x, 8x, 9x, 10x, 11x, 12x, 13x, 14x, 15x, 16x, 17x,
18x, 19x, 20x, 21x, 22x, 23x, 24x, 25x, 26x, 27x, 28x, 29x, 30x,
31x, 32x, 33x, 34x, 35x, 36x, 37x, 38x, 39x, 40x, 41x, 42x, 43x,
44x, 45x, 46x, 47x, 48x, 49x, 50x, 51x, 52x, 53x, 54x, 55x, 56x,
57x, 58x, 59x, 60x, 61x, 62x, 63x, 64x, 68x, 69x, 70x, 71x, 72x,
73x, 74x, 75x, 76x, 77x, 78x, 79x, 80x, 81x, 82x, 83x, 84x, 85x,
86x, 87x, 88x, 89x, 90x, 91x, 92x, 93x, 94x, 95x, 97x, 98x, 99x,
100x, 101x, 102x, 103x, 104x, 105x, 106x, 107x, 108x, 109x and
110x, or a salt thereof. In one variation, the compound is of the
formula (IVa) wherein m and q are each 1. In one such variation, m
and q are each 1 and R.sup.1 is methyl. In another such variation,
m and q are each 1 and R.sup.1 is methyl and X.sup.9 is N or
CR.sup.4 where R.sup.4 is C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkyl (e.g., methyl) or
halo (e.g., chloro). In another variation, the compound is of the
formula (IVa) wherein R.sup.1 is methyl and Q is cyclic acylamino,
acyloxy, aminoacyl or aminocarbonylalkoxy. In another variation,
the compound is of the formula (IVa) wherein R.sup.1 is methyl and
at least one of X.sup.7-X.sup.10 is CR.sub.4 where R.sub.4 is
chloro. In another variation, the compounds of the invention, and
methods of using the compounds detailed herein, encompass any of
the compounds of formula (IVa), including those listed in Table 1,
such as 1x, 2x, 3x, 4x, 5x, 6x, 7x, 8x, 9x, 10x, 11x, 12x, 13x,
14x, 15x, 16x, 17x, 18x, 19x, 20x, 21x, 22x, 23x, 24x, 25x, 26x,
27x, 28x, 29x, 30x, 31x, 32x, 33x, 34x, 35x, 36x, 37x, 38x, 39x,
40x, 41x, 42x, 43x, 44x, 45x, 46x, 47x, 48x, 49x, 50x, 51x, 52x,
53x, 54x, 55x, 56x, 57x, 58x, 59x, 60x, 61x, 62x, 63x, 64x, 68x,
69x, 70x, 71x, 72x, 73x, 74x, 75x, 76x, 77x, 78x, 79x, 80x, 81x,
82x, 83x, 84x, 85x, 86x, 87x, 88x, 89x, 90x, 91x, 92x, 93x, 94x,
95x, 97x, 98x, 99x, 100x, 101x, 102x, 103x, 104x, 105x, 106x, 107x,
108x, 109x or 110x or a salt thereof.
[0201] The invention also embraces compounds of the formulae
(Va)-(Vzf):
##STR00032## ##STR00033## ##STR00034## ##STR00035## ##STR00036##
##STR00037## ##STR00038##
where in each of (Va)-(Vzf), R', R.sup.4, R.sup.8a--R.sup.8f, m, q
and Q are as described for formula (I) or any applicable variation
thereof. In one variation the invention relates to a compound of
the formula (Vc) or (Vf). Where applicable, in each of (Va)-(Vzf),
R.sup.1, R.sup.4, R.sup.8a-R.sup.8f, m, q and Q may also be as
described for any formulae or any applicable variation thereof
detailed herein, including but not limited to formulae (A)-(G).
[0202] In one variation, the compound is of the formula (Va),
provided that the compound is other than any of compounds 11x, 14x,
15x, 16x, 17x, 18x, 19x, 21x, 22x, 23x, 24x, 34x, 35x, 36x, 37x,
44x, 63x, 64x, 69x, 72x, 74x, 76x, 86x and 91x, or a salt thereof.
In one variation, the compound is of the formula (Va) wherein at
least one of (i)-(iv) apply: (i) at least one of m and q is 1 and Q
is cyclic acylamino, acyloxy, aminoacyl or aminocarbonylalkoxy;
(ii) Q is aminoacyl or aminocarvonylalkoxy; (iii) R.sup.1 is methyl
and Q is cyclic acylamino, acyloxy, aminoacyl or
aminocarbonylalkoxy; (iv) both m and q are 1. In one variation, at
least two of (i)-(iv) apply. In another variation, the compounds of
the invention, and methods of using the compounds detailed herein,
encompass any of the compounds of formula (Va), including those
listed in Table 1, such as 11x, 14x, 15x, 16x, 17x, 18x, 19x, 21x,
22x, 23x, 24x, 34x, 35x, 36x, 37x, 44x, 63x, 64x, 69x, 72x, 74x,
76x, 86x or 91x or a salt thereof.
[0203] In one variation, the compound is of the formula (Vc),
provided that the compound is other than any of compounds 109x and
110x, or a salt thereof. In another variation, the compound is of
the formula (Vc) wherein at least one of (i)-(iii) apply: (i)
R.sup.1 is methyl; (ii) at least one of m and q is 1; (iii) Q is
carbonylalkoxy, acyloxy, aminoacyl or aminocarbonylalkoxy. In one
such variation, at least two of (i)-(iii) apply. In yet another
variation, the compound is of the formula (Vc) wherein Q is
aminoacyl or carbonyl alkoxy. In still another variation, the
compound is of the formula (Vc) wherein Q is aminoacyl or carbonyl
alkoxy and R.sup.1 is methyl. In one variation, the compound is of
the formula (Vc) where R.sup.1 is other than isopropyl. In another
variation, the compounds of the invention, and methods of using the
compounds detailed herein, encompass any of the compounds of
formula (Vc), including those listed in Table 1, such as 109x or
110x or a salt thereof.
[0204] In one variation, the compound is of the formula (Vd),
provided that the compound is other than any of compounds 107x and
108x, or a salt thereof. In anther variation, the compound is of
the formula (Vd) wherein Q is carbonylalkoxy, acyloxy, aminoacyl or
aminocarbonylalkoxy. In another variation, the compounds of the
invention, and methods of using the compounds detailed herein,
encompass any of the compounds of formula (Vd), including those
listed in Table 1, such as 107x or 108x or a salt thereof.
[0205] In one variation, the compound is of the formula (Ve),
provided that the compound is other than any of compounds 11x, 14x,
15x, 16x, 17x, 18x, 19x, 21x, 22x, 23x, 24x, 34x, 35x, 36x, 37x,
44x, 63x, 64x, 69x, 72x, 74x, 76x, 86x and 91x, or a salt thereof.
In one variation, the compound is of the formula (Ve) wherein Q is
aminoacyl or aminocarbonylalkoxy. In another variation, the
compounds of the invention, and methods of using the compounds
detailed herein, encompass any of the compounds of formula (Ve),
including those listed in Table 1, such as 11x, 14x, 15x, 16x, 17x,
18x, 19x, 21x, 22x, 23x, 24x, 34x, 35x, 36x, 37x, 44x, 63x, 64x,
69x, 72x, 74x, 76x, 86x or 91x or a salt thereof.
[0206] In one variation, the compound is of the formula (Vf),
provided that the compound is other than any of compounds 1x, 2x,
3x, 4x, 5x, 6x, 7x, 8x, 9x, 10x, 11x, 12x, 13x, 14x, 15x, 16x, 17x,
18x, 19x, 20x, 21x, 22x, 23x, 24x, 26x, 29x, 30x, 31x, 32x, 33x,
34x, 35x, 36x, 37x, 39x, 40x, 41x, 43x, 44x, 45x, 46x, 47x, 48x,
53x, 54x, 55x, 56x, 57x, 58x, 59x, 60x, 61x, 62x, 63x, 64x, 69x,
70x, 72x, 73x, 74x, 75x, 76x, 78x, 80x, 81x, 82x, 84x, 86x, 87x,
88x, 89x, 90x, 91x, 92x, 97x, 98x, 99x, 100x, 101x, 102x, 103x,
104x, 105x and 106x, or a salt thereof. In one variation, the
compound is of the formula (Vf) wherein R.sup.1 is methyl and Q is
cyclic acylamino, acyloxy, aminoacyl or aminocarbonylalkoxy. In
another variation, the compound is of the formula (Vf) wherein m
and q are each 1. In another variation, the compound is of the
formula (Vf) wherein R.sup.1 is methyl and R.sup.4 is chloro. In
yet another variation, the compound is of the formula (Vf) wherein
R.sup.1 is methyl, R.sup.4 is methyl and Q is acyclic or cyclic
acylamino, acyloxy, aminoacyl or aminocarbonylalkoxy. In another
variation, the compound is of the formula (Vf) wherein R.sup.1 is
methyl, R.sup.4 is methyl and Q is acyclic or cyclic acylamino,
acyloxy, aminoacyl or aminocarbonylalkoxy. In one variation, the
compound is of the formula (Vf) where R.sup.1 is methyl, R.sup.4 is
other than H and Q is other than --C(O)O-ethyl. In another
variation, the compound is of the formula (Vf) where R.sup.1 and
R.sup.4 are methyl and Q is other than --C(O)O-ethyl. In yet
another variation, the compound is of the formula (Vf) where
R.sup.1 and R.sup.4 are methyl and Q is acyclic acylamino, acyloxy,
aminoacyl or aminocarbonylalkoxy. In another variation, the
compounds of the invention, and methods of using the compounds
detailed herein, encompass any of the compounds of formula (Vf),
including those listed in Table 1, such as lx, 2x, 3x, 4x, 5x, 6x,
7x, 8x, 9x, 10x, 11x, 12x, 13x, 14x, 15x, 16x, 17x, 18x, 19x, 20x,
21x, 22x, 23x, 24x, 26x, 29x, 30x, 31x, 32x, 33x, 34x, 35x, 36x,
37x, 39x, 40x, 41x, 43x, 44x, 45x, 46x, 47x, 48x, 53x, 54x, 55x,
56x, 57x, 58x, 59x, 60x, 61x, 62x, 63x, 64x, 69x, 70x, 72x, 73x,
74x, 75x, 76x, 78x, 80x, 81x, 82x, 84x, 86x, 87x, 88x, 89x, 90x,
91x, 92x, 97x, 98x, 99x, 100x, 101x, 102x, 103x, 104x, 105x or 106x
or a salt thereof.
[0207] In one variation, the compound is of the formula (Vg),
provided that the compound is other than any of compounds 11x, 14x,
15x, 16x, 17x, 18x, 19x, 21x, 22x, 23x, 24x, 28x, 34x, 35x, 36x,
37x, 44x, 52x, 63x, 64x, 69x, 72x, 74x, 76x, 86x and 91x, or a salt
thereof. In one variation, the compound is of the formula (Vg)
wherein at least one of (i)-(iii) applies: (1) both of m and q are
1; (2) when one of m and q is 1 and the other is 0, then R.sup.4 is
other than H; (3) Q is aminoacyl or aminocarbonylalkoxy. In another
variation, the compounds of the invention, and methods of using the
compounds detailed herein, encompass any of the compounds of
formula (Vg), including those listed in Table 1, such as 11x, 14x,
15x, 16x, 17x, 18x, 19x, 21x, 22x, 23x, 24x, 28x, 34x, 35x, 36x,
37x, 44x, 52x, 63x, 64x, 69x, 72x, 74x, 76x, 86x or 91x or a salt
thereof.
[0208] In one variation, the compound is of the formula (Vh),
provided that the compound is other than any of compounds 11x, 14x,
15x, 16x, 17x, 18x, 19x, 21x, 22x, 23x, 24x, 25x, 27x, 34x, 35x,
36x, 37x, 38x, 42x, 44x, 49x, 50x, 51x, 63x, 64x, 68x, 69x, 71x,
72x, 74x, 76x, 77x, 79x, 83x, 85x, 86x, 91x, 93x, 94x and 95x, or a
salt thereof. In one variation, the compound is of the formula (Vh)
wherein at least one of (i)-(iii) applies: (1) both of m and q are
1; (2) when one of m and q is 1 and the other is 0, then Q cyclic
acylamino, acyloxy, aminoacyl or aminocarbonylalkoxy; (3) Q is
aminoacyl or aminocarbonylalkoxy. In another variation, the
compounds of the invention, and methods of using the compounds
detailed herein, encompass any of the compounds of formula (Vh),
including those listed in Table 1, such as 11x, 14x, 15x, 16x, 17x,
18x, 19x, 21x, 22x, 23x, 24x, 25x, 27x, 34x, 35x, 36x, 37x, 38x,
42x, 44x, 49x, 50x, 51x, 63x, 64x, 68x, 69x, 71x, 72x, 74x, 76x,
77x, 79x, 83x, 85x, 86x, 91x, 93x, 94x and 95x or a salt
thereof.
[0209] In one variation, the compound is of the formula (Vn),
provided that the compound is other than any of compounds 1x, 2x,
3x, 4x, 5x, 6x, 7x, 8x, 9x, 10x, 11x, 12x, 13x, 14x, 15x, 16x, 17x,
18x, 19x, 20x, 21x, 22x, 23x, 24x, 26x, 28x, 29x, 30x, 31x, 32x,
33x, 34x, 35x, 36x, 37x, 39x, 40x, 41x, 43x, 44x, 45x, 46x, 47x,
48x, 52x, 53x, 54x, 55x, 56x, 57x, 58x, 59x, 60x, 61x, 62x, 63x,
64x, 69x, 70x, 72x, 73x, 74x, 75x, 76x, 78x, 80x, 81x, 82x, 84x,
86x, 87x, 88x, 89x, 90x, 91x, 92x, 97x, 98x, 99x, 100x, 101x, 102x,
103x, 104x, 105x and 106x, or a salt thereof. In one variation, the
compound is of the formula (Vn) wherein R.sup.1 is methyl and at
least one of (i)-(iii) applies: (i) at least one of R.sup.4 is
chloro; (ii) m and q are each 1; and (iii) Q is cyclic acylamino,
acyloxy, aminoacyl or aminocarbonylalkoxy. In one such variation,
at least two of (i)-(iii) apply. In another variation, the
compounds of the invention, and methods of using the compounds
detailed herein, encompass any of the compounds of formula (Vn),
including those listed in Table 1, such as 1x, 2x, 3x, 4x, 5x, 6x,
7x, 8x, 9x, 10x, 11x, 12x, 13x, 14x, 15x, 16x, 17x, 18x, 19x, 20x,
21x, 22x, 23x, 24x, 26x, 28x, 29x, 30x, 31x, 32x, 33x, 34x, 35x,
36x, 37x, 39x, 40x, 41x, 43x, 44x, 45x, 46x, 47x, 48x, 52x, 53x,
54x, 55x, 56x, 57x, 58x, 59x, 60x, 61x, 62x, 63x, 64x, 69x, 70x,
72x, 73x, 74x, 75x, 76x, 78x, 80x, 81x, 82x, 84x, 86x, 87x, 88x,
89x, 90x, 91x, 92x, 97x, 98x, 99x, 100x, 101x, 102x, 103x, 104x,
105x or 106x or a salt thereof.
[0210] In one variation, the compound is of the formula (Vo),
provided that the compound is other than any of compounds 107x and
108x, or a salt thereof. In one variation, the compound is of the
formula (Vo) wherein R.sup.1 is methyl. In another variation, the
compounds of the invention, and methods of using the compounds
detailed herein, encompass any of the compounds of formula (Vo),
including those listed in Table 1, such as 107x or 108x or a salt
thereof.
[0211] In one variation, a compound of the invention is of the
formula (I) or (Ia) or any variation of the foregoing detailed
herein, or is of any one of the formulae (IIa)-(IIh),
(IIIa)-(IIIm), (IVa)-(IVk) or (Va)-(Vzf), where each R.sup.8a,
R.sup.8b, R.sup.8c, R.sup.8d, R.sup.8e and R.sup.8f is
independently H, hydroxyl, unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl or
is taken together with the carbon to which it is attached and a
geminal R.sup.8(e-f) to form a cycloalkyl moiety. Where applicable,
such variations apply equally to any formulae detailed herein, such
as formula (A)-(G). In another variation, a compound of the
invention is of the formula (I) or (Ia) or any variation of the
foregoing detailed herein, or is of any one of the formulae
(IIa)-(IIh), (IIIa)-(IIIm), (IVa)-(IVk) or (Va)-(Vzf), where each
R.sup.8a, R.sup.8b, R.sup.8c, R.sup.8d, R.sup.8e and R.sup.8f is
independently H, hydroxyl, methyl or is taken together with the
carbon to which it is attached and a geminal R.sup.8(a-f) to form a
cyclopropyl moiety. Where applicable, such variations apply equally
to any formulae detailed herein, such as formula (A)-(G). In yet
another variation, a compound of the invention is of the formula
(I) or (Ia) or any variation of the foregoing detailed herein, or
is any one of the formulae (IIa)-(IIh), (IIIa)-(IIIm), (IVa)-(IVk)
or (Va)-(Vzf), where wherein q is 0 and m is 1. Where applicable,
such variations apply equally to any formulae detailed herein, such
as formula (A)-(G). The invention also embraces a compound of the
invention according to formula (I) or (Ia) or any variation of the
foregoing detailed herein, or a compound according to any one of
the formulae (IIa)-(IIh), (IIIa)-(IIIm), (IVa)-(IVk) or (Va)-(Vzf),
where q and m are both 0. Where applicable, such variations apply
equally to any formulae detailed herein, such as formula (A)-(G).
The invention further embraces a compound according to formula (I)
or (Ia) or any variation of the foregoing detailed herein, or a
compound according to any one of the formulae (IIa)-(IIh),
(IIIa)-(IIIm), (IVa)-(IVk) or (Va)-(Vzf), where q, m, R.sup.8a,
R.sup.8b, R.sup.8c, R.sup.8d, R.sup.8e and R.sup.8f are taken
together to form a moiety selected from the group consisting of:
--CH.sub.2--, --CH.sub.2CH.sub.2--, --CH.sub.2CH.sub.2CH.sub.2--,
--CH.sub.2--C(H)(OH)--, --C(H)(OH)--CH.sub.2--,
--CH.sub.2--C(OH)(CH.sub.3)--, --C(OH)(CH.sub.3)--CH.sub.2--,
--CH.sub.2--C(H)(CH.sub.3)--, --C(H)(CH.sub.3)--CH.sub.2--,
--CH.sub.2--C(CH.sub.3)(CH.sub.3)--,
--C(CH.sub.2CH.sub.2)--CH.sub.2-- and
--CH.sub.2--C(CH.sub.2CH.sub.2)--. Where applicable, such
variations apply equally to any formulae detailed herein, such as
formula (A)-(G).
[0212] In another variation, a compound of the invention is of the
formula (I) or (Ia) or any variation of the foregoing detailed
herein, or a compound according to any one of the formulae
(IIIa)-(IIIm), (IVa)-(IVk) or (Va)-(Vzf), where each R.sup.4 is
independently H, halo, substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.8
alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.8 perhaloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heterocyclyl or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl. In yet another
variation, a compound of the invention is of the formula (I) or
(Ia) or any variation of the foregoing detailed herein, or a
compound according to any one of the formulae (IIIa)-(IIIm),
(IVa)-(IVk) or (Va)-(Vzf), where each R.sup.4 is independently H or
a substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl. In still
another variation, a compound of the invention is of the formula
(I) or (Ia) or any variation of the foregoing detailed herein, or a
compound according to any one of the formulae (IIIa)-(IIIm),
(IVa)-(IVk) or (Va)-(Vzf), where each R.sup.4 is H. The invention
also embraces compounds of the formula (I) or (Ia) or any variation
of the foregoing detailed herein, or a compound according to any
one of the formulae (IIIa)-(IIIm), (IVa)-(IVk) or (Va)-(Vzf), where
each R.sup.4 is independently H, halo, unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.4 perhaloalkyl or a
substituted or unsubstituted aryl. The invention further embraces
compounds of the formula (I) or (Ia) or any variation of the
foregoing detailed herein, or a compound according to any one of
the formulae (IIIa)-(IIIm), (IVa)-(IVk) or (Va)-(Vzf) where each
R.sup.4 is independently H, halo, methyl, perfluoromethyl or
cyclopropyl.
[0213] The invention also embraces compounds of the formula (I),
(E) or (Ia) or any variation of the foregoing detailed herein, or a
compound according to any one of the formulae (IIa)-(IIh),
(IIIa)-(IIIm), (IVa)-(IVk) or (Va)-(Vzf) where Q is an aminoacyl
moiety. In one variation, Q is an aminoacyl group where at least
one of R.sub.a and R.sub.b is H, such as when Q is of the formula
--NHC(O)R.sub.b. In one variation, Q is an aminoacyl moiety
selected from the group consisting of: --NHC(O)-heterocyclyl,
--NHC(O)-substituted heterocyclyl, --NHC(O)-alkyl,
--NHC(O)-cycloalkyl, --NHC(O)-alkaryl and --NHC(O)-substituted
aryl. In another variation, Q is an aminoacyl moiety selected from
the group consisting of: --NHC(O)--C.sub.5-C.sub.7heterocyclyl,
--NHC(O)--C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl,
--NHC(O)--C.sub.3-C.sub.7cycloalkyl,
--NHC(O)--C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkaryl and --NHC(O)-substituted phenyl.
In a particular variation, Q is a moiety of the formula:
##STR00039##
[0214] In one variation, a compound of the invention is of the
formula (I), (E) or (Ia) or any variation of the foregoing detailed
herein, or a compound according to any one of the formulae
(IIa)-(IIh), (IIIa)-(IIIm), (IVa)-(IVk) or (Va)-(Vzf) where Q is
acyloxy.
[0215] In one variation, a compound of the invention is of the
formula (I), (E) or (Ia) or any variation of the foregoing detailed
herein, or a compound according to any one of the formulae
(IIa)-(IIh), (IIIa)-(IIIm), (IVa)-(IVk) or (Va)-(Vzf) where Q is a
carbonylalkoxy moiety. In one variation, Q is a carbonylalkoxy
moiety of the formula --C(O)--O--R where R is H, alkyl, substituted
alkyl or alkaryl. In one variation, Q is carbonylalkoxy moiety of
the formula --C(O)--O--C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl. In a particular
variation, Q is a carbonylalkoxy moiety of the formula
--C(O)--O--C.sub.2H.sub.5. In one variation, Q is a carbonylalkoxy
moiety selected from the group consisting of:
--C(O)--O--C.sub.1-C.sub.10alkyl,
--C(O)--O--C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkaryl,
--C(O)--O--C.sub.1-C.sub.3substituted alkyl and --C(O)--OH. In
another variation, Q is --C(O)--O--C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl. In a
particular variation, Q is a moiety of the formula:
##STR00040##
In another particular variation, Q is a moiety of the formula:
##STR00041##
[0216] In another variation, a compound of the invention is of the
formula (I), (E) or (Ia) or any variation of the foregoing detailed
herein, or a compound according to any one of the formulae
(IIa)-(IIh), (IIIa)-(IIIm), (IVa)-(IVk) or (Va)-(Vzf) where Q is an
aminocarbonylalkoxy moiety. In one variation, Q is an
aminocarbonylalkoxy moiety of the formula --NHC(O)--O--R.sub.b. In
another variation, Q is an aminocarbonylalkoxy moiety of the
formula --NHC(O)--O--R.sub.b where R.sub.b is a substituted alkyl
group. In a particular variation, Q is a moiety of the formula
--NH--C(O)--O--CH.sub.2--C(Cl).sub.3.
[0217] The invention also embraces compounds of the formula (I),
(E) or (Ia) or any variation of the foregoing detailed herein, or a
compound according to any one of the formulae (IIa)-(IIh),
(IIIa)-(IIIm), (IVa)-(IVk) or (Va)-(Vzf) where Q is an acylamino
moiety. In one variation, Q is an acylamino group where at least
one of R.sub.a and R.sub.b is H, such as when Q is of the formula
--C(O)N(H)(R.sub.b). In another variation, Q is an acylamino group
where both R.sub.a and R.sub.b are alkyl. In one variation, Q is an
acylamino moiety selected from the group consisting of:
--C(O)--N(H)(alkyl), --C(O)--N(alkyl).sub.2, --C(O)--N(H)(alkaryl)
and --C(O)--N(H)(aryl). In another variation, Q is an acylamino
moiety selected from the group consisting of: --C(O)--N(H).sub.2,
--C(O)--N(H)(C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkyl),
--C(O)--N(C.sub.1-C.sub.6alkyl).sub.2 and
--C(O)--N(H)(C.sub.1-C.sub.3alkaryl). In a particular variation, Q
is a moiety of the formula:
##STR00042##
[0218] In yet a further variation, a compound of the invention is
of the formula (I) where R.sup.1 is a substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl, acyl, acyloxy, carbonylalkoxy, substituted
or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl;
each R.sup.2a and R.sup.2b is independently H, unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl or halo; each R.sup.3a and R.sup.3b is
independently H or halo; each X.sup.7, X.sup.8, X.sup.9 and
X.sup.10 is CR.sup.4, where R.sup.4 is as defined in formula (I) or
in a particular variation, R.sup.4 is H, halo, pyridyl, methyl or
trifluoromethyl; R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b are both H. In one
variation, a compound of the variation detailed herein is provided
wherein R.sup.1 is propylate, methyl, ethyl, cyclopropyl,
trifluoromethyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, sec-butyl, 2-methylbutyl,
propanal, 1-methyl-2-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethanal,
2-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxypropyl, 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl,
cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, substituted phenyl,
piperidin-4-yl, hydroxycyclopent-3-yl, hydroxycyclopent-2-yl,
hydroxycycloprop-2-yl, 1-hydroxy-1-methylcycloprop-2-yl, or
1-hydroxy-1,2,2-trimethyl-cycloprop-3-yl. In another variation, a
compound of the variation detailed herein is provided wherein
R.sup.1 is propyl, methyl, ethyl, cyclopropyl, trifluoromethyl,
isopropyl, tert-butyl, sec-butyl, 2-methylbutyl, propanoyl,
1-methyl-2-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethanoyl, 2-hydroxyethyl,
2-hydroxypropyl, 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl,
cyclohexyl, substituted phenyl, piperidin-4-yl,
hydroxycyclopent-3-yl, hydroxycyclopent-2-yl,
hydroxycycloprop-2-yl, 1-hydroxy-1-methylcycloprop-2-yl, or
1-hydroxy-1,2,2-trimethyl-cycloprop-3-yl.
[0219] In still a further variation, a compound of the invention is
of the formula (I) where R.sup.1 is a substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl; each R.sup.2a, R.sup.2b, R.sup.3a and
R.sup.3b is independently H or halo; X.sup.1 is N; each R.sup.4 is
independently H, halo, C.sub.1-C.sub.8 perhaloalkyl, substituted or
a unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl; R.sup.8a, R.sup.8b,
R.sup.8c, R.sup.8d, R.sup.8e and R.sup.8f is H. The invention also
embraces a compound of the formula (I) where R.sup.1 is a methyl;
at least one of X.sup.7, X.sup.8, X.sup.9 and X.sup.10 is CR.sup.4,
and each R.sup.4 is independently H, halo, methyl or
trifluoromethyl.
[0220] In a particular variation, the compound is of the formula
(I) where R.sup.1 is a substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.8
alkyl; each R.sup.2a and R.sup.2b is independently H, a substituted
or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl or R.sup.2a and R.sup.2b are
taken together to form a carbonyl moiety; R.sup.3a and R.sup.3b are
both H; X.sup.1 is N, each R.sup.4 is independently H, halo or
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl; each R.sup.8a,
R.sup.8b, R.sup.8c, R.sup.8d, R.sup.8e and R.sup.8f is H; each
R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b is independently H, halo, a substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl, hydroxyl, alkoxyl or R.sup.10a
and R.sup.10b are taken together to form a carbonyl, provided that
at least one of R.sup.10a and R.sup.10b is other than H. In yet
another aspect of this variation, X.sup.7, X.sup.8, X.sup.9 and
X.sup.10 are CR.sup.4 and each R.sup.4 is independently H, halo or
methyl.
[0221] Examples of compounds according to the invention are
depicted in Table 2. The compounds depicted may be present as salts
even if salts are not depicted and it is understood that the
invention embraces all salts and solvates of the compounds depicted
here, as well as the non-salt and non-solvate form of the compound,
as is well understood by the skilled artisan.
TABLE-US-00002 TABLE 2 Representative Compounds According to the
Invention. Compound No. Structure CD# 1 ##STR00043## CD2 2
##STR00044## CD3 3 ##STR00045## CD4 4 ##STR00046## CD5 5
##STR00047## CD6 6 ##STR00048## CD7 7 ##STR00049## CD8 8
##STR00050## CD9 9 ##STR00051## CD10 10 ##STR00052## CD11 11
##STR00053## CD12 12 ##STR00054## CD13 13 ##STR00055## CD14 14
##STR00056## CD15 15 ##STR00057## CD16 16 ##STR00058## CD17 17
##STR00059## CD18 18 ##STR00060## CD19 19 ##STR00061## CD20 20
##STR00062## CD21 21 ##STR00063## CD22 22 ##STR00064## CD23 23
##STR00065## CD24 24 ##STR00066## CD25 25 ##STR00067## CD26 26
##STR00068## CD27 27 ##STR00069## CD28 28 ##STR00070## CD29 29
##STR00071## CD30 30 ##STR00072## CD31 31 ##STR00073## CD32 32
##STR00074## CD33 33 ##STR00075## CD34 34 ##STR00076## CD35 35
##STR00077## CD36 36 ##STR00078## CD37 37 ##STR00079## CD38 38
##STR00080## CD39 39 ##STR00081## CD40 40 ##STR00082## CD41 41
##STR00083## CD42 42 ##STR00084## CD43 43 ##STR00085## CD44 44
##STR00086## CD45 45 ##STR00087## CD48 46 ##STR00088## CD49 47
##STR00089## CD50 48 ##STR00090## CD51 49 ##STR00091## CD52 50
##STR00092## CD53 51 ##STR00093## CD54 52 ##STR00094## CD56 53
##STR00095## CD60 54 ##STR00096## CD64 55 ##STR00097## CD65 56
##STR00098## CD66 57 ##STR00099## CD67 58 ##STR00100## CD69 59
##STR00101## CD74 60 ##STR00102## CD75 61 ##STR00103## CD76 62
##STR00104## CD77 63 ##STR00105## CD78 64 ##STR00106## CD79 65
##STR00107## CD80 66 ##STR00108## CD81 67 ##STR00109## CD82 68
##STR00110## CD83 69 ##STR00111## CD84 70 ##STR00112## CD72 71
##STR00113## 72 ##STR00114## 73 ##STR00115##
[0222] Also embraced by the invention is a compound of the formula
(G):
##STR00116##
[0223] or a salt thereof,
where:
[0224] R.sup.1a is alkyl;
[0225] R.sup.4a is selected from alkyl, aryl, and substituted
aryl;
[0226] R.sup.5 is alkyl; and
[0227] R.sup.8g is selected from alkyl, substituted alkyl and
aralkyl.
[0228] In one variation of the formula (G), R.sup.8g is alkyl, e.g.
methyl or isopropyl. In another variation of the formula (G),
R.sup.8g is substituted alkyl substituted with one or more alkyl or
alkoxy groups. In yet another variation, of the formula (G),
R.sup.8g is substituted alkyl substituted with an alkoxy group,
e.g. methoxymethyl. In yet another variation, R.sup.8g is
substituted aralkyl where the aryl moiety of the aralkyl is at
least 3 carbon atoms removed from the carbon to which R.sup.8g is
attached, e.g. 3-phenylpropyl.
[0229] In some embodiments, R.sup.8g is selected from alkyl,
substituted alkyl, and alkyl-phenyl. In some embodiments, R.sup.8g
is selected from C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl, substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4
alkyl, and C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl-phenyl. In some embodiments,
R.sup.8g is selected from methyl, isopropyl, methoxymethyl, and
benzyl.
[0230] In some embodiments, R.sup.4a is selected from alkyl,
phenyl, and substituted phenyl. In some embodiments, R.sup.4a is
selected from C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl, phenyl, and phenyl substituted
with a C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkoxy or C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl moiety. In
some embodiments, R.sup.4a is selected from methyl, phenyl,
4-methoxyphenyl, and 4-methylphenyl.
[0231] In some embodiments, R.sup.1a is C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl. In
some embodiments, R.sup.1a is methyl.
[0232] In some embodiments, R.sup.5 is C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl. In
some embodiments, R.sup.5 is ethyl.
[0233] In one variation, R.sup.1a is methyl, R.sup.5 is ethyl and
R.sup.8g and R.sup.4a are as defined by any variation herein.
[0234] In some embodiments, R.sup.4a is methyl, R.sup.1a is methyl,
R.sup.5 is ethyl, and R.sup.8g is selected from alkyl, substituted
alkyl, and C.sub.1-C.sub.4 aralkyl, where the aralkyl group is
attached to the parent residue via the alkyl moiety.
[0235] In some embodiments, R.sup.4a is methyl, R.sup.1a is methyl,
R.sup.5 is ethyl, and R.sup.8g is selected from C.sub.1-C.sub.4
alkyl, substituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl, and C.sub.1-C.sub.4
alkyl-phenyl.
[0236] In some embodiments, R.sup.4a is methyl, R.sup.1a is methyl,
R.sup.5 is ethyl, and R.sup.8g is selected from methyl, isopropyl,
methoxymethyl, and benzyl.
[0237] In some embodiments, R.sup.8g is methyl, R.sup.1a is methyl,
R.sup.5 is ethyl, and R.sup.4a is selected from alkyl, phenyl, and
substituted phenyl.
[0238] In some embodiments, R.sup.8g is methyl, R.sup.1a is methyl,
R.sup.5 is ethyl, and R.sup.4a is selected from C.sub.1-C.sub.4
alkyl, phenyl, and phenyl substituted with a C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkoxy
or C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl moiety.
[0239] In some embodiments, R.sup.8g is methyl, R.sup.1a is methyl,
R.sup.5 is ethyl, and R.sup.4a is selected from methyl, phenyl,
4-methoxyphenyl, and 4-methylphenyl.
[0240] In some embodiments, the compound is selected from ethyl
2-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)propanoate;
ethyl
2-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-3-methy-
lbutanoate; ethyl
2-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-3-phenylpropa-
noate; ethyl
2-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-3-methoxyprop-
anoate; ethyl
2-(2-methyl-8-phenyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)propanoat-
e; ethyl
2-(8-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2-methyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-
-5(2H)-yl)propanoate; and ethyl
2-(2-methyl-8-p-tolyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)propanoa-
te.
[0241] Certain examples of compounds according to the invention are
depicted in Table 3. The compounds depicted may be present as salts
even if salts are not depicted and it is understood that the
invention embraces all salts, hydrates and solvates of the
compounds depicted here, as well as the non-salt, non-hydrate,
non-solvate form of the compound, as is well understood by the
skilled artisan. It is thus understood that pharmaceutically
acceptable salts of compounds according the invention are
intended.
TABLE-US-00003 TABLE 3 Certain compounds of the invention. Compound
No. Name Structure G1 ethyl
2-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-
b]indol-5(2H)-yl)propanoate ##STR00117## G2 ethyl
2-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-
b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-3-methylbutanoate ##STR00118## G3 ethyl
2-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-
b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-3-phenylpropanoate ##STR00119## G4 ethyl
2-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-
b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-3-methoxypropanoate ##STR00120## G5 ethyl
2-(2-methyl-8-phenyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-
pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)propanoate ##STR00121## G6 ethyl
2-(8-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2-methyl-3,4-
dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)- yl)propanoate ##STR00122## G7
ethyl 2-(2-methyl-8-p-tolyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-
pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)propanoate ##STR00123##
[0242] Pharmaceutical compositions of any of the compounds detailed
herein are embraced by this invention. Thus, the invention includes
pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of the invention
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient. Pharmaceutical
compositions according to the invention may take a form suitable
for oral, buccal, parenteral, nasal, topical or rectal
administration, or a form suitable for administration by
inhalation.
General Description of Biological Assays
[0243] The binding properties of compounds disclosed herein to a
panel of aminergic G protein-coupled receptors including adrenergic
receptors, dopamine receptors, serotonin receptors, histamine
receptors and an imidazoline receptor may be determined. Binding
properties may be assessed by methods known in the art, such as
competitive binding assays. In one variation, compounds are
assessed by the binding assays detailed herein. Compounds disclosed
herein may also be tested in cell-based assays or in in vivo models
for further characterization. In one aspect, compounds disclosed
herein are of any formula detailed herein and further display one
or more of the following characteristics: inhibition of binding of
a ligand to an adrenergic receptor (e.g., .alpha..sub.1D,
.alpha..sub.2A and .alpha..sub.2B), inhibition of binding of a
ligand to a serotonin receptor (e.g., 5-HT.sub.2A, 5-HT.sub.2C,
5-HT.sub.6 and 5-HT.sub.7), inhibition of binding of a ligand to a
dopamine receptor (e.g., D.sub.2L), and inhibition of binding of a
ligand to a histamine receptor (e.g., H.sub.1, H.sub.2 and
H.sub.3); agonist/antagonist activity to a serotonin receptor
(e.g., 5-HT.sub.2A, 5-HT.sub.6); agonist/antagonist activity to a
dopamine receptor (e.g., D.sub.2L, D.sub.2S); agonist/antagonist
activity to a histamine receptor (e.g., H.sub.1); activity in a
neurite outgrowth assay; efficacy in a preclinical model of memory
dysfunction associated with cholinergic hyperfunction; and efficacy
in a preclinical model of schizophrenia.
[0244] In one variation, inhibition of binding of a ligand to a
receptor is measured in the assays described herein. In another
variation, inhibition of binding of a ligand is measured in an
assay known in the art. In one variation, binding of a ligand to a
receptor is inhibited by at least about 80% as determined in a
suitable assay known in the art such as the assays described
herein. In one variation, binding of a ligand to a receptor is
inhibited by greater than about any one of 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%,
100%, or between about 85-95% or between about 90-100% as
determined in a suitable assay known in the art such as the assays
described herein. In one variation, binding of a ligand to a
receptor is inhibited by at least about 80%.+-.20% as determined in
an assay known in the art.
[0245] In one variation, a compound of the invention inhibits
binding of a ligand to at least one receptor and as many as eleven
as detailed herein (e.g. .alpha..sub.1D, .alpha..sub.2A,
.alpha..sub.2B, 5-HT.sub.2A, 5-HT.sub.2C, 5-HT6, 5-HT.sub.7,
D.sub.2L, H.sub.1, H.sub.2, H.sub.3). In one variation, a compound
of the invention inhibits binding of a ligand to at least one and
as many as eleven receptors detailed herein and further displays
agonist or antagonist activity to one or more receptors detailed
herein (e.g., serotonin receptor 5-HT.sub.2A, serotonin receptor
5-HT.sub.6, dopamine receptor D.sub.2L, and dopamine receptor
D.sub.2S, histamine receptor H.sub.1) as measured in the assays
described herein. In one variation, agonist response of serotonin
receptor 5-HT.sub.2A is inhibited by compounds of the invention by
at least about any one of 50%, 50%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 100%, 110%,
120%, 130%, 140%, 150% as determined in a suitable assay such as
the assay described herein.
[0246] In one variation, a compound of the invention displays the
above described neurotransmitter receptor binding profile i.e.
inhibits binding of a ligand to at least one receptor and as many
as eleven as detailed herein and further stimulates neurite
outgrowth, e.g. as measured by the assays described herein. In one
variation, a compound of the invention shows activity in neurite
outgrowth assays using primary neurons in culture. In another
variation, a compound of the invention has activity comparable in
magnitude to that of naturally occurring prototypical neurotrophic
proteins such as brain derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF) and nerve
growth factor (NGF). Notably, neurite outgrowth plays a critical
part of new synaptogenesis, which is beneficial for the treatment
of neuronal disorders. In one variation, neurite outgrowth is
observed with a potency of about 1 .mu.M as measured in a suitable
assay known in the art such as the assays described herein. In
another variation, neurite outgrowth is observed with a potency of
about 500 nM. In a further variation, neurite outgrowth is observed
with a potency of about 50 nM. In another variation, neurite
outgrowth is observed with a potency of about 5 nM.
[0247] In another variation, a compound of the invention inhibits
binding of a ligand to at least one receptor and as many as eleven
as detailed herein, further displays agonist or antagonist activity
to one or more receptors detailed herein and further stimulates
neurite outgrowth.
[0248] In a further variation, a compound of the invention inhibits
binding of a ligand to at least one and as many as eleven receptors
as detailed herein and/or display the above described
neurotransmitter receptor binding profile and further shows
efficacy in a preclinical model of memory dysfunction associated
with cholinergic hyperfunction, i.e. shows pro-cognitive effects in
a preclinical model of memory dysfunction. In one variation, a
compound of the invention is effective in a preclinical model of
memory dysfunction associated with cholinergic hypofunction. As
H.sub.1 antagonism may contribute to sedation, weight gain and
reduced cognition, low affinity (less than about 80% inhibition of
binding of Pyrilamine at 1 .mu.M in the assay described herein) for
this receptor may be associated with pro-cognitive effects and a
more desirable side effect profile. Furthermore, compounds of the
invention with increased potency as a 5-HT.sub.6 antagonist may
have cognition-enhancing effects as serotonin acting through this
receptor may impair memory.
[0249] In another variation, a compound of the invention inhibits
at least one and as many as eleven receptors as detailed herein,
further shows efficacy in a preclinical model of memory dysfunction
associated with cholinergic hyperfunction i.e. shows pro-cognitive
effects in a preclinical model of memory dysfunction and further
displays agonist or antagonist activity to one or more receptors
detailed herein.
[0250] In a further variation, a compound of the invention inhibits
binding of a ligand to at least one and as many as eleven receptors
as detailed herein, further shows efficacy in a preclinical model
of memory dysfunction associated with cholinergic hyperfunction
i.e. shows pro-cognitive effects in a preclinical model of memory
dysfunction and further stimulates neurite outgrowth.
[0251] In another variation, a compound of the invention inhibits
at least one and as many as eleven receptors as detailed herein,
further shows efficacy in a preclinical model of memory dysfunction
associated with cholinergic hyperfunction i.e. shows pro-cognitive
effects in a preclinical model of memory dysfunction, further
displays agonist or antagonist activity to one or more receptor
detailed herein and further stimulates neurite outgrowth.
[0252] In a further variation, a compound of the invention inhibits
binding of a ligand to at least one and as many as eleven receptors
and further possess anti-psychotic effects as measured in a
preclinical model of schizophrenia, i.e., shows efficacy in a
preclinical model of schizophrenia.
[0253] In another variation, a compound of the invention inhibits
binding of a ligand to at least one and as many as eleven
receptors, further shows efficacy in a preclinical model of
schizophrenia and further displays agonist or antagonist activity
to one or more receptors detailed herein.
[0254] In a further variation, a compound of the invention inhibits
binding of a ligand to at least one and as many as eleven
receptors, further shows efficacy in a preclinical model of
schizophrenia and further stimulates neurite outgrowth.
[0255] In a further variation, a compound of the invention inhibits
binding of a ligand to at least one and as many as eleven
receptors, further shows efficacy in a preclinical model of memory
dysfunction associated with cholinergic hyperfunction and further
shows efficacy in a preclinical model of schizophrenia.
[0256] In another variation, a compound of the invention inhibits
binding of a ligand to at least one and as many as eleven
receptors, further shows efficacy in a preclinical model of
schizophrenia, further displays agonist or antagonist activity to
one or more receptors detailed herein and further shows efficacy in
a preclinical model of memory dysfunction associated with
cholinergic hyperfunction.
[0257] In another variation, a compound of the invention inhibits
binding of a ligand to at least one and as many as eleven
receptors, further shows efficacy in a preclinical model of
schizophrenia, further stimulates neurite outgrowth and further
shows efficacy in a preclinical model of memory dysfunction
associated with cholinergic hyperfunction.
[0258] In a further variation, a compound of the invention inhibits
binding to at least one and as many as eleven receptors detailed
herein, further displays agonist or antagonist activity to one ore
more receptors detailed herein, further stimulates neurite
outgrowth and further shows efficacy in a preclinical model of
schizophrenia.
[0259] In another variation, a compound of the invention inhibits
binding of a ligand to at least one and as many as eleven
receptors, further shows efficacy in a preclinical model of
schizophrenia, further displays agonist or antagonist activity to
one or more receptors detailed herein, further stimulates neurite
outgrowth and further shows efficacy in a preclinical model of
memory dysfunction associated with cholinergic hyperfunction.
[0260] In another variation, a compound of the invention stimulates
neurite outgrowth. In another variation, a compound of the
invention shows efficacy in a preclinical model of schizophrenia
and further stimulates neurite outgrowth. In another variation, a
compound of the invention stimulates neurite outgrowth and further
shows efficacy in a preclinical model of memory dysfunction
associated with cholinergic hyperfunction. In another variation, a
compound of the invention shows efficacy in a preclinical model of
schizophrenia, further stimulates neurite outgrowth and further
shows efficacy in a preclinical model of memory dysfunction
associated with cholinergic hyperfunction.
[0261] In one aspect, compounds of the invention inhibit binding of
a ligand to adrenergic receptors .alpha..sub.1D, .alpha..sub.2A,
.alpha..sub.2B and inhibit binding of a ligand to serotonin
receptor 5-HT6. In another variation, compounds of the invention
inhibit binding of a ligand to adrenergic receptors .alpha..sub.1D,
.alpha..sub.2A, .alpha..sub.2B, to serotonin receptor 5-HT.sub.6
and to any one or more of the following receptors: serotonin
receptor 5-HT.sub.7, 5-HT.sub.2A and 5-HT.sub.2C. In another
variation, compounds of the invention inhibit binding of a ligand
to adrenergic receptors .alpha..sub.1D, .alpha.2A, .alpha..sub.2B,
to serotonin receptor 5-HT.sub.6 and to any one or more of the
following receptors: serotonin receptor 5-HT.sub.7, 5-HT.sub.2A and
5-HT.sub.2C and further show weak inhibition of binding of a ligand
to histamine receptor H.sub.1 and/or H.sub.2. In one variation,
compounds of the invention that also display strong inhibition of
binding of a ligand to the serotonin receptor 5-HT.sub.7 are
particularly desired. In another variation, compounds of the
invention inhibit binding of a ligand to adrenergic receptors
.alpha..sub.1D, .alpha..sub.2A, .alpha..sub.2B, to serotonin
receptor 5-HT.sub.6 and further show weak inhibition of binding of
a ligand to histamine receptor H.sub.1 and/or H.sub.2. Weak
inhibition of binding of a ligand to the histamine H.sub.1 receptor
is permitted as agonists of this receptor have been implicated in
stimulating memory as well as weight gain. In one variation,
binding to histamine receptor H.sub.1 is inhibited by less than
about 80%. In another variation, binding of a ligand to histamine
receptor H.sub.1 is inhibited by less than about any of 75%, 70%,
65%, 60%, 55%, or 50% as determined by a suitable assay known in
the art such as the assays described herein.
[0262] In another variation, compounds of the invention inhibit
binding of a ligand to dopamine receptor D.sub.2L. In another
variation, compounds of the invention inhibit binding of a ligand
to dopamine receptor D.sub.2L and to serotonin receptor
5-HT.sub.2A. In another variation, compounds of the invention
inhibit binding of a ligand to histamine receptor H.sub.1. In
certain aspects, compounds of the invention further show one or
more of the following properties: strong inhibition of binding of a
ligand to the serotonin 5-HT.sub.7 receptor, strong inhibition of
binding of a ligand to the serotonin 5-HT.sub.2A receptor, strong
inhibition of binding of a ligand to the serotonin 5-HT.sub.2C
receptor, weak inhibition of binding of a ligand to the histamine
H.sub.1 receptor, weak inhibition of binding of ligands to the
histamine H.sub.2 receptor, and antagonist activity to serotonin
receptor 5-HT.sub.2A.
[0263] In one variation, compounds of the invention show any of the
receptor binding aspects detailed herein and further display
agonist/antagonist activity to one or more of the following
receptors: serotonin receptor 5-HT.sub.2A, serotonin receptor
5-HT6, dopamine receptor D.sub.2L, dopamine receptor D.sub.2S and
histamine receptor H.sub.1. In one variation, compounds of the
invention show any of the receptor binding aspects detailed herein
and further stimulate neurite outgrowth. In one variation,
compounds of the invention show any of the receptor binding aspects
detailed herein and further show efficacy in a preclinical model of
memory dysfunction associated with cholinergic hyperfunction. In
one variation, compounds of the invention show any of the receptor
binding aspects detailed herein and further show efficacy in a
preclinical model of schizophrenia. In one variation, compounds of
the invention show any of the receptor binding aspects detailed
herein and further show efficacy in any one or more of
agonist/antagonist assays (e.g., to serotonin receptor 5-HT.sub.2A,
5-HT6, dopamine receptor D.sub.2L, dopamine receptor D.sub.2S and
histamine receptor H.sub.1), neurite outgrowth, a preclinical model
of memory dysfunction associated with cholinergic hyperfunction and
a preclinical model of schizophrenia.
[0264] In some aspects, compounds of the invention inhibit binding
of a ligand to adrenergic receptors .alpha.1D, .alpha.2A,
.alpha.2B, serotonin receptor 5-HT.sub.6 and dopamine receptor
D.sub.2L by at least about 80% as determined in a suitable assay
known in the art such as the assays described herein. In one
variation binding is inhibited by at least about 80% as measured in
a suitable assay such as the assays described herein. In one
variation, binding of a ligand to a receptor is inhibited by
greater than about any one of 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 100%, or between
about 85-95% or about 90-100% as determined in a suitable assay
known in the art such as the assays described herein.
[0265] In some aspects, compounds of the invention display the
above described neurotransmitter receptor binding profile and
further show antipsychotic effects. In one variation, a compound of
the invention has binding profiles similar to compounds with
antipsychotic activity. In another variation, a compound of the
invention is effective in a preclinical model of schizophrenia. In
addition, compounds of the invention might possess the cognitive
enhancing properties of dimebon and thus add to the beneficial
pharmacology profile of these antipsychotic molecules. In one
variation, compounds of the invention display the above described
neurotransmitter receptor binding profile and further show
pro-cognitive effects in a preclinical model of memory dysfunction.
In another variation, compounds of the invention display the above
described neurotransmitter receptor binding profile and do not show
pro-cognitive effects in a preclinical model of memory
dysfunction.
[0266] In one variation, compounds of the invention demonstrate
pro-cognitive effects in a preclinical model of memory dysfunction.
In a further variation, compounds of the invention possess
anti-psychotic effects in a preclinical model of schizophrenia. In
a further variation, compounds of the invention demonstrate
pro-cognitive effects in a preclinical model of memory dysfunction
and further possess anti-psychotic effects in a preclinical model
of schizophrenia.
Overview of the Methods
[0267] The compounds described herein may be used to treat,
prevent, delay the onset and/or delay the development of cognitive
disorders, psychotic disorders, neurotransmitter-mediated disorders
and/or neuronal disorders in individuals, such as humans. In one
aspect, the compounds described herein may be used to treat,
prevent, delay the onset and/or delay the development of a
cognitive disorder. In another aspect, the compounds described
herein may be used to treat, prevent, delay the onset and/or delay
the development of a psychotic disorder. In yet another aspect, the
compounds described herein may be used to treat, prevent, delay the
onset and/or delay the development of a neurotransmitter-mediated
disorders disorder. In one embodiment, the
neurotransmitter-mediated disorder includes spinal cord injury,
diabetic neuropathy, allergic diseases (including food allergies)
and diseases involving geroprotective activity such as
age-associated hair loss (alopecia), age-associated weight loss and
age-associated vision disturbances (cataracts). In another
variation, the neurotransmitter-mediated disorder includes spinal
cord injury, diabetic neuropathy, fibromyalgia and allergic
diseases (including food allergies). In still another embodiment,
the neurotransmitter-mediated disorder includes Alzheimer's
disease, Parkinson's Disease, autism, Guillain-Barre syndrome, mild
cognitive impairment, multiple sclerosis, stroke and traumatic
brain injury. In yet another embodiment, the
neurotransmitter-mediated disorder includes schizophrenia, anxiety,
bipolar disorders, psychosis and depression. In another aspect, the
compounds described herein may be used to treat, prevent, delay the
onset and/or delay the development of a neuronal disorder. In one
aspect, the compounds described herein may also be used to treat,
prevent, delay the onset and/or delay the development of cognitive
disorders, psychotic disorders, neurotransmitter-mediated disorders
and/or neuronal disorders for which the modulation of an aminergic
G protein-coupled receptor is believed to be or is beneficial.
[0268] The invention also provides methods of improving cognitive
functions and/or reducing psychotic effects comprising
administering to an individual in need thereof an amount of a
compound of the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt
thereof effective to improve cognitive functions and/or reduce
psychotic effects.
[0269] The invention also provides methods of stimulating neurite
outgrowth and/or promoting neurogenesis and/or enhancing
neurotrophic effects in an individual comprising administering to
an individual in need thereof an amount of a compound of the
invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof effective
to stimulate neurite outgrowth and/or to promote neurogenesis
and/or to enhance neurotrophic effects.
[0270] The invention further encompasses methods of modulating an
aminergic G protein-coupled receptor comprising administering to an
individual in need thereof an amount of a compound of the invention
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof effective to modulate
an aminergic G protein-coupled receptor.
[0271] It is to be understood that methods described herein also
encompass methods of administering compositions comprising the
compounds of the invention.
[0272] Methods for Treating, Preventing, Delaying the Onset, and/or
Delaying the Development Cognitive Disorders, Psychotic Disorders,
Neurotransmitter-mediated Disorders and/or Neuronal Disorders
[0273] In one aspect, the invention provides methods for treating,
preventing, delaying the onset, and/or delaying the development of
cognitive disorders, psychotic disorders, neurotransmitter-mediated
disorders and/or neuronal disorders for which the modulation of an
aminergic G protein-coupled receptor is believed to be or is
beneficial, the method comprising administering to an individual in
need thereof a compound of the invention. In some variations,
modulation of adrenergic receptor .alpha..sub.1D, .alpha..sub.2A,
.alpha..sub.2B, serotonin receptor 5-HT.sub.2A, 5-HT6, 5HT7,
histamine receptor H.sub.1 and/or H.sub.2 is expected to be or is
beneficial for the cognitive disorders, psychotic disorders,
neurotransmitter-mediated disorders and/or neuronal disorders. In
some variations, modulation of adrenergic receptor .alpha..sub.1D,
.alpha..sub.2A, .alpha..sub.2B and a serotonin receptor 5-HT.sub.6
receptor is expected to be or is beneficial for the cognitive
disorders, psychotic disorders, neurotransmitter-mediated disorders
and/or neuronal disorders. In some variations, modulation of
adrenergic receptor .alpha..sub.1D, .alpha..sub.2A, .alpha..sub.2B,
and a serotonin receptor 5-HT.sub.6 receptor and modulation of one
or more of the following receptors serotonin 5-HT.sub.7,
5-HT.sub.2A, 5-HT.sub.2C and histamine H.sub.1 and H.sub.2 is
expected to be or is beneficial for the cognitive disorders,
psychotic disorders, neurotransmitter-mediated disorders and/or
neuronal disorders. In some variations, modulation of dopamine
receptor D.sub.2L is expected to be or is beneficial for the
cognitive disorders, psychotic disorders, neurotransmitter-mediated
disorders and/or neuronal disorders. In certain variations,
modulation of a dopamine D.sub.2L receptor and serotonin receptor
5-HT.sub.2A is expected to be or is beneficial for the cognitive
disorders, psychotic disorders, neurotransmitter-mediated disorders
and/or neuronal disorders. In some variations, the cognitive
disorders, psychotic disorders, neurotransmitter-mediated disorders
and/or neuronal disorders are treated, prevented and/or their onset
or development is delayed by administering a compound of the
invention.
Methods to Improve Cognitive Functions and/or Reduce Psychotic
Effects
[0274] The invention provides methods for improving cognitive
functions by administering a compound of the invention to an
individual in need thereof. In some variations, modulation of one
or more of adrenergic receptor .alpha..sub.1D, .alpha..sub.2A,
.alpha..sub.2B, serotonin receptor 5-HT.sub.2A, 5-HT6, 5HT7,
histamine receptor H.sub.1 and/or H.sub.2 is desirable or expected
to be desirable to improve cognitive functions. In some variations
modulation of .alpha..sub.1D, .alpha..sub.2A, .alpha..sub.2B
adrenergic receptors and a serotonin 5-HT.sub.6 receptor is
desirable or expected to be desirable to improve cognitive
functions. In some variations, modulation of .alpha..sub.1D,
.alpha..sub.2A, .alpha..sub.2B adrenergic receptors and serotonin
receptor 5-HT.sub.6 and modulation of one or more of the following
receptors: serotonin receptor 5-HT.sub.7, 5-HT.sub.2A, 5-HT.sub.2C
and histamine receptor H.sub.1 and H.sub.2, is desirable or
expected to be desirable to improve cognitive functions. In another
aspect, the invention encompasses methods to reduce psychotic
effects by administering a compound of the invention to an
individual in need thereof. In some embodiments, modulation of a
dopamine D.sub.2L receptor is expected to be or is desirable to
reduce psychotic effects. In some embodiments, modulation of a
dopamine D.sub.2L receptor and a serotonin 5-HT.sub.2A receptor is
expected to be or is desirable to reduce psychotic effects. In some
variations, a compound of the invention is administered to an
individual in need thereof.
Methods to Stimulate Neurite Outgrowth, Promote Neurogenesis and/or
Enhance Neurotrophic Effects
[0275] In a further aspect, the invention provides methods of
stimulating neurite outgrowth and/or enhancing neurogenesis and/or
enhancing neurotrophic effects comprising administering a compound
of the invention or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof under
conditions sufficient to stimulate neurite outgrowth and/or to
enhance neurogenesis and/or enhance neurotrophic effects to an
individual in need thereof. In some variations, a compound of the
invention stimulates neurite outgrowth at a potency of about 1
.mu.M as measured in a suitable assay such as the assays described
herein. In some variations, a compound of the invention stimulates
neurite outgrowth at a potency of about 500 nM as measured in a
suitable assay such as the assays described herein. In some
variations, a compound of the invention stimulates neurite
outgrowth at a potency of about 50 nM as measured in a suitable
assay such as the assays described herein. In some variations, a
compound of the invention stimulates neurite outgrowth at a potency
of about 5 nM as measured in a suitable assay such as the assays
described herein.
Methods to Modulate an Aminergic G Protein-Coupled Receptor
[0276] The invention further contemplates methods for modulating
the activity of an aminergic G-protein-coupled receptor comprising
administering a compound of the invention or pharmaceutically
acceptable salt thereof under conditions sufficient to modulate the
activity of an aminergic G protein-coupled receptor. In some
variations, the aminergic G protein-coupled receptor is a
.alpha..sub.1D, .alpha..sub.2A, .alpha..sub.2B adrenergic receptor
and a serotonin 5-HT.sub.6 receptor. In some variations, the
aminergic G protein-coupled receptor is a .alpha..sub.1D,
.alpha..sub.2A, .alpha..sub.2B adrenergic receptor and a serotonin
5-HT.sub.6 and 5-HT.sub.7 receptor. In some variations, the
aminergic G protein-coupled receptor is a .alpha..sub.1D,
.alpha..sub.2A, .alpha..sub.2B adrenergic receptor, a serotonin
5-HT.sub.6 and one or more of the following receptors: serotonin
5-HT-7, 5-HT.sub.2A and 5-HT.sub.2C and histamine H.sub.1 and
H.sub.2 receptor. In some variations, the aminergic G
protein-coupled receptor is a dopamine D.sub.2L receptor. In some
variations, the aminergic G protein-coupled receptor is a dopamine
D.sub.2L receptor and a serotonin 5-HT.sub.2A receptor. In some
variations, the aminergic G protein-coupled receptor is a histamine
H.sub.1 receptor.
General Synthetic Methods
[0277] The compounds of the invention may be prepared by a number
of processes as generally described below and more specifically in
the Examples hereinafter. In the following process descriptions,
the symbols when used in the formulae depicted are to be understood
to represent those groups described above in relation to formula
(I) or a variation thereof unless otherwise indicated.
[0278] Where it is desired to obtain a particular enantiomer of a
compound, this may be accomplished from a corresponding mixture of
enantiomers using any suitable conventional procedure for
separating or resolving enantiomers. Thus, for example,
diastereomeric derivatives may be produced by reaction of a mixture
of enantiomers, e.g. a racemate, and an appropriate chiral
compound. The diastereomers may then be separated by any convenient
means, for example by crystallization and the desired enantiomer
recovered. In another resolution process, a racemate may be
separated using chiral High Performance Liquid Chromatography.
Alternatively, if desired a particular enantiomer may be obtained
by using an appropriate chiral intermediate in one of the processes
described.
[0279] Chromatography, recrystallization and other conventional
separation procedures may also be used with intermediates or final
products where it is desired to obtain a particular isomer of a
compound or to otherwise purify a product of a reaction.
[0280] The following abbreviations are used herein: thin layer
chromatography (TLC); Hour (h); Ethanol (EtOH); dimethylsulfoxide
(DMSO); N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF); trifluoroacetic acid (TFA);
teterahydrofuran (THF); Normal (N); aqueous (aq.); methanol (MeOH);
dichloromethane (DCM); Retention factor (Rf).
[0281] Compounds made by General Methods 1 and 8 may also be used
as intermediates for the synthesis of other compounds of the
invention.
General Method 1
##STR00124##
##STR00125##
[0283] Compound A (1 equiv.), triethylamine (3 equiv) and compound
B (1 equiv.) are dissolved in EtOH and stirred at 25.degree. C. for
1 h and then at 90.degree. C. for 3 h after which the contents are
cooled to 25.degree. C. and evaporated to dryness to obtain crude
C. The residue is acidified with ethanolic HCl and the volatiles
are removed under reduced pressure. Ethanol is added followed by
compound D (1 to 1.5 equiv) and the contents are heated at
90.degree. C. for additional 16 h. Solvent is removed in vacuo. The
remaining residue is diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with
saturated aq. NaHCO.sub.3. The aqueous layer is extracted twice
with ethyl acetate and the combined organic layer is dried over
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, and concentrated. The resulting crude product is
purified by silica gel chromatography (100-200 mesh or 230-400
mesh) using methanol-dichloromethane gradient, by neutral alumina
using ethyl acetate-hexane gradient, and/or by reverse-phase
chromatography (C-18, 500 mm.times.50 mm, Mobile Phase A=0.05% TFA
in water, B=0.05% TFA in acetonitrile, Gradient: 10% B to 80% B in
30 min, injection vol. 5 mL). Similar synthetic details may be
employed for compounds made according to Scheme 1-B. This procedure
is exemplified by the synthesis of compounds CD11, CD17, CD19, CD27
and CD29.
General Method 2
##STR00126##
##STR00127##
[0285] A mixture of compounds E (1 equiv.) and F (neat or aqueous,
10-25 folds w/v) is heated at 100-120.degree. C. for 3-4 h after
which the reaction mixture is evaporated to dryness. The resulting
crude product is purified by silica gel chromatography (100-200
mesh or 230-400 mesh) using methanol-dichloromethane gradient, by
neutral alumina using ethyl acetate-hexane gradient, and/or by
reverse-phase chromatography (C-18, 500 mm.times.50 mm, Mobile
Phase A=0.05% TFA in water, B=0.05% TFA in acetonitrile, Gradient:
10% B to 80% B in 30 min, injection vol. 5 mL). Similar synthetic
details may be employed for compounds made according to Scheme
2-B.
General Method 3
[0286] General methods according to Schemes 3-A and 3-B are
exemplified below for the synthesis of CD63.
##STR00128##
##STR00129##
##STR00130##
[0287] The reaction of described above for 4-chlorophenylhydrazine,
which can be extended to any appropriately substituted phenyl
hydrazine (such as H or H-1), with ethyl bromo (or chloro)acetate
under appropriate alkylating conditions results in the formation of
the internally substituted hydrazine (I38) The reaction of (I38)
with N-methyl-4-piperidone results in the formation of the
carboline (II38). The hydrolysis of (II38) gives the acid 38.
Similar synthetic details may be employed in the reaction according
to Scheme 3-A or 3-B.
General Method 4
[0288] General methods according to Schemes 4-A and 4-B are
exemplified below for the synthesis of CD55.
##STR00131##
##STR00132##
[0289] The reaction of 4-chlorophenylhydrazine, which can be
extended to any appropriately substituted phenyl hydrazine (such as
H-2), with ethyl 3-bromo(or chloro)propionate under appropriate
alkylating conditions results in the formation of the internally
substituted hydrazine (III39). The reaction of (III39) with
N-methyl-4-piperidone results in the formation of the carboline
(IV39). The hydrolysis of (IV39) gives the acid (39). Similar
synthetic details may be employed in the reaction according to
Scheme 4-A.
General Method 5
[0290] Certain compounds of the invention are synthesized according
to Schemes 5-A and 5-B as exemplified by the methods according to
Schemes 5-C and 5-D. Dichloromethan can be used as the solvent in
place of or in addition to DMF as shown in Schemes 5-A to 5-D. For
example, dichloromethane is used as solvent in the syntheses of
compounds CD13 and CD15.
##STR00133##
##STR00134##
##STR00135##
##STR00136##
[0291] The carboxylic acids (exemplified above for
3-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)propanoic
acid) of the general structure described above can be treated with
DCC/DMAP in an appropriate solvent, such as dimethylformamide or
methylene chloride followed by treatment with a desired alcohol
(R.sub.a--OH) to provide the corresponding esters. Isolation and
purification of these esters can be carried out using standard work
up and normal phase or reverse phase chromatographic methods.
General Method 6
[0292] Certain compounds of the invention are synthesized according
to Schemes 6-A and 6-B as exemplified by the methods according to
Schemes 6-C and 6-D. Dichloromethan can be used as the solvent in
place of or in addition to DMF as shown in Schemes 6-A to 6-D. For
example, dichloromethane is used as solvent in the syntheses of
compound CD25.
##STR00137##
##STR00138##
##STR00139##
##STR00140##
[0293] The carboxylic acids (exemplified above for
3-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)propanoic
acid) of the general structure described above can be treated with
DCC/DMAP in an appropriate solvent, such as dimethylformamide or
methylene chloride followed by treatment with a desired amine
(R.sub.a--NH.sub.2) to provide the corresponding amides. Isolation
and purification of these amides can be carried out using standard
work up and normal phase or reverse phase chromatographic
methods.
General Method 7
[0294] General method according to Scheme 7-A is exemplified by the
synthesis of CD33-CD35 (esters) and CD36-CD38 (amines).
##STR00141##
[0295] The reaction of 4-pyridylhydrazine with ethyl 4-bromo(or
chloro)butanoate under appropriate alkylating conditions results in
the formation of the internally substituted hydrazine (i) The
reaction of (i) with N-methyl-4-piperidone results in the formation
of the carboline (ii). The hydrolysis of (ii) gives the acid (iii).
The carboxylic acids, including (iii) can be treated with DCC/DMAP
in an appropriate solvent, such as dimethylformamide or methylene
chloride followed by treatment with (a) a desired alcohol (R--OH)
to provide the corresponding esters, or (b) a desired amine
(R.sub.a--NH.sub.2) to provide the corresponding amides. Isolation
and purification of these esters can be carried out using standard
work up and normal phase or reverse phase chromatographic
methods.
General Method 8
[0296] General method according to Scheme 8-A is exemplified by the
synthesis of CD39-CD41.
##STR00142##
##STR00143##
[0297] The reaction of a 4-pyridylhydrazine with 3-bromo(or
chloro)propionitrile under appropriate alkylating conditions
results in the formation of the internally substituted hydrazine
(V) which upon treatment with N-methyl-4-piperidone and reduction
of the corresponding carboline results in the formation of the
amine (42). The conversion of the amine (42) to the amides
described above can be carried out using standard peptide coupling
conditions in an appropriate solvent, such as dimethylformamide or
methylene chloride followed by treatment with desired acids, to
provide the corresponding amides. Isolation and purification of
these amides can be carried out using standard work up and normal
phase or reverse phase chromatographic methods.
##STR00144##
[0298] The reaction of a 4-pyridylhydrazine with bromo(or
chloro)acetonitrile under appropriate alkylating conditions results
in the formation of the internally substituted hydrazine (VI) which
upon treatment with N-methyl-4-piperidone and reduction of the
corresponding carboline results in the formation of the amine (43).
The conversion of the amine (43) to the amides described above can
be carried out using standard peptide coupling conditions in an
appropriate solvent, such as dimethylformamide or methylene
chloride followed by treatment with desired acids, to provide the
corresponding amides. Isolation and purification of these amides
can be carried out using standard work up and normal phase or
reverse phase chromatographic methods.
General Method 9.
##STR00145##
[0300] Certain compounds of the invention are synthesized using
acid chloride intermediates as shown in Scheme 9. This general
method is exemplified by the syntheses of compounds CD16, CD18 and
CD20-CD22.
General Method 10.
##STR00146##
[0302] Certain compounds of the invention are synthesized using an
acid amine transfer method as shown in Scheme 10. This general
method is exemplified by the syntheses of compounds CD2, CD3, CD5,
CD23 and CD24.
General Method 11.
##STR00147##
[0304] Certain compounds of the invention are synthesized using a
EDCI as a coupling reagent as shown in Scheme. Solvents for the
reaction, e.g. DMF or dichlormethane can be selected by one skilled
in the art, for example, based on choice of starting materials.
This general method is exemplified by the syntheses of compounds
CD4, CD12, CD14, CD26, CD30, CD31 and CD54.
General Method 12.
##STR00148##
[0306] Compounds of structure 103 can be synthesized using the
general synthetic protocol outlined in General Method 1.
Appropriately substituted compounds of structure 101, wherein
R.sup.2 and R.sup.3 are as described hereinabove, can be reacted
under standard alkylating conditions with appropriately substituted
compounds of structure 102, wherein R.sup.1 and R.sup.4 are as
described hereinabove and X is a halogen selected from Cl, Br, and
I, to give compounds of structure 103.
[0307] In one variation, sodium hydride (260 mmol) is added to a
solution of 101 in DMF (150 ml) with stirring and cooling. After 30
minutes a solution of 102 (260 mmol) in DMF (20 ml) is added
dropwise over 10-15 minutes to the reaction mixture. Obtained
mixture is stirred at 70.degree. C. for 10 h. The reaction mixture
is evaporated to dryness under vacuum; the residue is poured into
ice water (100 ml) and is extracted with methylene chloride
(3.times.100 ml). The organic extract is dried with anhydrous
sodium sulfate, the solvent is evaporated under vacuum, and the
residue is recrystallized from benzene or it is chromatographed on
dry column in the system petroleum ether-ethyl acetate with
concentration gradient up to 15% of the latter to obtain 103.
General Method 13a.
##STR00149##
[0309] Compounds of structure 103 can also be synthesized using the
general synthetic protocol outlined in General Method 2a.
Appropriately substituted compounds of structure 201, wherein
R.sup.2 is as described hereinabove, may be reacted under standard
alkylating conditions with appropriately substituted compounds of
structure 102, wherein R.sup.1 and R.sup.4 are described
hereinabove and X is selected from Cl, Br, and I, to give compounds
of structure 202. Reaction of compounds of structure 202 under
standard Fischer indole synthesis conditions with compounds of
structure 203, wherein R.sup.3 is as described hereinabove, gives
compounds of structure 103.
General Method 13b.
##STR00150##
[0311] In another variation, the compounds of structure 103 can be
synthesized according to the general synthetic protocol outlined in
General Method 2b. Solution of aniline (10 mmol), ester of 102 (10
mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (10 mmol) in THF (40 ml) is reflux
for 24 h. The reaction mixture is poured into ice water (100 ml)
and is extracted with methylene chloride (4.times.50 ml). The
organic extract is dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, the solvent
is evaporated under vacuum, and the residue is dissolved in ethanol
and an excess of hydrogen chloride solution in ether is added. The
volatile components are removed under vacuum, and the residue is
recrystallized from ethanol-ether mixture to provide a compound of
structure 200.
[0312] Hydrochloride of 200 (5.2 mmol) is added all at once with
cooling and vigorous stiffing to 50 ml of cold solution of
potassium hydroxide (5.2 mmol) in water. Amine is extracted with
ether (3.times.50 ml), is washed with water and a saturated sodium
chloride solution, and the extract is dried with anhydrous sodium
sulfate. The solvent is removed at reduced pressure, the residue is
dissolved in anhydrous THF (10 ml), and 14% solution of ethyl
nitrite in alcohol (.about.7.2 mmol) is added in portions with
cooling and stirring to the solution obtained. The reaction mixture
is held for 12 h at room temperature in the dark. The volatile
components are removed under vacuum with bath temperature of
40.degree. C., and a compound of formula 201 is obtained. This
compound is used in later conversions without additional
purification.
[0313] Concentrated HCl (72 ml) and (in portions with vigorous
stiffing) zinc dust (75 mmol) are added to a solution of
nitrosamine of 201 (9 mmol) in absolute methanol (100 ml) with
cooling down to -80.degree. C. in argon atmosphere. The reaction
mixture is stirred vigorously for 6-8 h at temperature from
-80.degree. C. to -70.degree. C. in argon atmosphere. The
completeness of reduction is monitored by TLC. The excess of zinc
is filtered off, the residue is washed with methanol (20 ml), the
filtrate is evaporated under vacuum at room temperature down to a
volume of .about.20 ml, is poured into ice water (100 ml) and is
made alkaline by adding of 24% aqueous solution of ammonia (20 ml).
This is extracted with methylene chloride (4.times.50 ml), the
extract is washed with saturated sodium chloride solution (30 ml)
and is dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate. After removing the
solvent under vacuum, a compound of the formula 202 is obtained.
This substance is used without additional purification.
[0314] Compound of structure 203 (4 mmol) and a catalytic amount of
p-toluenesulfonic acid are added to a solution of compound 202 (4
mmol) in benzene (10 ml), and the mixture is boiled for 8 h with a
Dean and Stark still head. The formation of hydrazone is confirmed
by LC-MS. Benzene is removed under reduced pressure, the residue is
dissolved in toluene (40 ml), Amberlist 15 (3 g) is added, and the
mixture is stirred vigorously for 3 h at 90-100.degree. C. The
resin is filtered of, washed with ethyl acetate (60 ml), the
filtrate is evaporated in vacuum, and the residue is
chromatographed on a column of silica gel in the system petroleum
ether-ethyl acetate with concentration gradient up to 15% of the
latter, to provide a compound of the formula 103.
[0315] Compounds G1-G7 are synthesized using General Methods 12,
13a or 13b, or applicable general methods and synthetic procedures
described herein. Compound 18 (CD19) is prepared according to
General Method 1. Compounds 55 (CD65) and 58 (CD69) are prepared
according to General Method 6. Compound 57 (CD67) is prepared
according to General Method 8 where X.sup.9 is CR.sup.4.
[0316] The methods detailed above may be adapted as known by those
of skill in the art. Particular examples of each General Method are
provided in the Examples below.
[0317] The following Examples are provided to illustrate but not
limit the invention.
[0318] All references disclosed herein are incorporated by
reference in their entireties.
EXAMPLES
Example 1
Preparation of ethyl
3-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)propanoate
(CD1)
[0319] Preparation of the title compound was carried out according
to General Method 1. p-Tolylhydrazine hydrochloride (20 g, 126
mmol), ethyl 3-bromopropionate (22.8 g, 126 mmol) and triethylamine
(38.1 g, 378 mmol) in ethanol (200 ml) were stirred at 25.degree.
C. for 1 h after which the contents were heated at 90.degree. C.
for 3 h. The contents were cooled to 25.degree. C. and evaporated
to dryness. The residue was acidified with ethanolic HCl and the
volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. Ethanol (200 mL) was
added followed by N-methyl-4-piperidone hydrochloride (2.87 g, 18.9
mmol). Heating was continued at 90.degree. C. for 16 h. The
contents were concentrated in vacuo, basified by adding saturated
aqueous NaHCO.sub.3, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic
layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The
crude product was purified by chromatography on neutral alumina
using methanol-dichloromethane gradient to obtain 1.5 g of ethyl
3-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)propanoate.
Example 2
Preparation of ethyl
4-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)butanoate
(CD6)
[0320] Preparation of the title compound was carried out according
to General Method 1 by using p-Tolylhydrazine hydrochloride (600
mg, 3.7 mmol), ethyl-4-chlorobutyrate (0.54 ml, 3.7 mmol),
triethylamine (1.5 ml, 11.3 mmol) and N-methyl-4-piperidone
hydrochloride (0.563 g, 3.7 mmol) in ethanol (10 ml) to obtain 130
mg of ethyl
4-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)butanoate
after purification on silica gel (230-400 mesh) chromatography
eluting with methanol-dichloromethane gradient. The free base was
converted into its oxalate salt by treatment of oxalic acid (1
equiv) in anhydrous THF.
Example 3
Preparation of ethyl
2-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)acetate
(CD11)
[0321] Preparation of the title compound was carried out according
to General Method 1 by using
[0322] 4-chlorophenylhydrazine hydrochloride (5 g, 27.9 mmol),
ethyl bromoacetate (4.6 g, 27.9 mmol), triethylamine (11.6 mL, 83.2
mmol) and N-methyl-4-piperidone hydrochloride (5.2 g, 34.9 mmol) in
ethanol (50 ml) to obtain 1.3 g of ethyl
2-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)acetate
after purification on neutral alumina chromatography eluting with
dichloromethane-hexane gradient.
Example 4
Preparation of ethyl
3-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)propanoate
(CD59)
[0323] Preparation of the title compound was carried out according
to General Method 1 by using 4-chlorophenylhydrazine hydrochloride
(10 g, 55 mmol), ethyl 3-bromopropionate (7.2 mL, 55 mmol),
triethylamine (23 mL, 165 mmol) and N-methyl-4-piperidone
hydrochloride (8.3 g, 55 mmol) in ethanol (100 ml) to obtain 1.4 g
of ethyl
3-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)propanoate
after purification on neutral alumina chromatography eluting with
dichloromethane-hexane gradient.
Example 5
Preparation of
2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)acetonitrile
(CD61)
[0324] Preparation of the title compound was carried out according
to General Method 8 by using p-tolylhydrazine hydrochloride (10 g,
63 mmol), bromo acetonitrile (7.56 ml, 63 mmol), triethylamine
(19.1 g, 189 mmol) and N-methyl-4-piperidone hydrochloride (2.54 g,
17 mmol) in ethanol (30 ml) to obtain 1.8 g of
2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)acetonitrile
after purification on neutral alumina chromatography eluting with
methanol-dichloromethane gradient. The TFA salt of this material
was obtained by reverse-phase chromatography (C-18, 500 mm.times.50
mm, Mobile Phase A=0.05% TFA in water, B=0.05% TFA in acetonitrile,
Gradient: 10% B to 80% B in 30 min, injection vol. 5 mL).
Example 6
Preparation of 2,2,2-trichloroethyl
2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)ethylcarbamate
(CD9)
##STR00151##
[0326] Preparation of the title compound was carried out using
p-tolylhydrazine hydrochloride (396 mg, 2.5 mmol),
2,2,2-trichloroethyl 2-bromoethylcarbamate (750 mg, 2.5 mmol),
triethylamine (1 ml, 7.4 mmol) and N-methyl-4-piperidone
hydrochloride (394 mg, 2.6 mmol) in ethanol-HCl (15 ml) to obtain
160 mg of 2,2,2-trichloroethyl
2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)ethylcarbamate
as TFA salt after purification on silica gel (230-400 mesh)
chromatography eluting with methanol-dichloromethane gradient
followed by reverse-phase chromatography (C-18, 500 mm.times.50 mm,
Mobile Phase A=0.05% TFA in water, B=0.05% TFA in acetonitrile,
[0327] Gradient: 10% B to 80% B in 30 min, injection vol. 5
mL).
Example 7
Preparation of
N-(4-fluorophenyl)-3-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-
-yl)propanamide (CD50)
##STR00152##
[0329] Preparation of the title compound was carried out using
p-tolylhydrazine hydrochloride (1.1 g, 7.4 mmol),
3-chloro-N-(4-fluorophenyl)propanamide (1.5 g, 7.4 mmol),
triethylamine (2.2 g, 22.3 mmol) and N-methyl-4-piperidone
hydrochloride (1.1 g, 7.4 mmol) in ethanol-HCl (12 ml) to obtain
N-(4-fluorophenyl)-3-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-
-yl)prop an amide as TFA salt after purification on silica gel
(230-400 mesh) chromatography eluting with methanol-dichloromethane
gradient followed by reverse-phase chromatography (C-18, 500
mm.times.50 mm, Mobile Phase A=0.05% TFA in water, B=0.05% TFA in
acetonitrile, Gradient: 10% B to 80% B in 30 min, injection vol. 5
mL).
Example 8
Preparation of
3-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-N-methylpropan-
amide (CD2)
[0330] A mixture of ethyl
3-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)propanoate
(100 mg, 0.33 mmol) and methyl amine (40% aq, 2.5 ml) was heated at
100-120.degree. C. for 3-4 h. The reaction mixture was evaporated
to dryness and the residue was purified by on neutral alumina
chromatography eluting with methanol-dichloromethane gradient to
obtain 10 mg of
3-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-N-methylpropan-
amide.
Example 9
Preparation of
N-ethyl-3-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)propana-
mide (CD3)
[0331] A mixture of ethyl
3-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)propanoate
(100 mg, 0.33 mmol) and ethyl amine (40% aq, 2.5 ml) was heated at
100-120.degree. C. for 3-4 h to obtain 19 mg of
N-ethyl-3-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)propana-
mide after purification on neutral alumina chromatography eluting
with methanol-dichloromethane gradient.
Example 10
Preparation of
N-cyclopentyl-3-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)p-
ropanamide (CD5)
[0332] A mixture of ethyl
3-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)propanoate
(100 mg, 0.33 mmol) and cyclopentylamine (1 ml, 10 mmol) was heated
at 100-120.degree. C. for 3-4 h to obtain 17 mg of
N-cyclopentyl-3-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)p-
ropanamide after purification on neutral alumina chromatography
eluting with methanol-dichloromethane gradient.
Example 11
Preparation of
N-ethyl-4-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)butanam-
ide (CD7)
[0333] Ethyl
4-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)butanoate
(80 mg, 0.2 mmol) was stirred with ethylamine (0.8 ml) at
100-120.degree. C. for 3-4 h to obtain 40 mg of
N-ethyl-4-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)butanam-
ide after purification on neutral alumina chromatography eluting
with methanol-dichloromethane gradient.
##STR00153##
Example 12
Preparation of
2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)ethanamine
(CD62)
[0334]
2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)acetonitr-
ile (500 mg, 2 mmol) was treated with diisobutylaluminum hydride
(6.2 ml, 6.2 mmol) in toluene (10 ml) at 80.degree. C. to obtain
250 mg of
2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)ethanamine
after purification on silica gel (230-400 mesh) chromatography
eluting with methanol-dichloromethane gradient.
Example 13
Preparation of tert-butyl
3-(2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)ethylcarbamo-
yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate (CD8)
[0335]
2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)ethanamin-
e (100 mg, 0.4 mmol) was mixed with EDCI (78 mg, 0.4 mmol) and
N-Boc-(S)-nipecotic acid (94 mg, 0.4 mmol) in dichloromethane (3
ml) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 16 h to obtain
tert-butyl
3-(2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)ethylcarbamo-
yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate as TFA salt after purification by
reverse-phase chromatography (C-18, 500 mm.times.50 mm, Mobile
Phase A=0.05% TFA in water, B=0.05% TFA in acetonitrile, Gradient:
10% B to 80% B in 30 min, injection vol. 5 mL).
Example 14
Preparation of
N-(2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)ethyl)piperi-
dine-3-carboxamide (CD10)
[0336] tert-butyl
3-(2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)ethylcarbamo-
yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate (40 mg, 0.08 mmol) was stirred with
trifluoroacetic acid (0.1 mL) in dichloromethane (2 ml) to obtain
10 mg of
N-(2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)ethyl)pip-
eridine-3-carboxamide as di-TFA salt after purification by
reverse-phase chromatography (C-18, 500 mm.times.50 mm, Mobile
Phase A=0.05% TFA in water, B=0.05% TFA in acetonitrile, Gradient:
10% B to 80% B in 30 min, injection vol. 5 mL).
Example 14A
Preparation of Compound 54 (CD64)
##STR00154##
[0337] Example 14B
Preparation of Compound 56 (CD66)
##STR00155##
##STR00156##
[0338] Example 15
Preparation of
3-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)propanoic
acid (CD47)
[0339] A mixture of ethyl
3-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)propanoate
(100 mg, 0.33 mmol) (1.5 g) and NaOH (3N, 30 ml) in ethanol (30 ml)
was stirred at 50.degree. C. for 3 h after which it was cooled to
RT and neutralized with conc. HCl. The solvent was removed under
reduced pressure to obtain crude
3-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)propanoic
acid.
Example 16
Preparation of CD63
##STR00157##
[0341] The reaction described above for 4-chlorophenylhydrazine,
which can be extended to any appropriately substituted
phenylhydrazine, with ethyl bromo(or chloro)acetate under
appropriate alkylating conditions results in the formation of the
internally substituted hydrazine (I). The reaction of (I) with
N-methyl-4-piperidone results in the formation of the carboline
(II). The hydrolysis of (II) gives the acid 38.
Example 17
Preparation of CD23-CD27 and CD54
##STR00158##
[0343] The carboxylic acids (exemplified above for
2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)acetic
acid) of the general structure described above can be treated with
DCC/DMAP in an appropriate solvent, such as dimethylformamide or
methylene chloride followed by treatment with a desired amine
(R.sub.a--NH.sub.2) to provide the corresponding amides. Isolation
and purification of these amides can be carried out using standard
work up and normal phase or reverse phase chromatographic
methods.
Example 18
Preparation of CD2-CD5 and CD29-CD31
##STR00159##
[0345] The carboxylic acids (exemplified above for
3-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)propanoic
acid of the general structure described above can be treated with
DCC/DMAP in an appropriate solvent, such as dimethylformamide or
methylene chloride followed by treatment with a desired amine
(R.sub.a--NH.sub.2) to provide the corresponding amides. Isolation
and purification of these amides can be carried out using standard
work up and normal phase or reverse phase chromatographic
methods.
Example 19
Preparation of CD33, CD34 and CD35
##STR00160##
[0347] The reaction of a 4-pyridylhydrazine with ethyl 4-bromo(or
chloro)butanoate under appropriate alkylating conditions results in
the formation of the internally substituted hydrazine (i) The
reaction of (i) with N-methyl-4-piperidone results in the formation
of the carboline (ii). The hydrolysis of (ii) gives the acid (iii).
The carboxylic acids, including (iii) can be treated with DCC/DMAP
in an appropriate solvent, such as dimethylformamide or methylene
chloride followed by treatment with a desired alcohol (R--OH) to
provide the corresponding esters. Isolation and purification of
these esters can be carried out using standard work up and normal
phase or reverse phase chromatographic methods.
Example 20
Preparation of CD36, CD37 and CD38
##STR00161##
[0349] The reaction of a 4-pyridylhydrazine with ethyl 4-bromo(or
chloro)butanoate under appropriate alkylating conditions results in
the formation of the internally substituted hydrazine (i). The
reaction of (i) with N-methyl-4-piperidone results in the formation
of the carboline (ii). The hydrolysis of (ii) gives the acid (iii).
The carboxylic acids, including (iii) can be treated with DCC/DMAP
in an appropriate solvent, such as dimethylformamide or methylene
chloride followed by treatment with a desired amine
(R.sub.a--NH.sub.2) to provide the corresponding amides. Isolation
and purification of these amides can be carried out using standard
work up and normal phase or reverse phase chromatographic
methods.
Example 21
Preparation of CD39, CD40 and CD41
##STR00162##
[0351] The reaction of a 4-pyridylhydrazine with 3-bromo(or
chloro)propionitrile under appropriate alkylating conditions
results in the formation of the internally substituted hydrazine
(V) which upon treatment with N-methyl-4-piperidone and reduction
of the corresponding carboline results in the formation of the
amine (CD68). The conversion of the amine (CD68) to the amides
described above can be carried out using standard peptide coupling
conditions in an appropriate solvent, such as dimethylformamide or
methylene chloride followed by treatment with desired acids, to
provide the corresponding amides. Isolation and purification of
these amides can be carried out using standard work up and normal
phase or reverse phase chromatographic methods.
Example 22
Preparation of CD42, CD43, CD44 and CD45
##STR00163##
[0353] The reaction of a 4-pyridylhydrazine with bromo(or chloro)
acetonitrile under appropriate alkylating conditions results in the
formation of the internally substituted hydrazine (VI) which upon
treatment with N-methyl-4-piperidone and reduction of the
corresponding carboline results in the formation of the amine
(CD70). The conversion of the amine (CD70) to the amides described
above can be carried out using standard peptide coupling conditions
in an appropriate solvent, such as dimethylformamide or methylene
chloride followed by treatment with desired acids, to provide the
corresponding amides. Isolation and purification of these amides
can be carried out using standard work up and normal phase or
reverse phase chromatographic methods.
Example 23
Preparation of CD46
[0354] A mixture of ethyl
2-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)acetate
and NaOH in ethanol was stirred at 50.degree. C. for 3 h after
which it was cooled to RT and neutralized with conc. HCl. The
solvent was removed under reduced pressure to obtain crude
2-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)acetic
acid.
Example 24
Preparation of CD51
[0355] A mixture of ethyl
2-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)acetate
(100 mg) and dimethylamine (1 ml) was heated at 120.degree. C. for
15 h to obtain
2-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-
-N,N-dimethylacetamide after purification on neutral alumina
chromatography eluting with methanol-dichloromethane gradient. The
free base was converted into its oxalate salt by treatment of
oxalic acid (1 equiv) in anhydrous THF.
Example 25
Preparation of CD17
[0356] 4-Chlorophenylhydrazine hydrochloride, ethyl
3-bromopropionate and triethylamine in ethanol were stirred at
25.degree. C. for 1 h after which the contents were heated at
90.degree. C. for 3 h. The contents were cooled to 25.degree. C.
and evaporated to dryness. The residue was acidified with ethanolic
HCl and the volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. Ethanol
was added followed by N-methyl-4-piperidone hydrochloride. Heating
was continued at 90.degree. C. for 16 h. The contents were
concentrated in vacuo, basified by adding saturated aqueous NaHCO3,
and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over
anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The crude product was
purified by chromatography on neutral alumina using
methanol-dichloromethane gradient to obtain ethyl
3-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)propanoate-
.
Example 26
Preparation of CD52 and CD60
[0357] A mixture of ethyl
3-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)propanoate
(CD17) (100 mg) and dimethylamine (1 ml) was heated at 120.degree.
C. for 15 h to obtain
3-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-N,N-dimet-
hylpropanamide (CD52) after purification on neutral alumina
chromatography eluting with methanol-dichloromethane gradient. The
free base was converted into its HCl salt by treatment of
ethanol-HCl.
[0358] Compound CD60 is prepared according to the process described
herein using appropriately substituted reagents.
Example 27
Preparation of CD57
[0359] Preparation of the title compound was carried out according
by using p-tolylhydrazine hydrochloride, ethyl bromoacetate,
triethylamine and N-methyl-4-piperidone hydrochloride in ethanol to
obtain ethyl
2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)acetate
after purification on neutral alumina chromatography eluting with
dichloromethane-hexane gradient.
Example 28
Preparation of CD58
[0360] A mixture of ethyl
2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-h]indol-5-yl)acetate
and NaOH in ethanol was stirred at 50.degree. C. for 3 h after
which it was cooled to RT and neutralized with conc. HCl. The
solvent was removed under reduced pressure to obtain crude
2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-h]indol-5-yl)acetic
acid.
Example 29
Preparation of CD23
[0361] A mixture of ethyl
2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)acetate
(100 mg) and ethylamine (1 ml) was heated at 120.degree. C. for 15
h to obtain
N-ethyl-2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)acetami-
de (CD23) after purification on neutral alumina chromatography
eluting with methanol-dichloromethane gradient. The free base was
converted into its oxalate salt by treatment of oxalic acid (1
equiv) in anhydrous THF.
Example 30
Preparation of CD26
[0362]
2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)acetic
acid (CD58) was mixed with EDCI and benzylamine and the reaction
mixture was stirred for 16 h to obtain
N-benzyl-2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)acetam-
ide after purification on neutral alumina chromatography eluting
with methanol-dichloromethane gradient. The free base was converted
into its oxalate salt by treatment of oxalic acid (1 equiv) in
anhydrous THF.
Example 31
Preparation of CD28
[0363] A mixture of ethyl
2-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)acetate
(100 mg) and cyclopentylamine (1 ml) was heated at 120.degree. C.
for 15 h to obtain
2-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-N-cyclope-
ntylacetamide after purification on neutral alumina chromatography
eluting with methanol-dichloromethane gradient. The free base was
converted into its oxalate salt by treatment of oxalic acid (1
equiv) in anhydrous THF.
Example 32
Preparation of CD53
[0364]
2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)ethanamin-
e was mixed with EDCI and pyridine-4-carboxylic acid in
dichloromethane and the reaction mixture was stirred for 16 h to
obtain
N-(2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)ethyl)isonic-
otinamide as TFA salt after purification by reverse-phase
chromatography (C-18, 500 mm.times.50 mm, Mobile Phase A=0.05% TFA
in water, B=0.05
Example 33
Preparation of CD54
[0365]
2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)acetic
acid (CD58) was mixed with EDCI and 4-fluoroaniline and the
reaction mixture was stirred for 16 h to obtain
N-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-
-yl)acetamide after purification on neutral alumina chromatography
eluting with methanol-dichloromethane gradient. The free base was
converted into its oxalate salt by treatment of oxalic acid (1
equiv) in anhydrous THF.
Example 34
Preparation of CD12
[0366]
2-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)acet-
ic acid was mixed with EDCI and isopropanol and the reaction
mixture was stirred for 16 h to obtain isopropyl
2-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)acetate
after purification on neutral alumina chromatography eluting with
methanol-dichloromethane gradient. The free base was converted into
its oxalate salt by treatment of oxalic acid (1 equiv) in anhydrous
THF.
Example 35
Preparation of CD30
[0367]
3-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)propanoic
acid was mixed with EDCI and aniline in dichloromethane and the
reaction mixture was stirred for 16 h to obtain CD30 after
purification on neutral alumina chromatography eluting with
methanol-dichloromethane gradient. The free base was converted into
its oxalate salt by treatment of oxalic acid (1 equiv) in anhydrous
THF.
Example 36
Preparation of CD32
[0368] A mixture of ethyl
3-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)propanoate
(CD17) (100 mg) and cyclopentylamine (1 ml) was heated at
120.degree. C. for 15 h to obtain
3-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-N-cyclope-
ntylpropanamide
[0369] (CD32) after purification on neutral alumina chromatography
eluting with methanol-dichloromethane gradient. The free base was
converted into its oxalate salt by treatment of oxalic acid (1
equiv) in anhydrous THF.
Example 37
Preparation of CD55
[0370] A mixture of ethyl
3-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)propanoate
(CD17) and NaOH in ethanol was stirred at 50.degree. C. for 3 h
after which it was cooled to RT and neutralized with conc. HCl. The
solvent was removed under reduced pressure to obtain crude
3-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)propanoic
acid.
Example 38
Preparation of CD56
[0371]
2-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)acet-
ic acid was mixed with EDCI and 1-butanol and the reaction mixture
was stirred for 16 h to obtain butyl
2-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)acetate
after purification on neutral alumina chromatography eluting with
methanol-dichloromethane gradient. The free base was converted into
its oxalate salt by treatment of oxalic acid (1 equiv) in anhydrous
THF.
Example 39
Preparation of CD4
[0372]
3-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)propanoic
acid was mixed with EDCI (78 mg, 0.4 mmol) and cyclohexylamine in
dichloromethane and the reaction mixture was stirred for 16 h to
obtain
N-cyclohexyl-3-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)pr-
opanamide after purification on neutral alumina chromatography
eluting with methanol-dichloromethane gradient.
Example 40
Preparation of CD48
[0373] Ethyl
2-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)acetate
(0.1 g, 0.35 mmol) was taken in 4 ml aqueous ammonia and heated at
120 deg C. for 5 min in microwave. The solid product precipitated
out after the reaction was filtered through a Buchner funnel and
washed with 10% sodium bicarbonate (10 ml.times.2) followed by
demineralised water (10 ml.times.2) wash. Product was vacuum dried
and was taken in 5 ml ethanolic HCl, stirred for 15 min,
concentrated in vacuo to afford 38 mg of
2-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)acetami-
de as hydrochloride salt. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO)HCl Salt 10.38 (bs,
1H), 7.67 (s, 1H), 7.58 (s, 1H), 7.43 (d, 1H), 7.38 (s, 1H), 7.18
(d, 1H), 4.79 (d, 2H), 4.62 (d, 1H), 4.21-4.31 (m, 1H), 3.68-3.81
(m, 1H), 3.42-3.53 (m, 1H), 3.04-3.14 (m, 2H), 2.96 (s, 3H).
Example 40A
[0374] A mixture of ethyl
2-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)acetate
(100 mg) and piperidine (1 ml) was heated at 120.degree. C. for 15
h to obtain
2-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1--
(piperidin-1-yl)ethanone as TFA salt after purification by
reverse-phase chromatography (C-18, 500 mm.times.50 mm, Mobile
Phase A=0.05% TFA in water, B=0.05
Example 41
Preparation of CD14
[0375]
2-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)acet-
ic acid was mixed with EDCI and benzyl alcohol and the reaction
mixture was stirred for 16 h to obtain benzyl
2-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)acetate
after purification on neutral alumina chromatography eluting with
methanol-dichloromethane gradient. The free base was converted into
its oxalate salt by treatment of oxalic acid (1 equiv) in anhydrous
THF.
Example 42
Preparation of CD24
[0376] A mixture of ethyl
2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)acetate
(100 mg) and isopropylamine (1 ml) was heated at 120.degree. C. for
15 h to obtain
2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-N-isopr-
opylacetamide after purification on neutral alumina chromatography
eluting with methanol-dichloromethane gradient. The free base was
converted into its oxalate salt by treatment of oxalic acid (1
equiv) in anhydrous THF.
Example 43
Preparation of CD31
[0377]
3-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)propanoic
acid was mixed with EDCI and cyclohexylmethanamine in
dichloromethane and the reaction mixture was stirred for 16 h to
obtain
N-(cyclohexylmethyl)-3-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-
-5-yl)propanamide after purification on neutral alumina
chromatography eluting with methanol-dichloromethane gradient. The
free base was converted into its oxalate salt by treatment of
oxalic acid (1 equiv) in anhydrous THF.
[0378] The compounds prepared according to the Examples are further
detailed in Table 4.
TABLE-US-00004 TABLE 4 Synthetic Data HPLC Example Compound NMR MS
HPLC RT No. No. Salt MW Solvent NMR Data Observed Method.sup.1
(min) 1 CD1 Free 300.40 CDCl3 7.2 (s, 1H), 7.18 (d, 301 2 5.06 Base
1H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 4.3 (t, 2H), 4.1 (q, 2H), 3.7 (s, 2H), 2.9 (s,
4H), 2.7 (t, 2H), 2.6 (s, 3H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 1.25 (t, 3H) 2 CD6
Oxalate 404.46 DMSO 7.4 (d, 1H), 7.2 (s, 315 1 5.81 Salt 1H), 7.0
(d, 1H), 4.1 (t, 2H), 4.0 (q, 2H), 3.4 (m, 2H), 3.05 (m, 2H), 2.9
(s, 3H), 2.5 (m, 2H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 2.3 (t, 2H), 1.9 (m, 2H), 1.15
(t, 3H). 3 CD11 Free 306.79 CDCl3 7.4 (s, 1H), 7.05 (s, -- -- --
Base 2H), 4.7 (s, 2H), 4.2 (q, 2H), 3.65 (s, 2H), 3.0-2.8 (m, 4H),
2.6 (s, 3H), 1.25 (t, 3H). 4 CD59 Free 320.82 CDCl3 7.65 (d, 1H),
7.3 (d, -- -- -- Base 1H), 7.1 (d, 1H), 4.3 (t, 2H), 4.1 (q, 2H),
3.65 (s, 2H), 2.9 (s, 4H), 2.7 (t, 2H), 2.6 (s, 3H), 1.2 (t, 3H). 5
CD61 TFA 353.34 CDCl3 7.35-7.15 (m, 3H), 240 1 4.88 Salt 4.9 (m,
2H), 4.7 (m, 1H), 4.1 (m, 1H), 3.9 (m, 1H), 3.4 (m, 2H), 3.1 (m,
1H), 3.05 (s, 3H), 2.4 (s, 3H). 6 CD9 TFA 532.7782 CDCl3 7.25 (d,
1H), 7.2 (s, 318 1 6.22 Salt 1H), 7.05 (d, 1H), 5.65 (t, 1H), 4.65
(s, 2H), 4.6 (m, 1H), 4.4.3 (m, 1H), 4.2-4.0 (m, 2H), 3.8 (bs, 1H),
3.5 (m, 2H), 3.45-3.2 (m, 2H), 3.0 (s, 3H), 2.95 (m, 1H), 2.4 (s,
3H). 7 CD50 TFA 479.47 CDCl3 13.1 (bs, 1H), 8.2 366 1 5.77 Salt (s,
1H), 7.3 (m, 1H), 7.1-6.95 (m, 3H), 6.8 (t, 2H), 4.8-4.6 (m, 1H),
4.6-4.5 (m, 1H), 4.2 (m, 1H), 4.1 (m, 1H), 3.8 (m, 1H), 3.65 (m,
1H), 3.3 (m, 1H), 3.1 (m, 1H), 3.05 (s, 3H), 2.8-2.6 (m, 2H), 2.3
(s, 3H) 8 CD2 Free 285.39 CDCl3 7.2 (d, 1H), 7.15 (s, 286 1 4.42
Base 1H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 5.40 (bs, 1H), 4.4 (t, 2H), 3.8 (s, 2H), 3.0
(s, 4H), 2.65 (s, 3H), 2.55 (d, 3H), 2.5 (t, 2H), 2.4 (s, 3H). 9
CD3 Free 299.41 CDCl3 7.2 (m, 2H), 6.95 300 1 4.67 Base (d, 1H),
5.1 (bs, 1H), 4.35 (t, 2H), 3.65 (s, 2H), 3.1 (m, 2H), 2.85 (m,
4H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 2.5 (t, 2H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 0.9 (t, 3H). 10 CD5
Free 339.47 CDCl3 7.2 (m, 2H), 6.95 340 1 5.39 base (d, 1H), 5.05
(d, 1H), 4.35 (t, 2H), 4.0 (sext, 1H), 3.65 (s, 2H), 2.9-2.8 (m,
4H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 2.5 (t, 2H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 1.9-0.8 (t, 8H). 11
CD7 Free 313.44 CDCl3 7.2 (m, 2H), 7.0 (d, 314 1 4.94 base 1H), 5.3
(bs, 1H), 4.1 (t, 2H), 3.65 (s, 2H), 3.2 (m, 2H), 2.8 (m, 4H), 2.55
(s, 3H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 2.15-2.0 (m, 4H), 1.05 (t, 3H). 12 CD62 TFA
357.37 DMSO 7.35 (d, 1H), 7.2 (s, -- -- -- Salt 1H), 7.0 (d, 1H),
4.25 (t, 2H), 4.0 (bs, 2H), 3.4 (bs, 2H), 3.0 (m, 4H), 2.8 (s, 3H),
2.3 (s, 3H). 13 CD8 TFA 568.642 CDCl3 mixture of rotamers 455 1
6.06 Salt 7.4-7.0 (m, 3H), 4.8-2.8 (m, 15H), 3.05 and 3.0 (s, 3H),
2.4 (s, 3H), 2.2 (s, 1H), 1.8-1.5 (m, 4H), 1.4 (s, 9H) 14 CD10 bis-
582.548 CDCl3 11.45 (bs, 1H), 355 1 3.93 TFA 10.05 (bs, 1H), 9.4
salt (bs, 1H), 7.4-7.0 (m, 3H), 6.6 (bs, 1H), 4.8-4.6 (m, 2H),
4.4-3.8 (m, 6H), 3.65-2.8 (m, 6H), 3.1 and 3.05 (s, 3H), 2.8-2.5
(m, 1H), 2.45 and 2.4 (s, 3H), 2.0-1.6 (m, 4H). 26 CD60 TFA 386.37
-- -- -- -- -- Salt .sup.1Method-1 Column: YMC ODS-A 150 mm .times.
4.6 mm .times. 5.mu., ID: E-AC-1/06/COL/013 Mobile Phase: A: 0.05%
TFA in Water/B: 0.05% TFA in Acetonitrile Inj. Vol: 10 .mu.L, Col.
Temp.: 30.degree. C., Flow rate: 1.4 mL/min Gradient: 5% B to 95% B
in 8 min, Hold for 1.5 min, 9.51-12 min 5% B Method-2 Column: YMC
ODS-A 150 mm .times. 4.6 mm .times. 5.mu., ID: E-AC-1/06/COL/013
Mobile Phase: A: 0.05% TFA in Water/B: 0.05% TFA in Acetonitrile
Inj. Vol: 10 .mu.L, Col. Temp.: 30.degree. C., Flow rate: 1.2
mL/min Gradient: 10% B to 80% B in 5 min, Hold for 2 min, 7.01-10
min 10% B
[0379] The compounds prepared according to the General Methods
described herein and the synthetic procedures are further detailed
below.
Example 44
Preparation of
3-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-methylpyrrol-
idin-2-one (Compound 71)
[0380] A suspension of NaH (36 mg, 1.5 mmol) and
2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (100 mg, 0.5
mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was stirred at 0.degree. C.
3-bromo-1-methylpyrrolidin-2-one (176 mg, 1.0 mmol) in DMF (3 mL)
was added dropwise to the reaction mixture which was stirred at RT
for 12 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction
mixture was quenched with ice cold water and the product extracted
with Ethyl Acetate. The organic layer isolated was washed with
water and dried over sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under
reduced pressure and the crude obtained was purified by column
chromatography to obtain 20 mg of
3-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-methylpyrrol-
idin-2-one. .sup.1H NMR (CDCl3) FREEBASE 7.10 (s, 1H), 7.05 (d,
1H), 6.92 (d, 1H), 5.05 (m, 1H), 4.80 (m, 1H), 3.80 (m, 1H), 3.50
(m, 2H), 3.40 (m, 1H), 3.20 (m, 3H), 3.0 (s, 3H), 2.80 (s, 3H),
2.40 (s, 3H), 2.20 (m, 2H).
[0381] Compound 70 (CD72) and Compound 72 are prepared according to
the procedure for Compound 71 using the appropriate starting
materials.
Example 45
Preparation of
2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)cyclohexanol
(Compound 73)
[0382] 2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (1
gm, 5 mmol) was taken in DMF (10 ml). NaH (300 mg, 12.5 mmol) was
added to it and the reaction mixture stirred at RT for 15 min.
7-oxabicyclo[4.1.0]heptane (0.9 ml, 9.0 mmol) was taken in DMF (3
ml) and added drop wise to the reaction mixture. After complete
addition, reaction mixture was heated at 60-65.degree. C.
overnight. The reaction was monitored by LCMS. After completion of
the reaction, reaction mixture was cooled to RT and quenched with
water, extracted with ethyl acetate (3.times.25 ml), dried over
sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to obtain the crude
product. This crude was purified by silica gel column
chromatography (Eluent: 20% Methanol in DCM) to get 900 mg of
2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)cyclohexanol
as yellow semi solid. .sup.1H NMR (CDCl3) FREE BASE 7.37-7.30 (m,
2H), 7.20 (s, 1H), 4.37-4.22 (bs, 1H), 3.67-3.64 (s, 1H), 3.61-3.57
(m, 2H), 3.0-2.80 (m, 3H), 2.60-2.40 (m, 7H), 1.98-1.82 (m, 4H),
1.50-1.38 (m, 4H).
Example 46
Preparation of
2,8-dimethyl-5-(prop-2-ynyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole
(CD73)
[0383] p-Tolylhydrazine hydrochloride (600 mg, 3.7 mmol), propargyl
bromide (80 wt % solution in toluene, 0.34 ml, 3.7 mmol),
triethylamine (1.5 ml, 11.3 mmol) and N-methyl-4-piperidone
hydrochloride (316 mg, 2.1 mmol) were taken in ethanol (15 ml) to
obtain 80 mg of
2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethyl-5-(prop-2-ynyl)-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole
after purification on silica gel (230-400 mesh) chromatography,
eluting with methanol-dichloromethane gradient. .sup.1H NMR (CDCl3)
7.30-7.25 (d, 1H), 7.20 (s, 1H), 7.00-6.90 (d, 1H), 4.80 (s, 2H),
3.70 (s, 2H), 2.95 (m, 4H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.10-2.00
(t, 1H).
Example 47
Preparation of
N-benzyl-3-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)propan-
amide (CD74)
[0384] Ethyl
3-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)
propanoate (200 mg, 0.66 mmol) was added to benzylamine (2.0 ml,
excess) and the reaction mixture was heated at 100.degree. C. for
14 h. After completion of the reaction (monitored by LCMS) it was
concentrated and basified with aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate
and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was
concentrated to dryness and the crude obtained was purified by
silica gel chromatography (Eluent: 10% MeOH in dichloromethane) to
get 70 mg (yield: 29.16%) of
N-benzyl-3-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)propan-
amide as a free base. To the free base (40 mg, 0.11 mmol) dissolved
in THF (5.0 ml), oxalic acid (13 mg, 0.10 mmol) in THF (5.0 ml) was
added slowly, the mixture was stirred at RT for 20 minutes and the
solid obtained was filtered, washed with ether and dried to get 35
mg (yield: 71.4%) of
N-benzyl-3-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrid[4,3-b]indol-5--
yl)propanamide as oxalate salt. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO) 7.50-7.30 (t,
3H), 7.20-7.10 (m, 3H), 7.0-6.90 (m, 2H), 4.40-4.30 (m, 4H),
4.30-4.20 (t, 2H), 4.0 (s, 2H), 3.10 (m, 2H), 2.90 (s, 3H),
2.60-2.50 (t, 3H), 2.40 (s, 3H).
Example 48
Preparation of
2-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-N-cyclohe-
xylacetamide (CD75)
[0385] A solution of ethyl
2-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)
acetate (500 mg, 1.63 mmol) in oxalyl chloride (2.0 g, 16.33 mmol)
was stirred at 25.degree. C. for 3 h. After completion of the
reaction (monitored by LCMS), cyclohexyl amine (1.0 ml, excess) was
added to it and the reaction mixture heated at 80.degree. C. for 3
h. The reaction mixture was concentrated and basified with aqueous
saturated sodium bicarbonate and extracted with ethyl acetate. The
organic layer was concentrated to dryness and the resulting crude
was purified by reverse-phase chromatography (C-18, 500 mm.times.50
mm, Mobile Phase A=0.05% TFA in water, B=0.05% TFA in acetonitrile,
Gradient: 10% B to 80% B in 30 min, injection vol. 5 ml) to obtain
10 mg (yield: 2.0%) of
2-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-N-cyclohe-
xylacetamide as TFA salt. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO) 10.0 (bs, 1H), 8.30
(d, 1H), 7.60 (s, 1H), 7.5 (d, 1H), 7.21 (d, 1H), 4.80 (m, 2H), 4.6
(m, 1H), 4.30 (m, 1H), 3.80 (m, 1H), 3.41 (m, 2H), 3.10 (bs, 2H),
3.0 (s, 3H), 1.80-1.20 (m, 10H).
Example 49
Preparation of
N-(2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)ethyl)isobut-
yramide (CD76)
[0386] A mixture of
2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)ethanamine
(100 mg, 0.411 mmol), isobutyric acid (36 mg, 0.411 mmol),
N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (93 mg, 0.452 mmol) and
4-dimethylaminopyridine (55 mg, 0.452 mmol) in dry dichloromethane
(5.0 ml) were stirred at room temperature for 4 h. The reaction
mixture was filtered through Celite and concentrated using rotary
evaporator to afford 16 mg of
N-(2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)ethyl)isobut-
yramide as TFA Salt after purification by reverse-phase
chromatography (C-18, 500 mm.times.50 mm, Mobile Phase A=0.05% TFA
in water, B=0.05% TFA in acetonitrile, Gradient: 10% B to 80% B in
30 min, injection vol. 5 ml). .sup.1H NMR (DMSO) 9.95 (bs, 1H), 7.9
(t, 1H), 7.4 (d 1H), 7.2 (s, 1H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 4.5-4.61 (m, 1H),
4.1-4.28 (m, 3H), 3.7-3.9 (m, 2H), 3.1-3.2 (m, 2H), 2.95 (s, 3H),
2.4 (s, 3H), 2.19-2.3 (m, 1H), 1.2-1.38 (m, 2H), 0.9 (d, 6H).
Example 50
Preparation of
N-(2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)ethyl)cycloh-
exanecarboxamide (CD77)
[0387] A mixture of
2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)ethanamine
(100 mg, 0.41 mmol), cyclohexane carboxylic acid (52 mg, 0.41
mmol), N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (93 mg, 0.45 mmol) and
4-dimethylaminopyridine (55 mg, 0.45 mmol) in dry dichloromethane
(2.5 ml) were stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The reaction
mixture was filtered through Celite and concentrated using rotary
evaporator to afford 10 mg of
N-(2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)ethyl)cycloh-
exanecarboxamide as TFA salt after purification by reversed-phase
chromatography (C-18, 500 mm.times.50 mm, Mobile Phase A=0.05% TFA
in water, B=0.05% TFA in acetonitrile, Gradient: 10% B to 80% B in
30 min, injection vol. 5 ml). .sup.1H NMR (DMSO) 9.94 (bs, 1H),
7.86 (t, 1H), 7.38 (d, 1H), 7.11 (s, 1H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 4.56-4.63
(m, 1H), 4.22-4.29 (m, 1H), 4.08-4.13 (m, 3H), 3.72-3.81 (m, 3H),
3.08-3.14 (m, 3H), 2.97 (s, 3H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 1.95-2.0 (m, 1H),
1.50-1.84 (m, 5H), 1.02-1.2 (m, 4H).
Example 51
Preparation of
2-chloro-4-fluoro-N-(2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-
-5-yl)ethyl)benzamide (CD78)
[0388] A mixture of
2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)ethanamine
(100 mg, 0.41 mmol), 2-chloro 4-fluoro benzoic acid (71.8 mg, 0.41
mmol), N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (93 mg, 0.45 mmol) and
4-dimethylaminopyridine (55.22 mg, 0.45 mmol) in dry
dichloromethane (2.5 ml) were stirred at room temperature for 3 h.
The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite and concentrated
by rotary evaporation to obtain 2.93 mg of
2-chloro-4-fluoro-N-(2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-
-5-yl)ethyl)benzamide as TFA salt after purification by
reverse-phase chromatography (C-18, 500 mm.times.50 mm, Mobile
Phase A=0.05% TFA in water, B=0.05% TFA in acetonitrile, Gradient:
10% B to 80% B in 30 min, injection vol. 0.5 ml). .sup.1H NMR
(DMSO) 10.0 (bs, 1H), 8.6 (t, 1H), 7.5 (d, 1H), 7.4 (d, 1H),
7.1-7.25 (m, 3H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 4.55-4.60 (m, 1H), 4.15-4.35 (m,
4H), 3.70-3.8 (m, 2H), 3.09-3.2 (m, 3H), 2.95 (s, 3H), 2.4 (s,
3H).
Example 52
Preparation of
2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)acetamide
(CD79)
[0389] Ethyl
2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)acetate
(0.5 g, 1.75 mmol) was taken in 4 ml aqueous ammonia and microwaved
at 120.degree. C. for 5 min using Initiator (Biotage Microwave).
The solid product precipitated out after the reaction was filtered
through Buchner funnel and washed with 10% sodium bicarbonate (10
ml.times.2) followed by demineralised water (10 ml.times.2) wash.
Product was vacuum dried and was taken in 5 ml ethanolic HCl,
stirred for 15 minutes, concentrated in vacuo to afford 13 mg of
2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)acetamide
as HCl salt. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO) 10.2 (bs, 1H), 7.62 (s, 1H),
7.21-7.3 (m, 3H), 6.9 (d, 1H), 4.75 (s, 2H), 4.45-4.51 (m, 1H),
4.21-4.25 (m, 1H), 3.12-3.17 (m, 4H), 2.97 (s, 3H), 2.19 (s,
3H).
Example 53
Preparation of tert-butyl
4-(2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)ethylcarbamo-
yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate and
N-(2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)ethyl)piperi-
dine-4-carboxamide (CD 80)
[0390] A mixture of
2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)ethanamine
(100 mg, 0.41 mmol), 1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperidine-4-carboxylic
acid (94 mg, 0.41 mmol), N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (93 mg, 0.45
mmol) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (55 mg, 0.45 mmol) in dry
dichloromethane (2.5 ml) were stirred at room temperature for 3 h.
The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite and concentrated
using rotary evaporator to obtain 14 mg of tert-butyl
4-(2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)ethylcarbamo-
yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate after purification by reverse-phase
chromatography (C-18, 500 mm.times.50 mm, Mobile Phase A=0.05% TFA
in water, B=0.05% TFA in acetonitrile, Gradient: 10% B to 80% B in
30 min, injection vol. 5 ml). The compound obtained was taken in 3
ml of HCl in dioxane and stirred for 111 to obtain 5 mg of
N-(2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)ethyl)piperi-
dine-4-carboxamide as HCl Salt. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO) 10.78 (bs, 1H),
8.1 (bs, 1H), 7.40 (d, 1H), 7.2 (s, 1H), 7.05 (d, 1H), 4.6-4.2 (m,
1H), 4.3-4.2 (m, 1H), 4.2 (m, 2H), 4.0-3.8 (m, 3H), 3.35-3.05 (m,
4H), 3.0 (s, 3H), 2.95-2.8 (m, 2H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 2.3-2.2 (m, 1H),
2.1-2.00 (m, 1H), 1.8-1.6 (m, 4H).
Example 54
Preparation of
4-fluoro-N-(2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)eth-
yl)benzamide (CD81)
[0391] A mixture of
2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)ethanamine
(0.1 g, 0.41 mmol), 4-fluoro benzoic acid (57 mg, 0.41 mmol),
N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (93 mg, 0.45 mmol) and
4-dimethylaminopyridine (55 mg, 0.45 mmol) in dry dichloromethane
(2.5 ml) were stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The reaction
mixture was filtered through Celite and concentrated by rotary
evaporation to obtain 19.22 mg of
4-fluoro-N-(2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)eth-
yl)benzamide as TFA salt after purification by reverse-phase
chromatography (C-18, 500 mm.times.50 mm, Mobile Phase A=0.05% TFA
in water, B=0.05% TFA in acetonitrile, Gradient: 10% B to 80% B in
30 min, injection vol. 5 ml). .sup.1H NMR (DMSO) 9.98 (bs, 1H),
8.72 (t, 1H), 7.80-7.84 (m, 2H), 7.45 (d, 1H), 7.25-7.30 (m, 2H),
7.20 (s, 1H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 4.50-4.59 (m, 1H), 4.17-4.30 (m, 2H),
3.73-3.80 (m, 2H), (3.50-3.59 (m, 3H), 3.05-3.15 (m, 2H), 2.92 (s,
3H), 2.37 (s, 3H).
Example 55
Preparation of
3-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)propanamid-
e (CD82)
[0392] Ethyl
3-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)propanoate
(0.1 g, 0.315 mmol) was taken in 4 ml aqueous ammonia and
microwaved at 120.degree. C. for 5 minutes. The solid product
precipitated out after the reaction was filtered through Buchner
funnel and washed with 10% sodium bicarbonate (10 ml.times.2)
followed by demineralised water (10 ml.times.2) wash to obtain 1.25
mg of
3-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)propanamid-
e as TFA salt after purification by reverse-phase chromatography
(C-18, 500 mm.times.50 mm, Mobile Phase A=0.05% TFA in water,
B=0.05% TFA in acetonitrile, Gradient: 10% B to 80% B in 30 min,
injection vol. 5 ml). .sup.1H NMR (DMSO) 9.85 (bs, 1H), 7.5-7.6 (m,
2H), 7.4 (s, 1H), 7.2 (d, 1H), 6.85 (s, 1H), 4.6-4.7 (m, 2H), 4.4
(t, 2H), 3.7-3.8 (m, 2H), 3.1-3.2 (m, 4H), 3.0 (s, 3H).
Example 56
Preparation of
N-(2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)ethyl)cyclop-
entanecarboxamide (CD83)
[0393] A mixture of
2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)ethanamine
(100 mg, 0.41 mmol), cyclopentane carboxylic acid (46 mg, 0.41
mmol), N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (93 mg, 0.45 mmol) and
4-dimethylaminopyridine (55 m g, 0.45 mmol) in dry dichloromethane
(2.5 ml) were stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The reaction
mixture was filtered through Celite and concentrated to obtain 40
mg of
N-(2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)ethyl)cyclop-
entanecarboxamide as TFA salt after purification by reverse-phase
chromatography (C-18, 500 mm.times.50 mm, Mobile Phase A=0.05% TFA
in water, B=0.05% TFA in acetonitrile, Gradient: 10% B to 80% B in
30 min, injection vol. 0.5 ml). .sup.1H NMR (DMSO) 9.98-10.09 (bs,
1H), 7.93 (t, 1H), 7.37 (d, 1H), 7.20 (s, 1H), 7.0 (d, 1H),
4.59-4.63 (m, 1H), 4.2-4.3 (m, 1H), 4.07-4.15 (m, 2H), 3.73-3.84
(m, 2H), 3.07-3.15 (m, 2H), 2.99 (s, 3H), 2.59-2.68 (m, 2H),
2.4-2.48 (m, 1H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 1.4-1.84 (m, 8H).
Example 57
Preparation of
N-(2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)ethyl)-3-met-
hylpyridine-4-carboxamide (CD84)
[0394] A mixture of
2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)ethanamine
(0.1 g, 0.411 mmol), 3-methylpyridine-4-carboxylic acid (0.056 g,
0.411 mmol), N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (0.093 g, 0.452 mmol)
and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.055 g, 0.452 mmol) in dry
dichloromethane (2.0 ml) were stirred at room temperature for 4 h.
To the reaction mixture was added 10 ml of water and the product
extracted with dichloromethane (10 ml.times.3). Combined
dichloromethane layers were dried over sodium sulfate and
concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 7 mg of
N-(2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)ethyl)-3-met-
hylpyridine-4-carboxamide as TFA salt after purification by
reverse-phase chromatography (C-18, 500 mm.times.50 mm, Mobile
Phase A=0.05% TFA in water, B=0.05% TFA in acetonitrile, Gradient:
10% B to 80% B in 30 min, injection vol. 5 ml). .sup.1H NMR (DMSO)
10.05 (bs, 1H), 8.7 (t, 1H), 8.45-8.55 (m, 2H), 7.4 (d, 1H), 7.22
(s, 1H), 7.15 (d, 1H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 4.6 (d, 1H), 3.72-3.85 (m, 3H),
3.4-3.6 (m, 3H), 3.1-3.2 (m, 3H), 3.0 (s, 3H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 2.2 (s,
3H).
Example 58
Preparation of
3-(8-chloro-2-methyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)propan-1--
ol (CD87)
[0395] To a solution of
5-allyl-8-chloro-2-methyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole
(300 mg, 1.15 mmol, 1 equiv) in 6 ml of dry THF was added 0.5M
9-borabicyclo[3.3.1]nonane (2.54 ml, 1.26 mmol, 1.1 equiv) dropwise
at RT. After 90 min, a second portion of 9-borabicyclo[3.3.1]nonane
(2.3 ml, 1.15 mmol) was added and stirred for 16 h. It was quenched
with 8 ml of 20% NaOH and 4 ml of 30% H2O2 solution at 5-10.degree.
C. under stiffing for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was diluted
with ethyl acetate (20 ml) followed by washing with brine, dried
over sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to
obtain the crude product which was purified by preparative HPLC to
give
3-(8-chloro-2-methyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)propan-1--
ol as a TFA salt. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO) 10.0 (bs, 1H), 7.55-7.51 (m,
2H), 7.18-7.15 (m, 1H), 4.62-4.50 (m, 1H), 4.27-4.25 (m, 1H),
4.19-4.16 (t, 2H), 3.78 (bs, 1H), 3.36-3.34 (m, 3H), 3.16 (bs, 2H),
2.99 (s, 3H), 1.8-1.78 (t, 2H).
Example 59
Preparation of
5-(2-bromoethyl)-8-chloro-2-methyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]ind-
ole (CD88)
[0396] A solution of
2-(8-chloro-2-methyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)ethanol
(0.2 g, 0.75 mmol) in aqueous HBr (2 mL) was heated at 120.degree.
C. for 15 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The
reaction mixture was basified with solid sodium bicarbonate,
extracted with ethyl acetate. Organic layer was dried over sodium
sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain crude
product which was purified by silica gel (100-200 mesh)
chromatography followed by preparative TLC to obtain 5 mg of
5-(2-bromoethyl)-8-chloro-2-methyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]-
indole as a free base. The free base (0.005 g 0.0152 mmol) was
further dissolved in 2 mL of THF, oxalic acid (0.001 g, 0.015 mmol)
in THF (1 mL) was added to it and the resulting mixture was stirred
for 30 min at room temperature. The precipitate obtained was
filtered and dried under vacuum to afford 1.5 mg of
5-(2-bromoethyl)-8-chloro-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2-methyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]ind-
ole as oxalate salt. .sup.1H NMR (CD.sub.3OD) 7.55 (s, 1H), 7.5 (d,
1H), 7.2 (d, 1H), 4.6 (t, 2H), 4.5 (s, 2H), 3.8 (t, 2H), 3.7-3.6
(m, 2H), 3.3 (bs, 2H), 3.1 (s, 3H).
Example 60
Preparation of
2-(8-chloro-2-methyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)ethanol
(CD89)
[0397] To a solution of lithium aluminum hydride (0.059 g, 1.5
mmol) in THF (30 mL) was added ethyl
2-(8-chloro-2-methyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)acetate
(0.4 g, 1.3 mmol) in THF (10 mL) drop wise at 0.degree. C. The
reaction mixture was further heated at 100.degree. C. for 6 h.
Reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. On completion of the
reaction, reaction mixture was quenched with H2O:NaOH:H2O (1:1:3)
and the contents were filtered. The filtrate obtained was extracted
with Ethyl acetate. Combined organic layers were dried over sodium
sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain crude
product (300 mg). 100 mg of the crude was purified by preparative
TLC to obtain 5 mg of
2-(8-chloro-2-methyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)ethanol
as free base. The free base (0.015 g 0.056 mmol) was further
dissolved in THF (2 mL), oxalic acid (0.007 g, 0.056 mmol) in THF
(1 mL) was added to it and the resulting mixture was further
stirred for 30 min at room temperature. The precipitate obtained
was filtered and dried under vacuum to afford 20 mg of
2-(8-chloro-2-methyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)ethanol
as an oxalate salt. .sup.1H NMR (CD3OD) 7.45 (s, 1H), 7.4 (d, 1H),
7.1 (d, 1H), 4.3 (s, 2H), 4.2 (t, 2H), 3.9 (t, 2H), 3.5 (t, 2H),
3.2 (t, 2H), 2.9 (s, 3H).
Example 61
Preparation of
2-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)ethanol
(CD90)
[0398] Lithium Aluminum Hydride (0.088 g, 2.3 mmol) was charged in
dry THF (5 mL) and the contents cooled to 0.degree. C.
2-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)acetic
acid (0.2 g, 0.77 mmol) was then added to it portion wise. The
reaction mixture was refluxed overnight. The reaction mixture was
cooled to 0.degree. C. and quenched with aqueous sodium sulfate.
The solid formed was filtered through Celite, washed with THF,
dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced
pressure to obtain the crude product, which was then purified by
column chromatography to give
2-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)ethanol.
10 mg of it was taken in dry THF (2 mL), oxalic acid (5 mg) was
added to it. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to
afford 0.1 g of
2-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)ethanol
as oxalate salt. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO) 7.4 (d, 1H), 7.2 (s, 1H), 7.0
(d, 1H), 4.4 (bs, 1H), 4.2 (s, 2H), 3.7 (bs, 2H), 3.2 (bs, 2H), 2.9
(s, 3H), 2.6-2.4 (m, 4H), 2.3 (s, 3H).
Example 62
Preparation of
(2-bromoethyl)-2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole
(CD91)
[0399] Aqueous HBr (0.9 ml, 10 times) was added to
2-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)ethanol
(0.09 g, 0.368 mole) and the contents heated to 120.degree. C. for
10 hrs. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0.degree. C. and
basified with saturated NaOH Solution. The product was extracted
with ethyl acetate, the combined organic layers were dried over
anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to obtain the crude
product which was purified by preparative HPLC to get
5-(2-bromoethyl)-2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole
as TFA salt. .sup.1H NMR (CD3OD) 2.4, 3H(s); 3.15, 3H(s); 3.5-3.65,
2H (m); 3.7-3.8, 2H (t); 3.85-3.95, 2H (m); 4.3-4.4, 2H (m);
4.5-4.6, 2H (t); 7.05-7.1, 1H (d); 7.25-7.3, 1H(s); 7.35-7.4, 1H
(d).
Example 63
Preparation of
3-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)propanenitrile
(CD92)
[0400] 2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (1.5
g, 7.5 mmol) was taken in 20 ml of benzene: toluene mixture (1:1)
along with acrylonitrile (1 ml, 15 mmol), cooled to 0.degree. C.,
followed by addition of triton base (0.3 ml). The contents were
stirred for 15 min. Acrylonitrile and triton base (same amount)
were added and stirred at RT for 1 h. The reaction was monitored by
TLC and LCMS. On completion of the reaction, reaction mixture was
quenched with water, extracted with ethyl acetate, dried over
anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated under reduced pressure to
obtain solid material, which was crystallized using diethyl ether
to yield
3-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)propanenitrile
(yield: 1 g). .sup.1H NMR (CDCl3) 7.25 (s, 1H), 7.18-7.15 (d, 1H),
7.08-7.03 (d, 1H), 4.38-4.32 (t, 2H), 3.70-3.65 (m, 2H), 2.95-2.90
(m, 4H), 2.78-2.70 (t, 2H), 2.58 (s, 3H), 2.45 (s, 3H).
Example 64
Preparation of
3-(8-chloro-2-methyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)propaneni-
trile (CD94)
[0401] 8-chloro-2-methyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole
(1.00 g, 4.5 mmol) was stirred in benzene (15 mL) and toluene (20
mL). To this solution acrylonitrile (0.5 mL, 7.5 mmol) was added.
The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at 0.degree. C. for 10
minutes. Ice cold solution of 1 ml of Triton-B.RTM. was added to
it. The reaction mixture was again stirred at room temperature for
4 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC in 10%
Methanol-dichloromethane. Water was added to the reaction mixture
and extracted organic layer was given water wash (3 times). The
organic layer was then concentrated and purified by silica gel
(100-200 mesh) chromatography using 0-10% methanol:dichloromethane
as eluent. The obtained
3-(8-chloro-2-methyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-
propanenitrile was converted into its oxalate salt. .sup.1H NMR
(DMSO) 7.65 (d, 1H), 7.55 (s, 1H), 7.20 (d, 1H), 4.50 (t, 2H), 4.30
(m, 2H), 3.40 (m, 2H), 3.20 (m, 2H), 3.0 (t, 2H), 2.90 (s, 3H).
Example 65
Preparation of CD12
[0402] Ethyl
2-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)acetate
(100 mg, 0.32 mmol) was added to propan-2-ol (1.0 ml, excess) and
the reaction mixture was heated at 100 deg C. for 14 h. After
completion of the reaction (monitored by LCMS) reaction mixture was
concentrated and basified with aqueous saturated sodium
bicarbonate, extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was
concentrated to dryness and the crude obtained was purified by
silica gel chromatography (Eluent: 10% MeOH in dichloromethane) to
get 10 mg (yield: 10%) of isopropyl
2-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)acetate.
The free base product (10 mg, 0.03 mmol) was dissolved in THF (1.0
ml), oxalic acid (4 mg, 0.03 mmol) in THF (1.0 ml) was added
slowly, the mixture was stirred at RT for 20 minutes and the solid
obtained was filtered, washed with ether and dried to get 10 mg
(yield: 83%) of isopropyl
2-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)
acetate as oxalate salt. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO) OXALATE SALT 7.60 (s,
1H), 7.50 (d, 1H), 7.20 (d, 1H), 5.1 (s, 2H), 4.90 (m, 1H), 4.50
(m, 1H), 4.20 (m, 1H), 3.5 (m, 2H), 3.10 (bs, 2H), 3.0 (s, 3H),
1.10 (d, 6H).
Example 66
Preparation of CD13
##STR00164##
[0404] A mixture of
8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indole-5-carboxylic
acid (150 mg, 0.540 mmol), N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (133 mg,
0.647 mmol) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (99 mg, 0.810 mmol) in dry
dichloromethane (4.0 ml) were stirred at room temperature for 15
minutes. To this reaction mixture was added t-butanol (48 mg, 0.647
mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18
h. The product was extracted with dichloromethane and washed with
water. The combined organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and
concentrated to afford 85 mg of tert-butyl
2-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)acetate
as TFA salt after purification by reverse-phase chromatography
(C-18, 500 mm.times.50 mm, Mobile Phase A=0.05% TFA in water,
B=0.05% TFA in acetonitrile, Gradient: 10% B to 80% B in 30 min,
injection vol. 0.5 ml). .sup.1H NMR (DMSO) TFA SALT 10.1 (bs, 1H),
7.58 (d, 1H), 7.5 (d, 1H), 7.18 (d, 1H), 5.1 (dd, 2H), 4.65 (m,
1H), 4.3 (m, 1H), 3.8 (m, 1H), 3.5 (m, 1H), 3.02-3.14 (m, 2H), 2.9
(s, 3H), 1.2 (s, 9H).
Example 67
Preparation of CD15
[0405] To a solution of
2-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)acetic
acid (200 mg, 0.7 mmol) and cyclohexyl methanol (80 mg, 0.7 mmol)
in dichloromethane (10 ml) were added N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide
(177 mg, 0.86 mmol) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (105 mg, 0.86 mmol)
and the contents were stirred at 25 deg C. for 16 h. The reaction
mixture was concentrated to dryness to obtain the crude compound
which was purified by reverse-phase chromatography (C-18, 500
mm.times.50 mm, Mobile Phase A=0.05% TFA in water, B=0.05% TFA in
acetonitrile, Gradient: 10% B to 80% B in 30 min, injection vol. 5
ml) to give 30 mg (11.3%) of cyclohexylmethyl
2-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)acetate
as TFA salt. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO) TFA SALT 10.39 (bs, 1H), 7.60 (s,
1H), 7.50 (d, 1H), 7.2 (d, 1H), 5.3-5.1 (dd, 2H), 4.70 (d, 1H),
4.30 (bs, 1H), 4.0 (d, 2H), 3.85 (bs, 1H), 3.50 (bs, 1H), 3.10 (s,
2H), 2.85 (s, 3H), 1.60-0.90 (m, 11H).
Example 68
Preparation of CD16
[0406] A mixture of
2-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)acetic
acid (150 mg, 0.53 mmol), thionyl chloride (0.6 ml) and
cyclopentanol (1.5 ml, 16.48 mmol) were heated at 90 deg C. for 3
h. After completion of the reaction (monitored by LCMS), solvent
was removed in vacuo and purified by silica gel (230-400 mesh)
chromatography, eluting with methanol-dichloromethane gradient to
obtain 30 mg of title compound as free base. To a solution of title
compound (30 mg, 0.08) in dry THF (5 ml) was added a solution of
oxalic acid (11 mg, 0.08 mmol) in THF (2 ml) dropwise. The
resulting mixture was stirred for 10 min and the solid obtained was
filtered and dried to obtain 15 mg of title compound as oxalate
salt. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO) OXALATE SALT 7.80 (s, 1H), 7.50-7.40 (d,
1H), 7.20-7.10 (d, 1H), 5.15 (bs, 1H), 5.1 (s, 2H), 4.3 (bs, 2H),
3.5 (bs, 2H), 3.05 (bs, 2H), 2.90 (s, 3H), 1.90-0.80 (m, 8H).
Example 69
Preparation of CD18
[0407]
3-(8-Chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)prop-
anoic acid (0.1 g, 0.34 mmol) in dichloromethane (3 ml) was cooled
to 0.degree. C. Oxalyl chloride (0.04 ml, 0.41 mmol) was added
drop-wise to the reaction mixture. A catalytic amount (1 drop) of
dimethyl formamide was added to the reaction mixture. Reaction
mixture was stirred for 1 h at room temperature. Excess oxalyl
chloride was distilled off under reduced pressure. To this residue,
solution of isopropyl alcohol (0.028 ml, 0.374 mmol) in
dichloromethane (2 ml) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.055 g, 0.45
mmol) was added under nitrogen at room temperature and reaction
mass was stirred for 30 min at room temperature. Reaction mixture
was quenched with water and neutralized with 10% sodium
bicarbonate, extracted with Ethyl acetate (10 ml.times.2). Combined
organic layers dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under
reduced pressure to obtain crude product which was further purified
by flash column chromatography using Methanol:dichloromethane
(5:95) as eluent to afford 27 mg of product. This product was
stirred in THF (2 ml) and oxalic Acid (10 mg, 0.080 mmol) for 15
min and the mixture was concentrated under vacuo to afford 31 mg.
of isopropyl
3-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)propanoate
as oxalate salt. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO) OXALATE SALT 7.60-7.50 (m, 2H),
7.20 (d, 1H), 4.80 (m, 1H), 4.40 (m, 4H), 3.4 (m, 1H), 3.8 (m, 1H),
3.4 (m, 2H), 2.90 (s, 3H), 2.70 (t, 2H), 1.10 (d, 6H).
Example 70
Preparation of CD20
[0408]
3-(8-Chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)prop-
anoic acid (0.1 g, 0.34 mmol) in dichloromethane (3 ml) was cooled
to 0.degree. C. Oxalyl chloride (0.04 ml, 0.41 mmol) was added
drop-wise to the reaction mixture. A catalytic amount (1 drop) of
dimethyl formamide was added to the reaction mixture. Reaction
mixture was stirred for 1 h at room temperature. Excess oxalyl
chloride was distilled off under reduced pressure. To this residue
the solution of benzyl alcohol (0.038 ml, 0.374 mmol) in 2 ml
dichloromethane and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.055 g, 0.45 mmol)
were added under nitrogen at room temperature and reaction mixture
was stirred for 30 minutes at room temperature. Reaction mixture
was quenched with water and neutralized with 10% sodium
bicarbonate, extracted with ethyl acetate (10 ml.times.2). Combined
organic layers dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under
reduced pressure to obtain crude product which was further purified
by flash column chromatography using Methanol:dichloromethane
(5:95) as eluent to afford 23 mg of product. This product was
stirred in THF (2 ml) and oxalic acid (7 mg, 0.06 mmol) for 15 min
and mixture was concentrated under vacuo to afford 35 mg of benzyl
3-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)propanoate
as oxalate salt. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO) OXALATE SALT 7.26 (d, 2H),
7.35-7.40 (m, 3H), 7.20-7.25 (m, 2H), 7.15 (d, 1H), 5.1 (s, 2H),
4.4 (m, 4H), 3.4 (m, 2H), 3.19-3.0 (m, 2H), 2.95 (s, 3H), 2.8 (m,
2H).
Example 71
Preparation of CD21
[0409]
3-(8-Chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)prop-
anoic acid (0.1 g, 0.34 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (3
ml) and cooled to 0 deg C. Oxalyl chloride (0.04 ml, 0.41 mmol) was
added drop-wise to the reaction mixture. A catalytic amount (1
drop) of dimethyl formamide was added to the reaction mixture.
Reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h at room temperature. Excess
oxalyl chloride was distilled off under reduced pressure. To this
residue, solution of cyclohexyl methanol (0.046 ml, 0.374 mmol) in
dichloromethane (2 ml) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.055 g, 0.45
mmol) were added under nitrogen at room temperature and reaction
mixture was stirred for 30 min at room temperature. Reaction
mixture was quenched with water and neutralized with 10% sodium
bicarbonate, extracted with Ethyl acetate (10 ml.times.2). Combined
organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated
under reduced pressure to obtain crude product which was further
purified by flash column chromatography using
Methanol:dichloromethane (5:95) as eluent to afford -20 mg of
product. This product was stirred in THF (2 ml) and oxalic acid (6
mg, 0.0515 mol) for 15 min and the mixture was concentrated under
vacuo to afford 26 mg of cyclohexylmethyl
3-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)propanoate
as oxalate salt. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO) OXALATE SALT 7.52-7.56 (m, 2H),
7.15 (d, 1H), 4.4 (t, 2H), 4.26 (bs, 2H), 3.80 (d, 2H), 3.50 (bs,
2H), 3.1 (bs, 2H), 2.90 (s, 3H), 2.80 (t, 2H), 1.70-0.807 (m,
11H).
Example 72
Preparation of CD22
[0410]
3-(8-Chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)prop-
anoic acid (0.1 g, 0.34 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (3
ml) and cooled to 0 deg C. Oxalyl chloride (0.04 ml, 0.41 mmol) was
added drop-wise to the reaction mixture. A catalytic amount (1
drop) of dimethyl formamide was added to the reaction mixture.
Reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h at room temperature. Excess
oxalyl chloride was distilled off under reduced pressure. To this
residue, solution of cyclopentanol (0.034 g, 0.374 mmol) in 2 ml
dichloromethane and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.055 g, 0.45 mmol)
were added under nitrogen at room temperature and reaction mixture
was stirred for 30 min at room temperature. Reaction mixture was
quenched with water and neutralized with 10% sodium bicarbonate,
extracted with Ethyl acetate (10 ml.times.2). Combined organic
layers were dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under
reduced pressure to obtain crude product which was further purified
by flash column chromatography using Methanol:dichloromethane
(5:95) as eluent to afford 20 mg of product. This product was
stirred in THF (2 ml) and oxalic acid (7 mg, 0.0555 mol) for 15 min
and the mixture was concentrated under vacuo to afford 27 mg of
cyclopentyl
3-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)propanoate
as oxalate salt. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO) OXALATE SALT 7.4-7.6 (m, 2H),
7.2 (d, 1H), 5.0-5.10 (m, 2H), 4.35 (t, 2H), 3.8-3.2 (m, 5H), 2.9
(s, 3H), 2.8 (m, 2H), 1.8-1.9 (m, 3H), 1.4-1.6 (m, 5H).
Example 73
Preparation of CD49
[0411] Ethyl
3-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)propanoate
(0.1 g, 0.33 mmol) was taken in 4 ml aqueous ammonia and heated at
120 deg C. for 5 min using in microwave. The solid product
precipitated out after the reaction was filtered through a Buchner
funnel and washed with 10% sodium bicarbonate (10 ml.times.2)
followed by demineralised water (10 ml.times.2) wash to obtain 1.25
mg of
3-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)propanamide
as TFA salt after purification by reverse-phase chromatography
(C-18, 500 mm.times.50 mm, Mobile Phase A=0.05% TFA in water,
B=0.05% TFA in acetonitrile, Gradient: 10% B to 80% B in 30 min,
injection vol. 5 ml). .sup.1H NMR (DMSO) TFA SALT 9.85 (bs, 1H),
7.4-7.45 (m, 2H), 7.2 (s, 1H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 6.85 (s, 1H), 4.3-4.2
(m, 3H), 3.6-3.4 (m, 2H), 3.2-3.1 (m, 2H), 3.0 (s, 3H), 2.7 (m,
2H), 2.3 (s, 3H).
Example 74
Preparation of CD25
[0412] To a solution of
2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)acetic
acid (200 mg, 0.77 mmol) in dichloromethane (20 ml) was added
N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (191 mg, 0.92 mmol) followed by the
addition of 4-dimethylaminopyridine (113 mg, 0.93 mmol) and tert
butylamine (67 mg, 0.93 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at
25 deg C. for 14 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo and purified
by reverse-phase chromatography (C-18, 500 mm.times.50 mm, Mobile
Phase A=0.05% TFA in water, B=0.05% TFA in acetonitrile, Gradient:
10% B to 80% B in 30 min, injection vol. 5 ml) to obtain 35 mg of
N-tert-butyl-2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)ac-
etamide as trifluoroacetic acid salt. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-D2O) TFA
SALT 7.21-7.20 (d, 2H), 7.0-6.95 (d, 1H), 4.60-4.50 (d, 2H),
3.75-3.65 (m, 2H), 3.50-3.38 (m, 2H), 3.10-3.0 (m, 2H), 2.90 (s,
3H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 1.20 (s, 9H).
Example 75
Preparation of CD27
[0413] p-Tolylhydrazine hydrochloride (500 mg, 3.16 mmol),
2-chloro-N-(cyclohexylmethyl)acetamide (600 mg, 3.16 mmol),
triethylamine (1.31 ml, 9.4 mmol) and ethanol (20 ml) were stirred
together to obtain 870 mg of
2-(1-p-tolylhydrazinyl)-N-(cyclohexylmethyl)acetamide. The
intermediate (870 mg, 3.15 mmol) and N-methyl-4-piperidone
hydrochloride (471 mg, 3.16 mmol) were taken in ethanolic HCl (20
ml) and stirred at RT for 15 min, after which the solvent was
removed in vacuo. The reaction mixture obtained was taken in
ethanol and heated at 90 deg C. for 14 h. After completion of the
reaction (monitored by LCMS), the reaction mixture was concentrated
to dryness and basified with aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate,
extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was separated,
dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to obtain the crude
product which was purified by silica gel chromatography (Eluent:
10% MeOH in dichloromethane) to yield 70 mg (yield: 6.27%) of
N-(cyclohexylmethyl)-2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-
-5-yl)acetamide. The freebase obtained (70 mg, 0.19 mmol) was
dissolve d in THF (10.0 ml), oxalic acid (24 mg, 0.19 mmol) in THF
(10.0 ml) was added slowly, the mixture was stirred at RT for 20
min and the solid obtained was filtered, washed with ether and
dried to get 70 mg (yield: 80.4%) of
N-(cyclohexylmethyl)-2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4-
,3-b]indol-5-yl)acetamide as oxalate salt. .sup.1H NMR (DMSO-D2O)
OXALATE SALT 8.3-8.2 (t, 1H), 7.30 (d, 1H), 7.2 (s, 1H), 7.0-6.9
(d, 1H), 4.70 (s, 2H), 4.3 (bs, 2H), 3.80-3.2 (m, 4H), 3.1 (bs,
2H), 2.90 (s, 3H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 1.70-1.50 (m, 5H), 1.40-1.30 (m,
1H), 1.20-1.0 (m, 4H), 0.90-0.70 (m, 1H).
Example 76
Preparation of CD29
[0414] To a solution of tert-butyl amine (1.0 gm, 13.6 mmol) in
dichloromethane (50 ml) was added 3-chloropropionyl chloride (2.06
g, 16.3 mmol) and NaOH (650 mg, 16.25 in 2.0 ml H2O) solution
simultaneously at -20 deg C. for 1 h. The reaction mixture was
allowed to stir for 1 h at RT. The organic layer was washed with 5%
HCl followed by 5% aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The organic layer
was dried and concentrated to get 2.23 g (yield: 99%)
N-tert-butyl-3-chloropropanamide as white solid. To a solution of
p-Tolylhydrazine hydrochloride (500 mg, 3.16 mmol) in ethanol (15
ml) was added triethylamine (1.31 ml, 9.4 mmol) and
N-tert-butyl-3-chloropropanamide (510 mg, 3.12 mmol). The resulting
reaction mixture was heated at 90 deg C. for 14 hrs. The reaction
mixture was concentrated to dryness and basified with aqueous
saturated sodium bicarbonate, extracted with ethyl acetate. The
organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to
obtain the crude, which was purified by silica gel chromatography
(Eluent: 10% MeOH in dichloromethane) to obtain 500 mg (yield:
63.3%) of 3-(1-p-tolylhydrazinyl)-N-tert-butylpropanamide. The
amide obtained (500 mg, 2.0 mmol) and N-methyl-4-piperidone
hydrochloride (298 mg, 2.0 mmol) were dissolved in ethanolic HCl
(20 ml) and stirred at RT for 15 minutes. The solvent was removed
in vacuo. The reaction mixture obtained was dissolved in ethanol
and heated at 90 deg C. for 14 h. After completion of the reaction
(monitored by LCMS), the reaction mixture was concentrated to
dryness and basified with aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate,
extracted with ethyl acetate, the organic layer was dried over
sodium sulfate and concentrated. The crude obtained was purified by
reverse-phase chromatography (C-18, 500 mm.times.50 mm, Mobile
Phase A=0.05% TFA in water, B=0.05% TFA in acetonitrile, Gradient:
10% B to 80% B in 30 min, injection vol. 5 ml) to obtain 10 mg
(yield: 1.12%) of the desired product as TFA salt. .sup.1H NMR
(DMSO-D2O) TFA SALT 7.30-7.25 (d, 1H), 7.20 (s, 1H), 7.0-6.95 (d,
1H), 4.5 (m, 1H), 4.30-4.15 (m, 3H), 3.70-3.65 (m, 1H), 3.50-3.30
(m, 1H), 3.20-3.10 (m, 2H), 2.90 (s, 3H), 2.50-2.40 (d, 2H), 2.30
(s, 3H), 1.10 (s, 9H).
Example 77
Determination of the Ability of Compounds of the Invention to Bind
a Histamine Receptor
Histamine H.sub.1
[0415] To evaluate in radioligand binding assays the activity of
compounds of the invention, human recombinant histamine H.sub.1
receptor expressed in Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells (De Backer,
M. D. et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm. 197(3):1601, 1993) in a
modified Tris-HCl buffer (50 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4, 2 mM MgCl.sub.2,
100 mM NaCl, 250 mM Sucrose) was used. Compounds of the invention
were incubated with 1.2 nM [.sup.3H]Pyrilamine for 180 minutes at
25.degree. C. Non-specific binding was estimated in the presence of
1 .mu.M pyrilamine. Receptor proteins were filtered and washed, the
filters were then counted to determine [.sup.3H]Pyrilamine
specifically bound. Compounds were screened at 1 .mu.M, using 1%
DMSO as vehicle. Biochemical assay results are presented as the
percent inhibition of specific binding in Table 5.
Histamine H.sub.2
[0416] To evaluate in radioligand binding assays the activity of
compounds of the invention, human recombinant histamine H.sub.2
receptor expressed in Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) K1 cells (Ruat,
M., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA. 87(5):1658, 1990) in a 50 mM
Phosphate buffer, pH 7.4 was used. Compounds of the invention were
incubated with 0.1 nM [.sup.125I]aminopotentidine for 120 minutes
at 25.degree. C. Non-specific binding was estimated in the presence
of 3 .mu.M Tiotidine. Receptor proteins were filtered and washed,
the filters were then counted to determine
[.sup.125I]Aminopotentidine specifically bound. Compounds were
screened at 1 .mu.M, using 1% DMSO as vehicle. Biochemical assay
results are presented as the percent inhibition of specific binding
in Table 5.
Histamine H.sub.3
[0417] To evaluate in radioligand binding assays the activity of
compounds of the invention, human recombinant histamine H.sub.3
receptor expressed in Chinese hamster ovary (CHO-K1) cells (Yanai K
et al. Jpn J. Pharmacol. 65(2): 107, 1994; Zhu Y et al. Mol.
Pharmacol. 59(3): 434, 2001) in a modified Tris-HCl buffer (50 mM
Tris-HCl, pH 7.4, 5 mM MgCl.sub.2, 0.04% BSA) is used. Compounds of
invention are incubated with 3 nM
[.sup.3H]R(-)-.alpha.-Methylhistamine for 90 minutes at 25.degree.
C. Non-specific binding is estimated in the presence of 1 .mu.M
R(-)-.alpha.-Methylhistamine. Receptor proteins are filtered and
washed, the filters are then counted to determine [.sup.3H]
R(-)-.alpha.-Methylhistamine specifically bound. Compounds are
screened at 1 .mu.M or lower, using 1% DMSO as vehicle. Compounds
of the invention are tested in this biochemical assay and percent
inhibition of specific binding is determined. Biochemical assay
results are presented as the percent inhibition of specific
binding.
Example 78
Determination of the Ability of Compounds of the Invention to Bind
a Imidazoline I.sub.2 Receptor
Central Imidazoline I.sub.2
[0418] To evaluate in radioligand binding assays the activity of
compounds of the invention, rat central imidazoline I.sub.2
receptor obtained from Wistar Rat cerebral cortex (Brown, C. M. et
al., Br. J. Pharmacol. 99:803, 1990) in a modified Tris-HCl buffer
(50 mM Tris-HCl buffer, pH 7.4, 0.5 mM EDTA) was used. Compounds of
the invention were incubated with 2 nM [.sup.3H]Idazoxan for 30
minutes at 25.degree. C. Non-specific binding was estimated in the
presence of 1 .mu.M Idazoxan. Receptor proteins were filtered and
washed, the filters were then counted to determine
[.sup.3H]Idazoxan specifically bound. Compounds were screened at 1
.mu.M or lower, using 1% DMSO as vehicle. Compounds of the
invention were tested in this biochemical assay and percent
inhibition of specific binding was determined. Biochemical assay
results are presented as the percent inhibition of specific binding
in Table 5.
TABLE-US-00005 TABLE 5 Binding data Compound Imidazoline I.sub.2
Histamine Binding (1 .mu.M) No. Central (1 .mu.M) H.sub.1 H.sub.2 1
18 34 8 2 8 52 5 3 27 2 23 4 54 60 20 5 53 96 48 6 52 46 0 7 47 -10
33 8 57 101 74 9 9 -2 -4 28 4 10 25 99 28 11 5 101 7 12 101 40 13
16 96 51 14 98 89 15 23 99 47 17 96 64 19 101 81 20 95 93 21 98 82
22 51 85 11 23 1 65 1 24 44 5 25 18 72 9 26 66 22 27 8 63 5 28 21
18 29 84 34 30 61 18 41 31 33 45 20 45 24 82 3 46 52 -5 47 47 90 53
48 18 73 4 49 58 82 5 50 24 47 9 51 12 85 8 52 14 98 23 53 51 12 59
64 60 5 60 6 50 3 61 40 32 13 62 42 63 39 63 41 86 35 64 16 62 -3
65 23 34 -7 66 66 49 67 70 -6 68 58 31 69 88 14 73 2 8 CD1 55 101
35 CD17 62 100 46 CD46 28 69 -3 CD47 3 25 16 CD55 3 22 -2 CD57 100
28 CD58 3 5 5 CD61 60 98 15 CD62 13 44 65 CD73 73 96 19 CD87 97 18
CD88 98 64 CD89 92 14 CD90 60 11 CD91 98 65 CD92 99 8 CD94 97 2
Example 79
Determination of the Ability of Compounds of the Invention to Bind
an Adrenergic Receptor
Adrenergic .alpha..sub.1A
[0419] To evaluate in radioligand binding assays the activity of
compounds of the invention, rat adrenergic .alpha..sub.1A receptor
obtained from Wistar Rat submaxillary glands (Michel, A. D. et al.,
Br. J. Pharmacol. 98:883, 1989) in a modified Tris-HCl buffer (50
mM Tris-HCl buffer, pH 7.4, 0.5 mM EDTA) was used. Compounds of the
invention were incubated with 0.25 nM [.sup.3H]Prozosin for 60
minutes at 25.degree. C. Non-specific binding was estimated in the
presence of 10 .mu.M phentolamine. Receptor proteins were filtered
and washed, the filters were then counted to determine
[.sup.3H]Prozosin specifically bound. Compounds of the invention
were screened at 1 .mu.M or lower, using 1% DMSO as vehicle.
Compounds of the invention were tested in this biochemical assay
and percent inhibition of specific binding was determined.
Biochemical assay results are presented as the percent inhibition
of specific binding in Table 6.
Adrenergic .alpha..sub.1B
[0420] To evaluate in radioligand binding assays the activity of
compounds of the invention, rat adrenergic .alpha..sub.1B receptor
obtained from Wistar Rat liver (Garcia-S'ainz, J. A. et al.,
Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 186:760, 1992; Michel A. D. et al.
Br. J. Pharmacol. 98:883, 1989) in a modified Tris-HCl buffer (50
mM Tris-HCl buffer, pH 7.4, 0.5 mM EDTA) was used. Compounds of the
invention were incubated with 0.25 nM [.sup.3H]Prozosin for 60
minutes at 25.degree. C. Non-specific binding was estimated in the
presence of 10 .mu.M phentolamine. Receptor proteins were filtered
and washed, the filters were then counted to determine
[.sup.3H]Prozosin specifically bound. Compounds were screened at 1
.mu.M or lower, using 1% DMSO as vehicle. Compounds of the
invention were tested in this biochemical assay and percent
inhibition of specific binding was determined. Biochemical assay
results are presented as the percent inhibition of specific binding
in Table 6.
Adrenergic .alpha..sub.1D
[0421] To evaluate in radioligand binding assays the activity of
compounds of the invention, human recombinant adrenergic
.alpha..sub.1D receptor expressed in human embryonic kidney
(HEK-293) cells (Kenny, B. A. et al. Br. J. Pharmacol. 115(6):981,
1995) in a 50 mM Tris-HCl buffer, pH 7.4, was used. Compounds of
invention were incubated with 0.6 nM [.sup.3H]Prozosin for 60
minutes at 25.degree. C. Non-specific binding was estimated in the
presence of 10 .mu.M phentolamine. Receptor proteins were filtered
and washed, the filters were then counted to determine
[.sup.3H]Prozosin specifically bound. Compounds were screened at 1
.mu.M or lower, using 1% DMSO as vehicle. Biochemical assay results
are presented as the percent inhibition of specific binding in
Table 6.
Adrenergic .alpha..sub.2A
[0422] To evaluate in radioligand binding assays the activity of
compounds of the invention, human recombinant adrenergic
.alpha..sub.2A receptor expressed in insect Sf9 cells (Uhlen S et
al. J Pharmacol Exp Ther. 271:1558, 1994) in a modified Tris-HCl
buffer (50 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4, 12.5 mM MgCl.sub.2, 2 mM EDTA) was
used. Compounds of invention were incubated with 1 nM
[.sup.3H]MK-912 for 60 minutes at 25.degree. C. MK912 is
(2S-trans)-1,3,4,5',6,6',7,12b-octahydro-1',3'-dimethyl-spiro[2H-benzo-
furo[2,3-a]quinolizine-2,4'(1'H)-pyrimidin]-2'(3'H)-one
hydrochloride Non-specific binding was estimated in the presence of
10 .mu.M WB-4101
(2-(2,6-Dimethoxyphenoxyethyl)aminomethyl-1,4-benzodioxane
hydrochloride). Receptor proteins were filtered and washed, the
filters were then counted to determine [.sup.3H]MK-912 specifically
bound. Compounds were screened at 1 .mu.M or lower, using 1% DMSO
as vehicle. Biochemical assay results are presented as the percent
inhibition of specific binding in Table 6.
Adrenergic .alpha..sub.2B
[0423] To evaluate in radioligand binding assays the activity of
compounds of the invention, human recombinant adrenergic
.alpha..sub.2B receptor expressed in Chinese hamster ovary (CHO-K1)
cells (Uhlen S et al. Eur. J. Pharmacol. 343(1):93, 1998) in a
modified Tris-HCl buffer (50 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4, 12.5 mM
MgCl.sub.2, 1 mM EDTA, 0.2% BSA) was used. Compounds of the
invention were incubated with 2.5 nM [.sup.3H]Rauwolscine for 60
minutes at 25.degree. C. Non-specific binding was estimated in the
presence of 10 .mu.M Prozosin. Receptor proteins were filtered and
washed, the filters were then counted to determine
[.sup.3H]Rauwolscine specifically bound. Compounds were screened at
1 .mu.M or lower, using 1% DMSO as vehicle. Biochemical assay
results are presented as the percent inhibition of specific binding
in Table 6.
Adrenergic .alpha..sub.2C
[0424] To evaluate in radioligand binding assays the activity of
compounds of the invention, human recombinant adrenergic
.alpha..sub.2C receptor expressed in insect Sf9 cells (Uhlen S et
al. J Pharmacol Exp Ther. 271:1558, 1994) in a modified Tris-HCl
buffer (50 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4, 12.5 mM MgCl.sub.2, 2 mM EDTA) was
used. Compounds of the invention were incubated with 1 nM
[.sup.3H]MK-912 for 60 minutes at 25.degree. C. Non-specific
binding was estimated in the presence of 10 .mu.M WB-4101. Receptor
proteins were filtered and washed, the filters were then counted to
determine [.sup.3H]MK-912 specifically bound. Compounds were
screened at 1 .mu.M or lower, using 1% DMSO as vehicle. Compounds
of the invention were tested in this biochemical assay and percent
inhibition of specific binding was determined. Biochemical assay
results are presented as the percent inhibition of specific binding
in Table 6.
Example 80
Determination of the Ability of Compounds of the Invention to Bind
a Dopamine Receptor
Dopamine D.sub.2L
[0425] To evaluate in radioligand binding assays the activity of
compounds of the invention, human recombinant dopamine D.sub.2L
receptor expressed in Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells (Grandy, D.
K. et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA. 86:9762, 1989; Hayes, G. et
al., Mol. Endocrinol. 6:920, 1992) in a modified Tris-HCl buffer
(50 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4, 1.4 mM Ascorbic Acid, 0.001% BSA, 150 mM
NaCl) was used. Compounds of the invention were incubated with 0.16
nM [.sup.3H]Spiperone for 120 minutes at 25.degree. C. Non-specific
binding was estimated in the presence of 10 .mu.M Haloperidol.
Receptor proteins were filtered and washed, the filters were then
counted to determine [.sup.3H]Spiperone specifically bound.
Compounds were screened at 1 .mu.M or lower, using 1% DMSO as
vehicle. Biochemical assay results are presented as the percent
inhibition of specific binding in Table 6.
TABLE-US-00006 TABLE 6 Inhibition of ligand binding to aminergic G
protein- coupled receptors by compounds of the invention Dopamine
Compound Adrenergic (1 .mu.M) (1 .mu.M) No. .alpha..sub.1A
.alpha..sub.1B .alpha..sub.1D .alpha..sub.2A .alpha..sub.2B
.alpha..sub.2C D.sub.2L 1 5 13 20 18 51 4 2 10 22 17 35 55 2 3 8 14
45 14 80 1 4 35 41 64 45 93 4 5 69 77 70 74 98 50 6 18 31 0 59 36
48 7 54 62 67 73 86 36 8 82 80 72 90 102 22 9 5 21 11 20 25 -8 2 10
50 40 71 12 11 38 25 69 10 12 13 12 45 23 13 55 73 97 38 14 72 79
103 31 15 58 67 95 26 17 73 90 106 13 19 83 86 106 31 20 90 95 103
19 21 88 95 103 35 22 23 40 58 -2 23 15 12 18 5 24 -4 10 13 3 25 22
2 38 -3 26 32 22 45 -4 27 18 12 35 -2 28 58 44 85 -1 29 74 78 79 2
30 73 74 104 7 31 61 37 91 9 45 12 16 18 7 46 7 44 46 4 47 80 73 96
-3 48 10 20 13 -6 49 18 83 76 9 50 37 38 70 7 51 29 22 82 19 52 58
38 89 22 53 62 54 86 -2 59 56 45 96 4 60 22 23 52 18 61 28 46 70 -3
62 64 40 92 5 63 56 65 98 7 64 20 9 40 2 65 11 17 12 7 66 76 70 107
-2 67 32 79 72 -1 68 66 62 84 1 69 30 25 39 4 73 6 11 -2 -3 CD1 79
42 54 62 95 42 CD17 70 87 99 22 CD46 10 13 35 3 CD47 6 17 24 4 CD55
14 -2 10 3 CD57 39 45 65 12 CD58 0 -7 -6 2 CD61 82 94 74 73 89 39
CD62 34 42 32 26 CD73 65 84 57 70 101 43 CD87 75 79 103 10 CD88 94
80 104 27 CD89 69 70 100 0 CD90 23 22 61 -8 CD91 88 86 102 15 CD92
78 76 94 3 CD94 74 73 86 1
Example 81
Determination of the Ability of Compounds of the Invention to Bind
a Serotonin Receptor
Serotonin (5-Hydroxytryptamine) 5-HT.sub.1A
[0426] To evaluate in radioligand binding assays the activity of
compounds of the invention, human recombinant serotonin
(5-Hydroxytryptamine) 5-HT.sub.1A receptor expressed in Chinese
hamster ovary (CHO-K1) cells (Martin G R and Humphrey P P A.
Neuropharmacol. 33:261, 1994; May J A, et al. J Pharmacol Exp Ther.
306(1): 301, 2003) in a modified Tris-HCl buffer (50 mM Tris-HCl,
pH 7.4, 0.1% Ascorbic Acid, 0.5 mM EDTA, 10 mM MgSO.sub.4) is used.
Compounds of invention are incubated with 1.5 nM [.sup.3H]8-OH-DPAT
for 60 minutes at 25.degree. C. Non-specific binding is estimated
in the presence of 10 .mu.M Metergoline. Receptor proteins are
filtered and washed, the filters are counted to determine [.sup.3H]
8-OH-DPAT specifically bound. Compounds are screened at 1 .mu.M or
lower, using 1% DMSO as vehicle. Compounds of the invention are
tested in this biochemical assay and percent inhibition of specific
binding is determined.
Serotonin (5-Hydroxytryptamine) 5-HT.sub.1B
[0427] To evaluate in radioligand binding assays the activity of
compounds of the invention, serotonin (5-Hydroxytryptamine)
5-HT.sub.1B receptor from Wistar Rat cerebral cortex (Hoyer et al.
Eur. J. Pharmacol. 118: 1, 1985; Pazos et al. Eur J. Pharmacol.
106: 531, 1985) in a modified Tris-HCl buffer (50 mM Tris-HCl, pH
7.4, 154 mM NaCl, 10 .mu.M Pargyline, 30 .mu.M Isoprenaline) is
used. Compounds of invention are incubated with 10 pM
[.sup.125I]Cyanopindolol for 90 minutes at 37.degree. C.
Non-specific binding as estimated in the presence of 10 .mu.M
Serotonin (5-HT). Receptor proteins are filtered and washed, the
filters are counted to determine [.sup.125I]Cyanopindolol
specifically bound. Compounds are screened at 1 .mu.M or lower,
using 1% DMSO as vehicle. Compounds of the invention are tested in
this biochemical assay and percent inhibition of specific binding
is determined.
Serotonin (5-Hydroxytryptamine) 5-HT.sub.2A
[0428] To evaluate in radioligand binding assays the activity of
compounds of the invention, human recombinant serotonin
(5-Hydroxytryptamine) 5-HT.sub.2A receptor expressed in Chinese
hamster ovary (CHO-K1) cells (Bonhaus, D. W. et al. Br. J.
Pharmacol. 115:622, 1995; Saucier, C. and Albert, P. R., J.
Neurochem. 68:1998, 1997) in a 50 mM Tris-HCl buffer, pH 7.4, was
used. Compounds of the invention were incubated with 0.5 nM
[.sup.3H]Ketanserin for 60 minutes at 25.degree. C. Non-specific
binding was estimated in the presence of 1 .mu.M Mianserin.
Receptor proteins were filtered and washed, the filters were then
counted to determine [.sup.3H]Ketanserin specifically bound.
Compounds were screened at 1 .mu.M or lower, using 1% DMSO as
vehicle. Biochemical assay results are presented as the percent
inhibition of specific binding in Table 7.
Serotonin (5-Hydroxytryptamine) 5-HT.sub.2B
[0429] To evaluate in radioligand binding assays the activity of
compounds of the invention, human recombinant serotonin
(5-Hydroxytryptamine) 5-HT.sub.2B receptor expressed in Chinese
hamster ovary (CHO-K1) cells (Bonhaus, D. W. et al., Br. J.
Pharmacol. 115:622, 1995) in a modified Tris-HCl buffer (50 mM
Tris-HCl, pH 7.4, 4 mM CaCl.sub.2, 0.1% Ascorbic Acid) was used.
Compounds of invention were incubated with 1.2 nM [.sup.3H]Lysergic
acid diethylamide (LSD) for 60 minutes at 37.degree. C.
Non-specific binding was estimated in the presence of 10 .mu.M
Serotonin (5-HT). Receptor proteins were filtered and washed, the
filters were then counted to determine [.sup.3H]LSD specifically
bound. Compounds were screened at 1 .mu.M or lower, using 1% DMSO
as vehicle. Compounds of the invention were tested in this
biochemical assay and percent inhibition of specific binding was
determined. Biochemical assay results are presented as the percent
inhibition of specific binding in Table 7.
Serotonin (5-Hydroxytryptamine) 5-HT.sub.2C
[0430] To evaluate in radioligand binding assays the activity of
compounds of the invention, human recombinant serotonin
(5-Hydroxytryptamine) 5-HT.sub.2C receptor expressed in Chinese
hamster ovary (CHO-K1) cells (Wolf, W. A. and Schutz, J. S., J.
Neurochem. 69:1449, 1997) in a modified Tris-HCl buffer (50 mM
Tris-HCl, pH 7.4, 0.1% Ascorbic Acid, 10 .mu.M Pargyline) was used.
Compounds of the invention were incubated with 1 nM
[.sup.3H]Mesulergine for 60 minutes at 25.degree. C. Non-specific
binding was estimated in the presence of 1 .mu.M Mianserin.
Receptor proteins were filtered and washed, the filters were then
counted to determine [.sup.3H]Mesulergine specifically bound.
Compounds were screened at 1 .mu.M or lower, using 1% DMSO as
vehicle. Biochemical assay results are presented as the percent
inhibition of specific binding in Table 7.
Serotonin (5-Hydroxytryptamine) 5-HT.sub.3
[0431] To evaluate in radioligand binding assays the activity of
compounds of the invention, human recombinant serotonin
(5-Hydroxytryptamine) 5-HT.sub.3 receptor expressed in human
embryonic kidney (HEK-293) cells (Miller K et al. Synapase. 11:58,
1992; Boess F G et al. Neuropharmacol. 36:637, 1997) in a modified
Tris-HCl buffer (50 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4, 1 mM EDTA, 5 mM
MgCl.sub.2) is used. Compounds of invention are incubated with 0.69
nM [.sup.3H]GR-65630 for 60 minutes at 25.degree. C. Non-specific
binding is estimated in the presence of 10 .mu.M MDL-72222.
Receptor proteins are filtered and washed, the filters are counted
to determine [.sup.3H]GR-65630 specifically bound. Compounds are
screened at 1 .mu.M or lower, using 1% DMSO as vehicle. Compounds
of the invention are tested in this biochemical assay and percent
inhibition of specific binding is determined.
Serotonin (5-Hydroxytryptamine) 5-HT.sub.4
[0432] To evaluate in radioligand binding assays the activity of
compounds of the invention, serotonin (5-Hydroxytryptamine)
5-HT.sub.4 receptor from Duncan Hartley derived Guinea pig striatum
(Grossman C J et al. Br J. Pharmacol. 109:618, 1993) in a 50 mM
Tris-HCl, pH 7.4, is used. Compounds of invention are incubated
with 0.7 nM [.sup.3H]GR-113808 for 30 minutes at 25.degree. C.
Non-specific binding is estimated in the presence of 30 .mu.M
Serotonin (5-HT). Receptor proteins are filtered and washed, the
filters are counted to determine [.sup.3H]GR-113808 specifically
bound. Compounds are screened at 1 .mu.M or lower, using 1% DMSO as
vehicle. Compounds of the invention are tested in this biochemical
assay and percent inhibition of specific binding is determined.
Serotonin (5-Hydroxytryptamine) 5-HT.sub.5A
[0433] To evaluate in radioligand binding assays the activity of
compounds of the invention, human recombinant serotonin
(5-Hydroxytryptamine) 5-HT.sub.5A receptor expressed in Chinese
hamster ovary (CHO-K1) cells (Rees, S. et al., FEBS Lett. 355:242,
1994) in a modified Tris-HCl buffer (50 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4, 10 mM
MgCl.sub.2, 0.5 mM EDTA) was used. Compounds of the invention were
incubated with 1.7 nM [.sup.3H]Lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD) for
60 minutes at 37.degree. C. Non-specific binding was estimated in
the presence of 100 .mu.M Serotonin (5-HT). Receptor proteins were
filtered and washed, the filters were then counted to determine
[.sup.3H]LSD specifically bound. Compounds were screened at 1 .mu.M
or lower, using 1% DMSO as vehicle. Compounds of the invention were
tested in this biochemical assay and percent inhibition of specific
binding was determined. Biochemical assay results are presented as
the percent inhibition of specific binding in Table 7.
Serotonin (5-Hydroxytryptamine) 5-HT.sub.6
[0434] To evaluate in radioligand binding assays the activity of
compounds of the invention, human recombinant serotonin
(5-Hydroxytryptamine) 5-HT.sub.6 receptor expressed in human HeLa
cells (Monsma, F. J. Jr. et al., Mol. Pharmacol. 43:320, 1993) in a
modified Tris-HCl buffer (50 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4, 150 mM NaCl, 2 mM
Ascorbic Acid, 0.001% BSA) was used. Compounds of the invention
were incubated with 1.5 nM [3H]Lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD) for
120 minutes at 37.degree. C. Non-specific binding was estimated in
the presence of 5 .mu.M Serotonin (5-HT). Receptor proteins were
filtered and washed, the filters were then counted to determine
[3H]LSD specifically bound. Compounds were screened at 1 .mu.M or
lower, using 1% DMSO as vehicle. Biochemical assay results are
presented as the percent inhibition of specific binding in Table
7.
Serotonin (5-Hydroxytryptamine) 5-HT.sub.7
[0435] To evaluate in radioligand binding assays the activity of
compounds of the invention, human recombinant serotonin
(5-Hydroxytryptamine) 5-HT.sub.S receptor expressed in Chinese
hamster ovary (CHO) cells (Roth, B. L. et al., J. Pharmacol. Exp.
Ther. 268:1403, 1994; Shen, Y. et al., J. Biol. Chem. 268:18200,
1993) in a modified Tris-HCl buffer (50 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4, 10 mM
MgCl.sub.2, 0.5 mM EDTA) was used. Compounds of invention were
incubated with 5.5 nM [.sup.3H] Lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD)
for 2 hours at 25.degree. C. Non-specific binding was estimated in
the presence of 10 .mu.M Serotonin (5-HT). Receptor proteins were
filtered and washed, the filters were then counted to determine
[.sup.3H]LSD specifically bound. Compounds were screened at 1 .mu.M
or lower, using 1% DMSO as vehicle. Biochemical assay results are
presented as the percent inhibition of specific binding in Table
7.
TABLE-US-00007 TABLE 7 Inhibition of ligand binding to aminergic G
protein- coupled receptors by compounds of the invention Compound
Serotonin (1 .mu.M) No. 5-HT.sub.2A 5-HT.sub.2B 5-HT.sub.2C
5-HT.sub.5A 5-HT.sub.6 5-HT.sub.7 1 30 23 20 4 8 33 2 22 20 -5 14
19 47 3 63 21 29 35 19 36 4 53 40 36 47 28 59 5 91 77 96 62 88 95 6
30 21 45 25 23 43 7 42 31 23 44 3 4 8 99 64 99 60 83 75 9 15 -5 29
-6 -5 -8 10 92 69 11 71 66 12 81 83 67 13 91 101 14 103 94 106 15
94 96 17 84 91 99 19 95 96 100 20 102 88 93 21 98 100 100 22 81 27
23 37 3 24 9 21 6 25 61 58 26 89 54 34 27 28 13 28 17 35 47 29 96
73 43 30 93 18 31 76 34 45 52 5 46 33 65 11 47 90 63 48 37 12 49 47
24 50 35 -1 51 70 30 52 85 83 53 39 51 22 59 72 22 60 35 22 61 27
10 62 54 19 63 72 31 64 45 5 65 24 3 66 98 93 35 67 55 65 24 68 77
40 15 69 30 24 -4 73 50 52 7 5 CD1 89 54 93 39 78 85 CD17 96 101
CD46 30 39 CD47 25 11 CD55 11 -3 CD57 92 96 67 CD58 -19 -5 CD61 77
43 73 52 68 94 CD62 28 12 CD73 87 94 92 63 83 91 CD87 66 79 35 CD88
98 84 87 CD89 70 84 36 CD90 58 91 7 CD91 96 98 88 CD92 67 61 47
CD94 60 71 40
Example 82
Determination of Serotonin (5-Hydroxytryptamine) 5-HT.sub.2
Agonist/Antagonist Activity of Compounds of the Invention
[0436] To determine for agonist or antagonist activity of a test
compound e.g. a compound of the invention, in functional assays,
human recombinant serotonin 5-HT.sub.2A receptor expressed in human
embryonic kidney (HEK-293) cells (Jerman J C, Brough S J, Gager T,
Wood M, Coldwell M C, Smart D and Middlemiss D N. Eur J Pharmacol,
414: 23-30, 2001) is used. Cells are suspended in DMEM buffer, and
distributed in microplates. A cytoplasmic calcium fluorescent
indicator which varies proportionally to the free cytosolic
Ca.sup.2+ ion concentration is mixed with probenicid in HBSS buffer
complemented with 20 mM Hepes (pH 7.4), added into each well and
equilibrated with the cells for 30 min at 37.degree. C. followed by
30 min at 22.degree. C.
[0437] To measure agonist effects, a test compound, reference
agonist or HBSS buffer (basal control) is added to the cells and
changes in fluorescence intensity are measured using a microplate
reader. For stimulated control measurements, 5-HT at 100 nM is
added in separate assay wells.
[0438] The results are expressed as a percent of the control
response to 100 nM 5-HT. The standard reference agonist is 5-HT,
which is tested in each experiment at several concentrations to
generate a concentration-response curve from which its EC.sub.50
value is calculated.
[0439] To measure antagonist effects, the addition of the test
compound, reference antagonist or HBSS buffer is followed by the
addition of 3 nM 5-HT or HBSS buffer (basal control) prior the
fluorescence measurements. The results are expressed as a percent
inhibition of the control response to 3 nM 5-HT. The standard
reference antagonist is ketanserin, which is tested in each
experiment at several concentrations to generate a
concentration-response curve from which its IC.sub.50 value is
calculated. Compounds are screened at 3 .mu.M or lower, using DMSO
as vehicle.
Example 83
Determination of Serotonin (5-Hydroxytryptamine) 5-HT.sub.6
Agonist/Antagonist Activity of Compounds of the Invention
[0440] To determine for agonist or antagonist activity of a test
compound, e.g., a compound of the invention in functional assays,
human recombinant 5-HT.sub.6 receptor is transfected in CHO cells
(Kohen, R., Metcalf, M. A., Khan, N., Druck, T., Huebner, K.,
Lachowicz, J. E., Meltzer, H. Y., Sibley, D. R., Roth, B. L. And
Hamblin, M. W. Cloning, characterisation and chromosomal
localization of a human 5-HT6 serotonin receptor, J. Neurochem.,
66: 47, 1996) and the activity of the test compound is determined
by measuring their effects on cAMP production using the Homogeneous
Time Resolved Fluorescence (HTRF) detection method. Cells are
suspended in HBSS buffer complemented with HEPES 20 mM (pH 7.4) and
500 .mu.M IBMX, and then distributed in microplates and incubated
for 45 min at 37.degree. C. in the absence (control) or presence of
a test compound or the reference agonist or antagonist.
[0441] For agonist determinations, stimulated control measurement,
separate assay wells contain 10 .mu.M 5-HT. Following incubation,
the cells are lysed and the fluorescence acceptor (D2-labeled cAMP)
and fluorescence donor (anti-cAMP antibody labeled with europium
cryptate) are added. After 60 min at room temperature, the
fluorescence transfer is measured at lex=337 nm and lem=620 and 665
nm using a microplate reader. The cAMP concentration is determined
by dividing the signal measured at 665 nm by that measured at 620
nm (ratio).
[0442] The results are expressed as a percent of the control
response to 10 .mu.M 5-HT. The standard reference agonist is 5-HT,
which is tested in each experiment at several concentrations to
generate a concentration-response curve from which its EC.sub.50
value is calculated.
[0443] For antagonist determinations, the reference agonist 5-HT is
added at a final concentration of 100 nM. For basal control
measurements, separate assay wells do not contain 5-HT. Following
45 min incubation at 37.degree. C., the cells are lysed and the
fluorescence acceptor (D2-labeled cAMP) and fluorescence donor
(anti-cAMP antibody labeled with europium cryptate) are added.
[0444] After 60 min at room temperature, the fluorescence transfer
is measured as mentioned above. The results are expressed as a
percent inhibition of the control response to 100 nM 5-HT. The
standard reference antagonist is methiothepin
Example 84
Determination of Dopamine D.sub.2L Antagonist Activity of
Compounds
[0445] To determine for agonist or antagonist activity of a test
compound, e.g. a compound of the invention, in functional assays,
human recombinant dopamine D.sub.2L receptor stably expressed in
Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells (Senogles S E et al. J. Biol.
Chem. 265(8): 4507, 1990) is used. The test compound is
pre-incubated with the membranes (0.1 mg/ml) and 10 mM GDP in
modified HEPES buffer (20 mM HEPES, pH 7.4, 100 mM NaCl, 10 mM
MgCl.sub.2, 1 mM DTT, 1 mM EDTA) for 20 minutes and Scintillation
Proximity Assay (SPA) beads are added for another 60 minutes at
30.degree. C. The reaction is initiated by 0.3 nM
[.sup.35S]GTP.gamma.S for an additional 15 minute incubation
period. Increase of [.sup.35S]GTP.gamma.S binding by 50 percent or
more (350%) relative to the 1 mM dopamine response by the test
compound indicates possible dopamine D.sub.2L receptor agonists
activity. Inhibition of a 10 .mu.M dopamine-induced increase of
[.sup.35S]GTP.gamma.S binding response by 50 percent or more (350%)
by the test compound indicated receptor antagonist activity.
Compounds are screened at 3 .mu.M or lower, using 0.4% DMSO as
vehicle. Assay results are presented as the percent response of
specific binding.
Example 85
Determination of Dopamine D.sub.2S Antagonist Activity of
Compounds
[0446] To determine for agonist or antagonist activity of a test
compound, e.g. a compound of the invention, in functional assays,
human recombinant dopamine D.sub.2S receptor stably expressed in
Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells (Gilliland S L and Alper R H.
Naunyn-Schmiedeberg's Archives of Pharmacology. 361: 498, 2000) is
used. The test compound is pre-incubated with the membranes (0.05
mg/ml) and 3 .mu.M GDP in modified HEPES buffer (20 mM HEPES, pH
7.4, 100 mM NaCl, 10 mM MgCl.sub.2, 1 mM DTT, 1 mM EDTA) for 20
minutes and Scintillation Proximity Assay (SPA) beads are then
added for another 60 minutes at 30.degree. C. The reaction is
initiated by 0.3 nM [.sup.35S]GTP.gamma.S for an additional 30
minute incubation period. Increase of [.sup.35S]GTP.gamma.S binding
by 50 percent or more (350%) relative to the 100 .mu.M dopamine
response by the test compound indicates possible dopamine D.sub.2S
receptor agonists activity. Inhibition of a 3 .mu.M
dopamine-induced increase of [.sup.35S]GTP.gamma.S binding response
by 50 percent or more (350%) by the test compound indicated
receptor antagonist activity. Compounds are screened at 3 .mu.M or
lower, using 0.4% DMSO as vehicle. Assay results are presented as
the percent response of specific binding.
Example 86
Determination for Agonist or Antagonist Activity of Compounds in a
Histamine H.sub.1 Functional Assay
[0447] To determine for agonist or antagonist activity of a test
compound, e.g. a compound of the invention, in functional assays,
human recombinant Histamine H.sub.1 receptor expressed in human
embryonic kidney (HEK-293) cells (Miller, T. R., Witte, D. G.,
Ireland, L. M., Kang, C. H., Roch, J. M., Masters, J. N.,
Esbenshade, T. A And Hancock, A. A. J. Biomol. Screen., 4: 249-258,
1999) is used. Cells are suspended in DMEM buffer, and then
distributed in microplates. A cytoplasmic calcium fluorescent
indicator, which varies proportionally to the free cytosolic
Ca.sup.2+ ion concentration, is mixed with probenicid in HBSS
buffer complemented with 20 mM Hepes (pH 7.4) and is then added
into each well and equilibrated with the cells for 30 min at
37.degree. C. and then for another 30 min at 22.degree. C. To
measure agonist effects, compounds of the invention, reference
agonist or HBSS buffer (basal control) are added to the cells and
changes in fluorescence intensity are measured using a microplate
reader. For stimulated control measurements, histamine at 10 .mu.M
is added in separate assay wells.
[0448] The results are expressed as a percent of the control
response to 10 .mu.M histamine. The standard reference agonist is
histamine, which is tested in each experiment at several
concentrations to generate a concentration-response curve from
which its EC.sub.50 value is calculated.
[0449] To measure antagonist effects, the addition of the test
compound, reference antagonist or HBSS buffer is followed by the
addition of 300 nM histamine or HBSS buffer (basal control) prior
the fluorescence measurements. The results are expressed as percent
inhibition of the control response to 300 nM histamine. The
standard reference antagonist is ketanserin, which is tested in
each experiment at several concentrations to generate a
concentration-response curve from which its IC.sub.50 value is
calculated. Compounds are screened at 3 .mu.M or lower, using DMSO
as vehicle.
Example 87
Increase of Neurite Outgrowth of Neurons that are Cultured with a
Test Compound Neurite Outgrowth in Cortical Neurons
[0450] Compounds are tested to determine their ability to stimulate
neurite outgrowth of cortical neurons. Standard methods are used to
isolate cortical neurons. For the isolation of primary rat cortical
neurons, the fetal brain from a pregnant rat at 17 days of
gestation is prepared in Leibovitz's medium (L15; Gibco). The
cortex is dissected out, and the meninges are removed. Trypsin
(Gibco) is used to dissociate cortical C with DNAse I. The cells
are triturated for 30 minutes with a pipette in Dulbecco's Modified
Eagle Media ("DMEM"; Gibco) with 10% Fetal Bovine Serum ("FBS")
(Gibco) and centrifuged at 350.times.g for 10 minutes at room
temperature. The cells are suspended in Neurobasal medium
supplemented with 2% B27 (Gibco) and 0.5 mM L-glutamine (Gibco).
The cells are maintained at 30,000 cells per well of poly-L-lysine
coated plates at 37.degree. C. in 5% CO.sub.2-95% air atmosphere.
After adhesion, a vehicle control or a test compound, e.g. a
compound of the invention, are added at different concentrations to
the medium. BDNF (50 ng/mL) is used as a positive control for
neurite growth. After treatment, cultures are washed in
phosphate-buffered saline ("PBS"; Gibco) and fixed in
glutaraldehyde 2.5% in PBS. Cells are fixed after 3 days growth.
Several pictures (.about.80) of cells with neurites are taken per
condition with a camera. The length measurements are made by
analysis of the pictures using software from Image-Pro Plus
(France). The results are expressed as mean (s.e.m.). Statistical
analysis of the data is performed using one way analysis of
variance (ANOVA).
Neurite Outgrowth in Rat Mixed Cortical Cultures
[0451] Cortical mixed cultures are prepared from Et 8 Wistar rat
embryos. The cortices are dissected out and the tissue is cut to
small pieces. The cells are separated by 15-min incubation with
DNase and papain. The cells are collected by centrifugation (1500
rpm, 5 min). The tissue is triturated with a pipette and the cells
are plated using the micro-islet protocol (20 000 cells in 25 .mu.l
medium) on poly-L-lysine coated 48 wells, in MEM supplemented with
2 mM glutamine, 0.1 .mu.g/ml gentamicin, 10% heat-inactivated fetal
bovine serum (FBS-HI) and 10% heat-inactivated horse serum (HS-HI).
After the cells had attached to the well, 250 .mu.l medium is added
to the wells. Four hours after plating the medium is changed to
fresh medium (MEM with supplements and 5% HS-HI) containing test
compound at 0.5, 5 and 50 nM concentrations. As positive controls
BDNF (50, 100 and/or 150 ng/ml), and/or NGF (50 ng/ml and/or 100
ng/ml) are used. After 2 days in vitro, the cell's conditioned
media are collected from plates before fixing the cells. The media
samples are centrifuged 13 000 rpm 3 min to get rid of cell debris.
The samples are stored at -20 C for later analysis. Cells are
formaldehyde-fixed and processed for immunocytochemistry. BDNF
levels in the conditioned media are determined with a BDNF ELISA
using the manufacturers (Promega, BDNF Emax.RTM. ImmunoAssay
System, catalog number: G7610) instructions.
[0452] The cultures are fixed with 4% formaldehyde in 0.01 M PBS
for 30 min and washed once with PBS. The fixed cells are first
permeabilized and non-specific binding is blocked by a 30-min
incubation with blocking buffer containing 1% bovine serum albumin
and 0.3% Triton X-100 in PBS. Rabbit anti-MAP-2 (dilution 1:1000,
AB5622, Chemicon, in blocking buffer) is used as a primary
antibody. The cells are incubated with the primary antibody for 48
h at +4.degree. C., washed with PBS and incubated with secondary
antibody goat anti-rabbit IgG conjugated to Alexa Fluor568 (1:200,
A11036, Molecular Probes) for 2 h at RT. The immunopositive cells
are visualized by a fluorescence microscope equipped with
appropriate filter set, and documented by a high resolution image
capturing. The number of cells per field (4 field per well) are
counted, and the neurite outgrowth is quantified using Image Pro
Plus software.
[0453] The number of wells per compound concentration used is 6
(n=6). All data are presented as mean.+-.standard deviation (SD) or
standard error of mean (SEM), and differences are considered to be
statistically significant at the p<0.05 level. Statistical
analysis is performed using StatsDirect statistical software.
Differences between group means are analyzed by using 1-way-ANOVA
followed by Dunnet's test (comparison to the vehicle treated
group).
Example 88
Use of an In Vivo Model to Evaluate the Ability of Compounds to
Enhance Cognition, Learning and Memory in Scopolamine Treated
Rats
[0454] The two-trial object recognition paradigm developed by
Ennaceur and Delacour in the rat is used as a model of episodic
memory. Ennaceur, A., and Delacour, J. (1988), Behav. Brain Res.
31:47-59. The paradigm is based on spontaneous exploratory activity
of rodents and does not involve rule learning or reinforcement. The
object recognition paradigm is sensitive to the effects of ageing
and cholinergic dysfunction. See, e.g., Scali, C., et al. (1994),
Neurosci. Lett. 170:117-120; and Bartolini, L., et al. (1996),
Biochem. Behav. 53:277-283.
[0455] Male Sprague-Dawley rats between six and seven weeks old,
weighing between 220-300 grams are obtained from Centre d'Elevage
(Rue Janvier, B. P. 55, Le Genest-Saint-Isle 53940, France). The
animals are housed in groups of 2 to 4 in polypropylene cages (with
a floor area of 1032 cm.sup.2) under standard conditions: at room
temperature (22.+-.2.degree. C.), under a 12 hour light/12 hour
dark cycle, with food and water provided ad libitum. Animals are
permitted to acclimate to environmental conditions for at least 5
days before therapy began, and are numbered on their tails with
indelible marker.
[0456] The experimental arena is a square wooden box (60
cm.times.60 cm.times.40 cm) painted dark blue, with 15 cm.times.15
cm black squares under a clear plexiglass floor. The arena and
objects placed inside the arena are cleaned with water between each
trial to eliminate any odor trails left by rats. The arena is
placed in a dark room illuminated only by halogen lamps directed
towards the ceiling in order to produce a uniformly dim light in
the box of approximately 60 lux. The day before testing, animals
are allowed to freely explore the experimental arena for three
minutes in the presence of two objects (habituation). Animals to be
tested are placed in the experimental room at least 30 minutes
before testing.
[0457] On the day of the experiment, animals are submitted to two
trials separated by an interval of 120 minutes. During the first,
or acquisition, trial (T.sub.1), rats are placed in the arena,
which is prepared with two identical objects. The time required for
each animal to complete 15 seconds of object exploration is
determined, with a cut-off time of four minutes. Exploration is
considered to be directing the nose at a distance less than 2
centimeters ("cm") from the object and/or touching the object.
During the second, or testing, trial (T.sub.2), one of the objects
presented in the first trial is replaced with an unknown or novel
object, while the second, familiar object is left in place. Rats
are placed back in the arena for three minutes, and exploration of
both objects is determined. Locomotor activity of rats (number of
times rats cross grid lines visible under the clear plexiglass
floor) is scored for during T.sub.1 and T.sub.2. At the conclusion
of the experiments, the rats are sacrificed by an overdose of
pentobarbital given intraperitoneally.
[0458] The following parameters are measured: (1) time required to
achieve 15 seconds of object exploration during T.sub.1; (2)
locomotor activity during T.sub.1 (number of crossed lines); (3)
time spent in active exploration of the familiar object during
T.sub.2 (T.sub.Familiar); (4) time spent in active exploration of
the novel object during T.sub.2 (T.sub.Novel); and (5) locomotor
activity during T.sub.2 (number of crossed lines). The difference
between time spent in active exploration of the novel object during
T.sub.2 and time spent in active exploration of the familiar object
during T.sub.2 (.DELTA.T.sub.Novel-T.sub.Familiar) is evaluated.
The % of animals in each group with T.sub.Novel-T.sub.Familiar
greater than or equal to 5 seconds is also derived; described as %
of good learners.
[0459] Animals not meeting a minimal level of object exploration
are excluded from the study as having naturally low levels of
spontaneous exploration. Thus, only rats exploring the objects for
at least five seconds (T.sub.Novel+T.sub.Familiar>5 seconds) are
included in the study.
[0460] Animals are randomly assigned to groups of 14. A test
compound, e.g. a compound of the invention, and controls are
administered to animals the groups as follows: Solutions of
compounds are prepared freshly each day at a concentration of 0.25
mg/ml using purified water or saline as vehicle. Donepezil, used as
a positive control, and scopolamine are administered simultaneously
in a single solution of saline (5 mL/kg) prepared freshly each day.
Scopolamine is purchased from Sigma Chemical Co. (Catalog
No.S-1875; St. Quentin Fallavier, France) is dissolved in saline to
a concentration of 0.06 mg/mL.
[0461] Donepezil or its vehicle and scopolamine are administered
intraperitoneally forty minutes before the acquisition trial
(T.sub.1). Compounds or their vehicle are administered by gavage
twenty-five minutes before the acquisition trial (T.sub.1), i.e.,
five minutes after administration of scopolamine. The volume of
administration is 5 ml/kg body weight for compounds administered
intraperitoneally, and 10 ml/kg for compounds administered orally.
Recognition scores and % of good learners is determined.
Example 89
Use of an In Vivo Model to Determine the Ability of Compounds to
Treat, Prevent and/or Delay the Onset and/or the Development of
Schizophrenia in PCP Treated Animals
[0462] In vivo models of schizophrenia can be used to determine the
ability of the compounds described herein to treat and/or prevent
and/or delay the onset and/or the development of schizophrenia.
[0463] One exemplary model for testing the activity of one or more
compounds described herein to treat and/or prevent and/or delay the
onset and/or development of schizophrenia employs phencyclidene,
which is administered to the animal (e.g., non-primate (rat) or
primate (monkey)), resulting in dysfunctions similar to those seen
in schizophrenic humans. See Jentsch et al., 1997, Science
277:953-955 and Piercey et al., 1988, Life Sci. 43(4):375-385).
Standard experimental protocols may be employed in this or in other
animal models. One protocol involves PCP-induced hyperactivity.
[0464] Male C57Bl/6J mice from Jackson Laboratories (Bar Harbor,
Me.) are used. Mice are received at 6-weeks of age. Upon receipt,
mice are assigned unique identification numbers (tail marked) and
are group-housed with 4 mice/cage in OPTI mouse ventilated cages.
All animals remained housed in groups of four during the remainder
of the study. All mice are acclimated to the colony room for at
least two weeks prior to testing and are subsequently tested at an
average age of 8 weeks of age. During the period of acclimation,
mice are examined on a regular basis, handled, and weighed to
assure adequate health and suitability. Animals are maintained on a
12/12 light/dark cycle. The room temperature is maintained between
20 and 23.degree. C. with a relative humidity maintained between
30% and 70%. Food and water are provided ad libitum for the
duration of the study. In each test, animals are randomly assigned
across treatment groups.
[0465] The open filed (OF) test assesses locomotor behavior. The
open field chambers are Plexiglas square chambers
(27.3.times.27.3.times.20.3 cm; Med Associates Inc., St Albans,
Vt.) surrounded by infrared photo beams (16.times.16.times.16) to
measure horizontal and vertical activity. The analysis is
configured to divide the open field into a center and periphery
zone. Distance traveled is measured from horizontal beam breaks as
the mouse moved whereas rearing activity is measured from vertical
beam breaks.
[0466] Mice (10 to 12 animals per treatment group) are brought to
the activity experimental room for at least 1 hr acclimation to the
experimental room conditions prior to testing. Eight animals are
tested in each run. The vehicle (10% DMSO or 5% PEG200 and 1% Tween
80), or the test compound dissolved in 5% PEG200, 1% Tween80 is
administered orally 30 min prior to PCP injection. Clozapine (1
mg/kg) is dissolved in 10% DMSO and administered i.p. 30 min prior
to PCP injection. The mice are placed in the OF chambers for 30 min
following which either water or PCP (5 mg/kg) dissolved in sterile
injectable water and administered i.p. and placed back in the OF
chambers for a 60-minute session. At the end of each OF test
session the OF chambers are thoroughly cleaned.
[0467] Data are analyzed by analysis of variance (ANOVA) followed
by post-hoc comparisons with Fisher Tests when appropriate.
Baseline activity is measured during the first 30 min of the test
prior to PCP injection. PCP-induced activity is measured during the
60 min following PCP injection. Statistical outliers that fell
above or below 2 standard deviations from the mean are removed from
the final analyses. An effect is considered significant if
p<0.05. Total distances traveled and total rearing for the test
compound is determined.
[0468] In an alternative method, the protocol is as described above
with the exception of the treatment groups which are as follows:
all injections are at a dose volume of 10 ml/kg. The test compound
is dissolved in Phosphate Buffered Saline (PBS) and administered
orally 30 min prior to PCP injection. Clozapine (0.5 and 1.0 mg/kg)
is dissolved in 10% DMSO and administered i.p. 30 min prior to
Phencyclidine (PCP) injection. PCP (5.0 mg/kg) is dissolved in
sterile injectable water and administered i.p. Total distances
traveled for the test compound is determined.
Example 90
Use of an In Vivo Model to Determine the Ability of Compounds to
Treat, Prevent and/or Delay the Onset and/or the Development of
Schizophrenia in Amphetamine Treated Animals
[0469] Male C57Bl/6J mice from appropriate supplier (for example
Jackson Laboratories, Bar Harbor, Me.) are used. Mice typically are
received at 6-weeks of age. Mice are acclimated to the colony room
for at least two weeks prior to testing. During the period of
acclimation, mice are examined on a regular basis, handled, and
weighed to assure adequate health and suitability and maintained on
a 12/12 light/dark cycle. The room temperature is maintained
between 20 and 23.degree. C. with a relative humidity maintained
between 30% and 70%. Food and water are provided ad libitum for the
duration of the study. In each test, animals are randomly assigned
between treatment groups.
[0470] The open field test (OF) is used to assess motor activity.
The open field chambers are plexiglass square chambers (e.g.,
27.3.times.27.3.times.20.3 cm; Med Associates Inc., St Albans, Vt.)
surrounded by infrared photobeam sources (16.times.16.times.16).
The enclosure is configured to split the open field into a center
and periphery zone and the photocell beams are set to measure
activity in the center and in the periphery of the OF chambers.
Horizontal activity (distance traveled) and vertical activity
(rearing) are measured from consecutive beam breaks.
[0471] On the day of testing, animals are brought to the
experimental room for at least 1 hr acclimation prior to start of
treatment. Animals are administered with vehicle, clozapine or test
compound and placed in the OF. The time of administration of client
compound to each animal is recorded. Baseline activity is recorded
for 30 min following which mice receive amphetamine (4 mg/kg) or
water placed back in the OF chambers for a 60-minute session. At
the end of each open field test session the OF chambers are
thoroughly cleaned. Typically ten to twelve mice are tested in each
group. Test compound doses typically range from 0.01 mg/kg to 50
mg/kg.
[0472] Data are analyzed by analysis of variance (ANOVA) followed
by post-hoc comparisons where appropriate. An effect is considered
significant if p<0.05. Data are represented as the mean and
standard error to the mean (s.e.m.)
[0473] Although the foregoing invention has been described in some
detail by way of illustration and example for purposes of clarity
of understanding, it is apparent to those skilled in the art that
certain minor changes and modifications will be practiced.
Therefore, the description and examples should not be construed as
limiting the scope of the invention.
* * * * *